syllabus vjti structural engg
-
Upload
pravin-awalkonde -
Category
Documents
-
view
260 -
download
2
Transcript of syllabus vjti structural engg
P G 1. Mechanical Engineering Department. Titl
Engineering with specialization in Machine Design
ion
Cu ure y Faculty profile Name of the course: M. Tech. Machine design
Sr. No.
142
PROGRAMS
e of the program • M. Tech in Mechanical • M. Tech in Mechanical Engineering with specialization in Automobile
Engineering • M. Tech in Mechanical Engineering with specialization in
CAD/CAM/Automat
rriculum and syllabi: Please see annex
Name Designation Subject Teaching.
1 mics and Vibrations S. V Sawalekar Assist. Professor Machine Dyna2 N Ve Retired
Professovisiting)
liability En
nugopal Assist. r (Now
Re
gineering
3 S G P essoing)
lemenawar Retired Assist. Finite EProfvisit
r (Now
t Ananlysis
4 Dr. A J Kothadia
Professo y
r Theory of Elasticit
5 V M ecturerPhalle L Tribology 7 Dr. M A
Dharap Lecturer CAD/CAM
Name of the gineering
Sr. . Nam esign S ing.
course: M. Tech. Automobile En
No e D ation ubject Teach1 S. V M ics and
V Sawalekar Assist. Professor achine Dynam
ibrations 2 N V Retired Assist. Professor (Now
visiting) Reliability Engineering
enugopal
3 Kothadia Dr. A J Professor Theory of Elasticity
4 Lecturer Tribology V M Phalle 5 S G P A
g) Finite ElemenEngine Design
awar Retiredvisitin
ssist. Professor (Now t Analysis,
143
Na Sr.No
Name Designation Subject Teaching.
me of the course: M. Tech. CAD/CAM/Automation
.
1 S V sawalekar Assist. Professor
Software Engineering
2 Dr. S Professor trol TheorS Mantha Con y, Robotics 3 Ajit Bhosal siting hatronics e Vi Mec4 J N S r. Lectur puter aidhah S er Com ed Design 5 D J B Lecturer ject orien y,
sation irmole Ob ted Methodolog
Optimi Laboratory fa to the PG cLaboratory facilities in the Department are shared between UG and SpeAN Research focus: Th
for a VJTI – M&M research centre in automobile and allied
, BARC,ARAI, VRDE, DRDO, and IAT VJTI – BARC MOU
t
Scope otablished a computational Fluid Dynamics laboratory for simulating
e CFD Lab
DDR 40), Memory, 80GB
license with parallel processing • • T
cilities exclusive ourse PG Programs
cial purpose software / design tool: SYS / SOLIDWORKS / I-DEAS / MATLAB
e Department has
• MOU with BARC for a state of art CFD centre • MOU with M& M
areas. • Academic links with IIT•
Objectives Development and implementation of computational simulation codes for solving heat
and fluid ransfer dynamic problems in electrically conducting fluids as per the specifications set by BARC.
f Work • VJTI has es
problems for BARC and the Industry. • The laboratory has been equipped with appropriate hardware and software for
successfully simulating the experimental thermal plasma and LMMHD flow systems of BARC
Some HW/SW in th• SERVERS: 6 nos. 2 x AMD Opteron-250 CPUs, 4GB DDR RAM, 1 x 73 GB
10K rpm Ultra SCSI • Work stations: 12 Nos. Opteron 150, 1GB PC 3200 (
7200 RPM Ultra ATA 100 Hard Disk • CFX- version 10.0 - 10 nos. teaching license • FLUENT: 10 nos. Teaching FLUIDYN: 1 no. R&D license
he working groups from VJTI and BARC has built some simulation codes jointly and validated the same against both standard results and experimental data.
144
At tcodtoosub MOObje
utually beneficial areas. al-life training to the students through well-equipped laboratories,
g fields through applied research activities
ion Engineering ulty of VJTI trained in M&M
ma plume emerging from the
a melter
f flow past brake drum through vent holes of automobile. linder of a petrol
M
C&G.
Fee Ho ex z CoNaAd Prof. and Head, Department of Mechanical Engineering, VJTI, 54984
he completion of the MoU period, extensive documentation on work carried out, es developed and validation results including the software codes and computational ls will be provided to BARC by VJTI. Quarterly progress reports will also be mitted during the period of the project.
with Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. Uctives
• Promote interaction between VJTI and M&M in m• Provide re
and attractive base for young engineers to work on challenging assignments. • Motivate the students to do research in Auto-related areas and to take up careers in
hard-core engineering. up JC Mahindra-VJTI Automotive Research Laboratory in VJTI Campus • Set
with a view to creating knowledge base and providing engineering solutions in automotive & allied engineerinapplicable for developing countries.
Status • 2 employees of M&M sponsored for PG in M/C Design • 2 employees of M&M sponsored for PG in Automobile engineering • One employee of M&M sponsored for PG in Product• One Fac• Two Research projects completed
List of Typical Research Projects • Simulation of heat transfer and fluid flow inside a non transferred arc Plasma
Torch • Simulation of heat transfer and fluid flow in a plas
torch • Simulation of the molten pool of a plasm• T ermh o-hydraulic and thermo-mechanical analysis of the spallation region of the
LBE ADS target module using CFX/FLUDYNE/ANSYS o-phase n• Tw umerical simulation of the heavy density metal target using
CFX/FLUDYNE/ANSYS • Simulation o• Simulation of flow through inlet manifold and intake valve of cy
engine. Industry Linkage
Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. Mumbai OU withConsultancy for almost all leading Industries like Godrej and Boyce, L&T, SIEMENS,
Placement status: plz see annex z Admission Procedure: pl see annex z
e: pl see anStructur nex z stel facilities: plz see ann
ntact address of coordinator of the Program me: Dr. S S Mantha
ress: d Mumbai 400019
Telephone: 91-22-241
145
nnexure Y
PG Syllabus (Mechanical Engineering Department)
M. Tech. in Mechanical Engineering with specialization in Machine Design
A
PR(M TECH) Mechanical Engineering (with specialization in Machine Design)
OGRAMME: 209: MASTER OF TECHNOLOGY
Evaluation weightage
Sr. No
T TW ESE.
Course Code
Course Title L P/T
T O
Cr ESE (Theo
A ry) Hours
Semester One 1 609010 Machine Dynamics and
ion 3 2 5 8 40 60 4
Vibrat2 y of Elasticity and
Material Behavior 3 2 5 8 40 60 4 609020 Theor
3 6090 neand reli eering
6 4 30 Engi ering experimentation ability engin
3 2 5 8 40 0
4 090 olo 0 6 4 6 40 Trib gy 3 2 5 8 4 0 5 609050 Finite E 3 2 5 8 40 60 4 lement Analysis TA - TO L 15 10 25 40 - Sem ter 1 090 em 5 8 0 6 4
es Two
6 60 Syst Modeling and Analysis 3 2 4 0 2 6090 0 Optimi engineering
design 3 2 5 8 0 47 zation for 4 60
3 609080 Design of power transmission s
3 2 5 8 40 60 4 system
4 609100 CAD/CAM 3 2 5 8 40 60 4 5 ctiv 0 6 4 Ele e 3 2 5 8 4 0 TA - TO L 15 10 25 40 -
146
Electives 1 709010 Advanced Machine Design 3 2 5 8 40 60 4 2 090 ces 8 0 60 7 20 Pro s Equipment Design 3 2 5 4 4 3 090 str 8 0 60 7 30 Indu ial Noise 3 2 5 4 4 4 090 n 0 60 7 40 Adva ced Vibration Analysis 3 2 5 8 4 4 Sem ster Three and Four Sr. No
L P/T T O T
Cr Evaluation weightage
e
. Course Code
Course Title
TWA 1 0 in 3 100
809 10 Sem ar
Stage I age II Stage StIII
2 90990 Dissertation
25 5 20 2 50
Semester I
MACHINE DYNAMICS & VIBRATION
. First and Second time derivatives of a vector fixed in moving reference frame – velocity and acceleration of a point on moving on rigid body. Relationship of time derivatives of vector f rence frames.
4.
n des, holzess method.
. Multi d.o.f. Vibration – matrix method, Eigen values and vectors – natural
ransverse vibration of cable; bar, torsion
1rigid body – or different refe
2. Inertia tensor, Ellipsoid of inertia
3. Angular momentum and its time derivative for a particle and system of particles. Equation of motion – fixed-point rotation.
Single d.o.f. Damped, forced vibration. Multi d.o.f. Free vibration – modes o
5
frequencies and modes – Modal analysis – numerical method for solution. Lagrange equation for problem formulation. Tow d.o.f. System – co-ordinate coupling - solution.
6. Vibration under periodic force use of Fourier series.
. Vibration of continuos systems – t7vibration of shaft Rayliegh’s method; Rayliegh ritz method.
8. Vibration control - balancing of reciprocating and rotating masses, controlling
natural frequencies, vibration isolation, vibration absorber.
147
. Basic vibration measuring setup – brief introduction to experimental modal
Term work:
9. Basics of non-linear vibration – causes of non-linearity – formulation. Solution methods iterative, graphical, method of isoclines. Stability of equilibrium state and type of singularity. Limits cycle.
10analysis.
1. Assignments vibration control 2. Case study –
References:
. Mechanical Vibration – S. S. Rao 12. Engineering Mecha3. Non-Linear
nics Statics & Dynamics I. H. Shames mechanical vibration – Srinivasan
ham Kelly 4. Fundamentals of Mechanical vibration – S. Gra
148
TH PART – I:
EORY OF ELASTICITY & MATERIAL BEHAVIOUR
THEORY OF ELASTICITY
nsors, strain displacement
ques: Strain measurement by resistance gauges types of
1. Stress – strain: Introduction, stress and strain serelation for plane stress and plain strain problems of elasticity, equation of equilibrium, compatibility condition, stress function, simple two dimensional problems of elasticity. Analysis of torsion of circular and non-circular sections
2. Load cells
3. Strain Gauge Technistrain gauges.
PART – II: THEORY OF ELASTICITY
. Fatigue and Fracture: In
troduction to fatigue and fracture mechanics of ductile and tors affecting fatigue. Methods
e theories. Linear elastic fracture mechanics. Finite life, infinite life, designs of machine components.
Term Wor
Refe
1brittle fractures mechanism of fatigue failure. Facof improving fatigue strength. Cumulative damag
2. Creep: Mechanism of creep failure. Constant load constant temperature tests.
Extrapolation of creep and creep rupture curves. Creep relaxation, influence of combined load in different directions. Design of machine element used in high temperature services.
3. Environmental Considerations in design : Corrosion, corrosion under stress, fretting corrosion and effects of other chemicals, Methods of improving corrosion resistance.
k 1. Assignments 2. Seminars
rences:
Engineering Vol-4 - Fatigue Design Handbook (SAE) terials in mechanical design – J.A. Collins
nalysis - J.W. Bally & W. F. Riley
1. Advances in 2. Failure of ma3. Eexperimental stress a
149
TRIBOL
. Hydrodddynamic Lubrication and Bearing Design
i d and tilting pad, of inIntro
2. Elast
gs, cams and gears.
3. Lubr ants: Selec on for general application and special application such as low temperature,
treme Pressure etc.
4. Rolli Stati election of rolling contact beari for different applications.
Types of wfrictiof m against wear. Design of friction surfaces used in clutches and brakes.
OGY
1 Bas c concept, hydrodynamic lubrication: design of plain fixed pa
slider bearing for steady and varying loads. Full and partial journal bearings finite length, design of journal bearings for steady loads and varying loads. duction to design of Hydrostatic and Aerostatic bearings. Thrust and radial
ohydrodynamic Lubrication.
Principles, Application to rolling contact bearin
ic
tihigh temperature, ex
ng Contact Bearings:
c and dynamic load capacity, left rating, and sng
5. Frict n and Wear: io
ear and basic mechanism of wear, Wear properties of friction and anti on metallic and non metallic materials, experimental techniques in evaluation aterials. Design of mechanical components
Term Work:
nments nar
1. Assig2. Semi
References:
ilm Lubrication Theory & Design – Andras1. Fluid Z. Szeri ndustrial Tribology – J. Bhatia
F2. Advances in I
150
FINVariational Method, Gelerkin’s Method,
Division of region into Elements, The linear
ems, Integral equations for the
ystesm
ITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS 1. Solution of Boundary value problems:
Least squares method 2. One dimensional liner element:
Element, Weighted Residual integral, and Evaluation of the Integral. 3. Element Matrices: Direct stiffness Method, Properties of global stiffness Matrix,
ysis of simply supported beam Anal4. Two dimensional Elements: Linear Triangular Elements, Rectangular Elements 5. Two dimensional Field Equations: Coordinate syst
element matrices 6. Heat transfer by conduction and convection: One-dimensional fins, two-
dimensional fins, and long two-dimensional bodies. ustical Vibrations: one7. Aco dimensional vibration, two dimensional vibrations
8. FE applications in Solid Mechanics: The axial force member, potential energy formulations the Truss Element, Beam element, Plane frame element
9. Two dimensional Elasticity: The displacement functions, Element matrices 10. Element Shape Functions: Evaluating shape functions. 19 -+ 11. FEM Computations
tion Methods 12. Solu13. FEM Modelling and Pre Processing 14. FEM Hardware and Post processing 15. Survey of some FE software S
Term Work:
1. Assignments 2. Seminar
References:
t Handbook - H. Kardestuncer esign – S. Rajasekharan lements in engineering - Tirupathi Rs. Chandrupatla.
te element methods – Deasi and Abel . The FEM in Structural and Continuum Mechanics – Sienkiewics O.C Vol. 1,2.
te Element Analysis – Larry J. Segerlind =
1. Finite Elemen2. FEA in Engineering D3. Introduction to finite e4. Introduction to fini56. Applied Fini
151
EN
Engineering Experiments eering Research and experimentation in Design of
alysis,
design of experiments – Complete and in complete block designs,
. Concepts of Reliability 2. Statistical Models of Reliability
ons
gn
erimentation – Ernest O.Doebelin iability – Pierusehka
ngineering – Patrick D.T.O.conner gn. – S.S.Rao, ME 5
GINEERING EXPERIMENTATION AND RELIABILITY ENGINEERING
1. Design of Experiments: EnginProducts Measurement of physical parameters, selection of instruments, static and dynamic characteristics of response, Measurements and statistical estimation of errors. Planning of experiments. Data analysis and reporting.
2. Basic of statistics. Hypothesis testing, Analysis of variance, Regression an
3. Factorial designs – Orthogonal Array designs.
Reliability Engineering 1
3. Reliability of Hazard Functi4. System Reliability 5. Redundency techniques in system desi6. Failure Modes, effects & critically analysis 7. Fault Tree analysis 8. Event Tree analysis 9. Design Review & Validation 10. Design for Reliability.
TERM WORK 1. Assignments 2. Seminars
REFERENCE 1. Engineering Exp2. Principles of Rel3. Practical Reliabilty E4. Reliability based desi
152
Semester II
SY EM MODELLING & ANALYSIS
– inertia, stiffness and damper and mathematical modeling of mechanical systems – vehicles, articulated vehicle and
and matrix equation.
of system.
E1. Dynamics System Modelling & Analysis – Hung V Vu & R.S.Esfandi
System Dynamics – K.Ogata Control System Engg. I.J. Nagarath & M.Gopal. Vehicle Dynamics – Ellis Vehicle Dynamics – Steed
llipsy
ST
1. Mathematical modeling of mechanical elements
other mechanical systems. Modelling of Electro- Mechanical systems. 2. Mathematical modeling of hydraulic elements and system – Pneumatic elements and
system. Transfer function representation, block diagram, State variable representation,
3. Numerical methods and other solution methods of differential & state variable
equation.
4. Transient reposne of first and second order system – Steady state response – step Response, ramp response, impulse response, sinusoidal response, input –convolution integral, stability
TERM WORK 1. Assignments 2. Seminar
R RFE ENCE
2.3.4.5.6. Vehicle Dynamics – Ge
153
DESI
. Different types of prime movers, characeteristics, limitations applications and
es etc used. Their limitations and use in specific applications.
Desi
1. 2. Seminar
lic – Rhoner . Industrial Hydraulic – John Pippenger
f Pneumatics – Festo ications – A.Esposito
GN OF POWER TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
1selection
1. Transmission Systems – Mechancial, Hydraulic, Pneumatic general description and Comparison.
2. Components like couplings, belts, chains, gears, brakes, clutches, shafts, bearing, Housing, pumps, valvTypical example of mechanical and Hydraulic systems.
3. Analysis for applications in Automobile, M/c Tool, Process engineering and data for . gn. Selection of components, Standard components use and selection
4. Synthesis above and to get complete solution. 5. Analysis of the solution further with respect to vivration, wear, life of crictical
components, reliability, assembly, maintenance and cost.
TERM WORK A signments s
REFERENCE 1. Vicker’s Manual
. Industrial Hydrau234. Fundamentals o5. Fluid power appl
154
COMA
PART–I COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN
COes
a chamber
AD
SSEMBLIS
CAuring
TERM
Tex s
1. him Zeid. 2. y P. Radhakrishnan.
ements Methods by Desai and Abel, CBS Publication.
Ref ks 1. phics by Hearn & Baker., TMGH
MPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND COMPUTER ASSISTED NUFACTURING
MPUTER GRAPHICS 1. Building and Drawing Curv2. Interactive Graphics 3. Vectors and their use in Graphics 4. 2-D Ray tracing: Reflections in 5. Modelling surfaces 6. Transformation of Pictures 7. Raster Graphics Technique 8. Curve and surface Design for C9. Visual Realism 10. Introduction to Computer Graphics 11. Graphics Devices and their Control
n 12. Hiden Surface eliminatio13. Introduction to Ray Tracing 14. Graphics Stadards. 15. CAD FOR MACHINE ELEMENTS AND SUBA
M d1. Introduction to computer aide
2. NC, CNC Machines, construc manufact
tional details, part programming exercises 3. Rapid Prototyping.
WORK 1. Assignments 2. Seminar
t Book CAD/CAM by Ibra CAD/CAM/CIM b
3. Introduction to Finite El
erence Boo Computer Gra
2. Computer Graphics, Rogers, TMGH 3. Computer Graphics, Hill Jr, Maxell McMillan Co.
155
OP
. Need for Optimisation and historical development, classification and formulation
echanical systems, Purpose and applications of
Optimum design, effect of Manufacturing errors, characteristics of Mechanical
patible specifications, General techniques
Term Wor
Semnd Applications. SS Rao
ering Design, Deb and Kalyanmay . Optimisation methods, KV Mital . Operation Research An Introduction- H A Taha
Distribution in Engineering- Karl Bury Intelligence through Simulated evolution, Fogel, Owence, and Walsh
TIMISATION FOR ENGINEERING DESIGN
1of optimiosation problems, classical optimization methods, calculus based methods, enumerative schemes, random search algorithms, evolutionary algorithms, Genetic algorithms, evolutionary programming, evolution strategies, classifier systems.
2. Optimisation design of M
Systems, Selection of optimum configurations, Critical regions material and dimensions.
3. Formulation of Primary and subsidiary design equations, Limit equations, normal redundant and incom
4. Digital Computers in optimum design, Exact and Interactive techniques, Optimal Design of elements and systems, Shafts Gears, Bearings, Spring, High Speed MACHINERY, cams, etc. Case Studies.
k. . Assignments 1
inar 1. Optimisation Theory a2. Optimisation for Engine345. Staistical6. Artificial
156
Seminar A S p[resent a seminar on a Thrust area that should contain
formulating the principles for solving of the problem.
The seminar should be submitted in a booklet that is bound.
2. SEMESTER III & IV
tudent has to
12
. Literature survey
. Basic study of the topic and3. Study of Kinematics, Dynamics if any and preparing a workable scheme. 4. Basic design of the above. 5. Working out details of control Mechanism required if any. 6. Development of Software if necessary7. Suggestion for improvements 8. Cost analysis.
157
SEMEST
PROJECT
ER III & IV
A project should be assigned to each student at the beginning of the Third Semester either through Industry sponsorship or of academic but practical utility topic on any of the subjProThe
. Basic study of the project and formulating the principles for solving of the problem.
mics if any and preparing a workable scheme.
oftware if required.
ect areas, which involves the principles being studies in the above, ten subjects. The ject will be worked full time in the third and Fourth semesters for one-year duration. general scheme of working will be as follows:
1. Literature survey 2
3. Study of Kinematics, Dyna4. Basic design of the above. 5. Working out details of control Mechanism required if any. 6. Development of S7. Fabricating a prototype model 8. Testing of the model 9. Suggestion for improvements 10. Cost analysis.
158
ELECTIVE
ADVANCED MACHINE DESIGN Syllabus
nty, Statistical Tools and Techniques of handling Uncertainty
lerance
12
. Uncertai
. Reengineering Design Process 3. Reverse Engineering of Design 4. Design of Experiment 5. Taguchi Method 6. Signal to Noise Ratio 7. Orthogonal Arrays 8. Process / Product Optimization 9. Robust Design 10. Loss Function and Design To11. Concurrent Engineering
Term Work
1. Assignments based on above topics . Case studies
23. Seminars
References
1. Tapan P. Bagchi; Taguchi Method Explained, Prentice – Hall of India, New Delhi
. Suh Nam P. (1990); The Principles of Design, Oxford University Press, New
. Hammer Michel, Champy J.; Reengineering the Corporation, Nicholas Brealey
2
York 3
Publishing, London.
159
ELECTIV
. Multi d.o.f. Free and forced vibration with damping, problem formulation –
general forcing condition –impulse, shock loads-convolution
integral, Laplace transformation.
chaos.
erm work
. Ex ration measurement, sound measurement. Refe ence
le R T
5 Advancement theory of vibration-Rao J .S
E –INDUSTRIAL NOISE AND ADVANCED VIBRATION
1stiffness influence coefficients, flexibility influences coefficients, language equation, solution –Eigen values and vectors, model analysis, numerical method. *Experimental model analysis-spectrum analysis experimental setup, signature analysis
2. Vibration under
3. Brief introduction to self-excitation and stability parametric vibration and
stability, introduction to random vibration and
4. Noise sources, sound wave characteristics –Sound level, decibel directivity. Sound measurement.
5. Reduction and control of noise in rotating machines-gearbox, bearing. Noise created by fluid flow in pipe-A. C duct, pump compressors muffler.
T 1. Assignment on above topics
. Case study –signature analysis or sound control 23 periment –vib
r1. Hand book of Noise-Harris, G.M 2. Mechanical vibration theory and application-Tse F.S & Hink3. Mechanical vibrations-Church, A H 4. Mechanical vibrations-Den Hertog, J P
.
160
ELE
1 Type of vessels and factors influencing the design of vessels. classification of
ing, plastic instability, cyclic loading st ss reversals. Brittle rupture and creep rupture corrosion.
5. Elementary heat exchanger design.
1. Assignment 2. Seminar
Refe
sign-Hasse, Herman.C Rostoton. J H. sign-Brownell. L. E-young
CTIVE-PROCESS EQUIPMENT DESIGN
. vessels such as tank, flat, bottomed and vertical cylinder tank, vertical cylindrical and horizontal vessels with formed ends as well as spherical or modified spherical vessels.
2. Criteria in vessel design. Elastic bend
re
3. Design of simple vessels of different configuration. General proportions and lay-out. Vents, tapping and flanges.
4. Design of tall vertical vessels and supports
Term work
r. ence
1 Process equipment de2. Process equipment de
161
M. Tec PROGRAMME: 210: MASTER OF TECHNOLOGY (M Engineering)
h. in Mechanical Engineering with specialization in Automobile Engineering
TECH) Mechanical Engineering (with specialization in Automobile
Evaluation weightage
Sr. No
Course Code
Course Title L P/T T O T
Cr
W
ESE (Theory) .
T A ESE Hours Semester One 1 610010 Machine Dynamics and
ation 3 2 5 8 40 4
Vibr60
2 ry of Elasticity and Material havi
3 2 5 8 40 60 4 610020 TheoBe or
3 610030 Engine entation and abili
3 2 5 8 40 60 4 ering experimreli ty engineering
4 00 ite E 0 661 40 Fin lement Analysis 3 2 5 8 4 0 4 5 00 gine 40 60 4 61 50 En Theory and Design 3 2 5 8 TA - TO L 15 10 25 40 - Sem ter 1 100 em 5 8 0 6
es Two 6 60 Syst Modeling and Analysis 3 2 4 0 4
2 100 assi 5 8 6 70 Ch s and body engineering 3 2 40 60 4 3 6100 0 Design transmission
systems for automobiles 3 2 5 88 of power 40 60 4
4 /CAM 3 2 5 8 40 60 4 610090 CAD5 iv 8 0 6 Elect e 3 2 5 4 0 4 TA - TO L 15 10 25 40 - Electives 1 710010 Vehicl 2 5 8 40 60 4 e Performance 3 2 0 th inery and
Heavy 3 2 5 8 0 6710 20 Ear Moving mach
Vehicles 4 0 4
Sem ster hree and FouSr. No
Course Title L P/T
T O T
Cr Evaluation weightage
e T r
. Course Code
TWA 1 100 inar8 10 Sem 3 100
Stage I Stage II Stage III
2 910990 Disserta 20 25 25 50
tion
Semester I
MA IN I ATION
CH E DYNAM CS & VIBR
12. Inertia tensor, Ellipsoid of inertia
r a particle and system of particles.
ibration – modes nodes, holzess method.
Modal analysis – numerical method for solution. Lagrange equation for problem formulation. Tow d.o.f. System – co-ordinate
s – transverse vibration of cable; bar, torsion
vibration of shaft Rayliegh’s method; Rayliegh ritz method.
. Vibration control - balancing of reciprocating and rotating masses, controlling
ion methods iterative, graphical, method of isoclines. Stability of equilibrium state
odal
Term work:
162
11. First and Second time derivatives of a vector fixed in moving reference frame – velocity and acceleration of a point on rigid body – moving on rigid body. Relationship of time derivatives of vector for different reference frames.
. An13 gular momentum and its time derivative foEquation of motion – fixed-point rotation.
14. Single d.o.f. Damped, forced vibration. Multi d.o.f. Free v
15. Multi d.o.f. Vibration – matrix method, Eigen values and vectors – natural
frequencies and modes –
coupling - solution.
16. Vibration under periodic force use of Fourier series.
. Vibration of continuos system17
18
natural frequencies, vibration isolation, vibration absorber.
. Basics of non-linear vibration – causes of non-linearity – formulation. Solut19
and type of singularity. Limits cycle.
. Basic vibration measuring setup – brief introduction to experimental m20analysis.
12.
. Assignments
Refe
Case study – vibration control
rences:
. Mechanical Vibration – S. S. Rao echanics Statics & Dynamics I. H. Shames
l vibration – Srinivasan Graham Kelly
TH STICITY & MATERIAL BEHAVIOUR
56. Engineering M7. N -on Linear mechanica8. Fundamentals of Mechanical vibration – S.
EORY OF ELA PART – I: THEORY OF ELASTICITY
4. Stress – strain: Introduction, stress and strain sensors, strain displacement relation rium, for plane stress and plain strain problems of elasticity, equation of equilib
163
. Load cells
hniques: Strain measurement by resistance gauges types of
PART –
compatibility condition, stress function, simple two dimensional problems of elasticity. Analysis of torsion of circular and non-circular sections
5
. S6 train Gauge Tecstrain gauges.
II: THEORY OF ELASTICITY
racture mechanics of ductile and Factors affecting fatigue.
erent directions. Design of machine element used in high
Term Work
Refe
4. Fatigue and Fracture: Introduction to fatigue and fbrittle fractures mechanism of fatigue failure. Methods of improving fatigue strength. Cumulative damage theories. Linear elastic fracture mechanics. Finite life, infinite life, designs of machine components.
5. Creep: Mechanism of creep failure. Constant load constant temperature tests.
Extrapolation of creep and creep rupture curves. Creep relaxation, influence of combined load in difft pem erature services.
6. Environmental Considerations in design: Corrosion, corrosion under stress,
fretting corrosion and effects of other chemicals, Methods of improving corrosion resistance.
1. Assignments 2. Seminars
rences:
ng Vol-4 - Fatigue Design Handbook (SAE) mechanical design – J.A. Collins
s analysis - J.W. Bally & W. F. Riley
4. Advances in Engineeri5. Failure of materials in6. Experimental stres
164
Engi
. Power Cycles, Fuel air cycles, Combustion charts, Combustion in SI and CI
uel injection systems, Multi point fuel injection systems, cooling and llubricatinfg
Term Wor
. Seminar Ref
G chnology – Hein Heister.
ne Theory and Design
1engines, detonation and Knocking, Combustion chamber design,
. Engine performance, alternate fuels, alternative power plants, emission control in 2
automobiles and related legislations. Modern trends in in Power plant engineering, Hybrid Systems. Selection opf poewer plants, its layout, arrangement of cylinders, selection of stroke bore ratio, volumetric capacity, Compression ratio etc.
3. Design and selection procedures fror components as piston connecting rods, crankshafts, components of valbve train gears, Cylinders etc.
4. Design of Intake, exhaust and fuel supply systems. Multi valve systems,
scavenging and porting in two stroke engines, Supercharging, Carburettor, F
systems.
k 1. Assignments 2
erence 1. Engine Design Giles J 2. Vehicle and Engine Te
165
FIN
. Solution of Boundary value problems: Variational Method, Gelerkin’s Method,
ems, Integral equations for the
dimensional vibration, two dimensional vibrations
ITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS
1Least squares method
2. One dimensional liner element: Division of region into Elements, The linear Element, Weighted Residual integral, and Evaluation of the Integral.
3. Element Matrices: Direct stiffness Method, Properties of global stiffness Matrix, Analysis of simply supported beam
4. Two dimensional Elements: Linear Triangular Elements, Rectangular Elements 5. Two dimensional Field Equations: Coordinate syst
element matrices 6. Heat transfer by conduction and convection: One-dimensional fins, two-
dimensional fins, and long two-dimensional bodies. 7. Acoustical Vibrations: one8. FE applications in Solid Mechanics: The axial force member, potential energy
formulations the Truss Element, Beam element, Plane frame element 9. Two dimensional Elasticity: The displacement functions, Element matrices 10. Element Shape Functions: Evaluating shape functions. 19 -+ 11. FEM Computations 12. Solution Methods 13. FEM Modelling and Pre Processing 14. FEM Hardware and Post processing
ystesm 15. Survey of some FE software S Term Work:
1. Assignments 2. Seminar
References:
. Finite Element Handbook - H. Kardestuncer esign – S. Rajasekharan
ite elements in engineering - Tirupathi Rs. Chandrupatla. nite element methods – Deasi and Abel
Structural and Continuum Mechanics – Sienkiewics O.C Vol. 1,2. te Element Analysis – Larry J. Segerlind =
12. FEA in Engineering D3. Introduction to fin
. Introduction to fi45. The FEM in 6. Applied Fini
166
EN
Engineering Experiments eering Research and experimentation in Design of
alysis,
e
. Statistical Models of Reliability ons
gn
Reference 5. Engineering Experimentation – Ernest O.Doebelin
eliability – Pierusehka g – Patrick D.T.O.conner
l .Rao: ME 5
GINEERING EXPERIMENTATION AND RELIABILITY ENGINEERING
4. Design of Experiments: EnginProducts Measurement of physical parameters, selection of instruments, static and dynamic characteristics of response, Measurements and statistical estimation of errors. Planning of experiments. Data analysis and reporting.
5. Basic of statistics. Hypothesis testing, Analysis of variance, Regression andesign of experiments – Complete and in complete block designs,
6. Factorial designs – Orthogonal Array designs.
R liability Engineering . Concepts of Reliability 11
1213. Reliability of Hazard Functi14. System Reliability 15. Redundency techniques in system desi16. Failure Modes, effects & critically analysis 17. Fault Tree analysis 18. Event Tree analysis 19. Design Review & Validation 20. Design for Reliability.
TERM WORK • Assignments • Seminars
6. Principles of R7. Practical Reliabilty Engineerin8. Re iability based design. – S.S
167
SEMESTER II
SYSTEM MODELLING & ANALYSIS
– inertia, stiffness and damper and mathematical modeling of mechanical systems – vehicles, articulated vehicle and
of system.
1. Assig2. Semi
REodelling & Analysis – Hung V Vu & R.S.Esfandi K.Ogata
Engg. I.J. Nagarath & M.Gopal. Vehicle Dynamics – Ellis
11. Vehicle Dynamics – Steed ics – Gellipsy
5. Mathematical modeling of mechanical elements
other mechanical systems. Modelling of Electro- Mechanical systems. 6. Mathematical modeling of hydraulic elements and system – Pneumatic elements and
s stem. Transfer function representation, block diagram, State variable representation, yna d matrix equation.
7. Numerical methods and other solution methods of differential & state variable
equation.
8. Transient reposne of first and second order system – Steady state response – step Response, ramp response, impulse response, sinusoidal response, input –convolution integral, stability
TERM WORK nments nar
FERENCE 7. Dynamics System M
ics – 8. System Dynam9. Control System10.
12. Vehicle Dynam
168
DESI
utch, centrifugal clutch, Clutch
tor, Automatic ive
and varying loads.
ic load capacity, left rating, and selection of rolling contact
GN OF POWER TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS FOR AUTOMOBILES 6. Requirements of automobile clutch 7. Construction and working of clutch, multiple cl
design 8. Automobile transmission requirements, Torque speed characteristics, Construction
and working of Mechanical geared Systems, Sliding mesh, Constant mesh, and Synchromesh gear Boxes, Epicyclic Gear Boxes,
9. Synchromesh gear Boxes design 10. Hydraulic Transmission, Fluid Flywheel, Torque conver
transmission, Transmission for Four wheel dr11. Universal Joint, Propeller shaft and design, brake Design, Axle design etc. 12. Hydrodynamic Lubrication and Bearing Design
concept, hydrodynamic lubrication: design of plain fixe13. Basic d pad and tilting pad, slider bearing for steady and varying loads. Full and partial journal bearings of infinite length, design of journal bearings for steady loads Introduction to design of Hydrostatic and Aerostatic bearings. Thrust and radial bearings.
14. Lubricants: Selection for general application and special application such as low temperature, high temperature, extreme Pressure etc.
15. Rolling Contact Bearings: Static and dynambearing for different applications.
Term Work: 1. Assignments 2. Semi
References:
nar
3. Fluid Film Lu4. A a
brication Theory & Design – Andras Z. Szeri Tribology – J. Bhatia
1. Vicker’s Manual ydraulic – Rhoner
dv nces in Industrial
REFERENCE
2. Industrial H3. Industrial Hydraulic – John Pippenger 4. Fundamentals of Pneumatics – Festo 5. Fluid power applications – A.Esposito
169
COMA
PART – I COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN
COes
a chamber
AD
SSEMBLIS
CAuring
TERM
Tex s
4. him Zeid. 5. y P. Radhakrishnan.
ements Methods by Desai and Abel, CBS Publication.
Ref ks 4. phics by Hearn & Baker., TMGH
MPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND COMPUTER ASSISTED NUFACTURING
MPUTER GRAPHICS 16. Building and Drawing Curv17. Interactive Graphics 18. Vectors and their use in Graphics 19. 2-D Ray tracing: Reflections in 20. Modelling surfaces 21. Transformation of Pictures 22. Raster Graphics Technique 23. Curve and surface Design for C24. Visual Realism 25. Introduction to Computer Graphics 26. Graphics Devices and their Control
n 27. Hiden Surface eliminatio28. Introduction to Ray Tracing 29. Graphics Stadards. 30. CAD FOR MACHINE ELEMENTS AND SUBA
M d4. Introduction to computer aide
5. NC, CNC Machines, construc manufact
tional details, part programming exercises 6. Rapid Prototyping.
WORK 3. Assignments 4. Seminar
t Book CAD/CAM by Ibra CAD/CAM/CIM b
6. Introduction to Finite El
erence Boo Computer Gra
5. Computer Graphics, Rogers, TMGH 6. Computer Graphics, Hill Jr, Maxell McMillan Co.
170
CH
. Vehicle body type and layouts, load distribution, dynamics loading,
2. structural analysis of integral chassis, Application of t ry of plates, Shell to body component, principles of thin walled beams, shear
. Ergonomics of driver and passenger seating and controlling arrangements.
. Seminar
Ref1. V hicle body Engg- pawlowsky,J
sis: Engineering principle –Reimpell,J
ASSIS AND BODY ENGINEERING
1Aerodynamics drag on cars and commercial vehicles, Drag reduction chassis frames for commercial vehicles, analysis of framed structures and application to chassis frames.
Integral construction for cars, heo
centers.
3. Noise control, Noise and vibration: Engine, body panel, tyre and dumping and absorption.
4. Safety consideration, impact protecting, desirable crush characteristics.
5
. A6 utomotive electrical- generation, rectification control, storages and use, Electrical accessories.
Term work
. Assignment 12
erence e
2. The Automotive chas
171
SEMESTE SEMINAR A S sent a seminar on a Thrust area that should contain 1 L2 ating the principles for solving of the problem. 3 4 Basic5 Work6 Deve 7 Sugg8 Cost The seminar t is bound.
SEMESTER III & IV
R III
tudent has to p[re
iterature survey Basic study of the topic and formulStudy of Kinematics, Dynamics if any and preparing a workable scheme.
design of the above. ing out details of control Mechanism required if any. lopment of Software if necessaryestion for improvements analysis.
should be submitted in a booklet tha
PROJECT
A project should be assigned to each studen Semester either through Industry sponsorship or of acade c on any of the subject areas, which involves the principles being bove, ten subjects. The Project will be worked full time in the third and Fourth semesters for one-year duration. The 1 2
3 kable scheme. 4 5 chanism required if any. 6 7 Fabri8 Testi 9 Sugg10 Cost
t at the beginning of the Thirdmic but practical utility topi
studies in the a
general scheme of working will be as follows:
Literature survey Basic study of the project and formulating the principles for solving of the problem. Study of Kinematics, Dynamics if any and preparing a worBasic design of the above. Working out details of control MeDevelopment of Software if required.
cating a prototype model ng of the modelestion for improvements analysis.
172
EL
. Introduction to vehicle system: Morphology of vehicles, General layout of
lay
ynamics drag, Methods of estimation of resistance of motion, power requirement for propulsion.
Drive systems comparison.
Term work
Refrmance diagnosis and tune up slap manual-Gousha H M
ECTIVE - VECHILE PERFORMANCE
1passenger cars and commercial vehicle, Type of power units, Arrangement of power train, Vehicle controls, braking and steering system.
. Principles of land locomotion: Resistance of motion of wheeled and track 2vehicles, concepts of flotation and traction.
3. Friction and rolling resistance of pneumatic tyres: Aerod
4. Vehicle performance estimation and prediction: power plant characteristic and
transmission related requirements, Vehicle acceleration, max. Speed, Gradability
5. Vehicle transmissions: characteristics and features friction clutches, mechanical
geared transmission lay shaft and epicyclic gearbox, Synchronizers, Fluid coupling and torque converters.
6. Drive lines, two wheel drive, four wheel drive, braking arrangement, safety in breaking, weight transfer steering, cornering power of tyres, jack knifeing of articulated vehicles.
7. Suspension system, beam and axle, independent suspension rolls centers, rolling stiffnes, coupled suspension anti drive suspensions, Effect of shock and vibration on human being, comfort criteria.
1. Assignments 2. Seminar
erence 1. Engine perfo
173
EL
1. General application of earth moving machinery in open cast mining and other
2. rth moving machineries, such
m
erm work
Refenning and management through system technique-Verma
anning and equipment and method-Purify R.I 3 truction –Vazrani V N & Chandola.
ECTIVE - EARTH MOVING MACHINARY AND HEAVY VEHICLES
places. Operations in such application.
Description and specifications of different type of eaa Ds rills, Rippers shovels, wheel loaders, tractors, track vehicle excavator, Dumpers, Dozers, Cranes, Crushes, Feeders and compressors.
3. Studies of the working principles and design consideration of different systeinvolved like power system, transmission, final drive, electrical, lubrication pneumatics, brakes, hydraulics and steering.
4. Study of instrumentation applied to such machineries.
T1. Assignment
. Seminar 2
rence 1. Construction pla
Mahesh 2 Construction pl.
. Heavy cons
M. PROGRAMME: 211: MASTER OF TECHNOLOGY (M AD/CAM & Au
174
Tech. in Mechanical Engineering with specialization in CAD/CAM/Automation
TECH) Mechanical Engineering (with specialization in Ctomation)
Evaluation weightage Sr. Course Title L P/T T Cr
ESE
Hours
No. Course Code OT
TWA ESE (Theory)
Semester One 1 puter Aided Design 3 2 5 8 40 60 4 611010 Com2 ct oriented Methodology
and operating systems 3 2 5 8 40 60 4 611020 Obje
3 10 chat 2 5 8 40 661 30 Me ronics 3 0 4 4 10 ntro 0 661 40 Co l Theory 3 2 5 8 4 0 4 5 ectiv 0 6 4 El e I 3 2 5 8 4 0 TA 5 10 25 4 - TO L 1 0 - Sem ter 1 10 0 Finite E ods 3 2 5 8
es Two
61 5 lement Meth 40 60 4 2 6110 0 Optimi 3 2 5 86 zation 40 60 4 3 61 puter Integrated
facturing 3 2 5 8 40 60 4 1070 Com
Manu4 611080 Concurrent Engineering of
duc3 2 5 8 40 60 4
pro ts and processes 5 iv 8 40 6 Elect e II 3 2 5 0 4 TA TO L 15 10 25 40 - - Elective I 1 711010 Softwa 2 5 8 40 60 4 re Engineering 3 2 10 0 E com
Financ8 40 671 2 merce and Industrial 3 2 5
e 0 4
3 7110 0 Reliabi ing 3 2 5 83 lity engineer 40 60 4 Ele 4 10 boti 2 5 8 40 6
ctive II
71 40 Ro cs 3 0 4 5 110 tific 0 67 50 Ar ial Intelligence 3 2 5 8 4 0 4 6 10 em 0 671 60 Syst Dynamic Analysis 3 2 5 8 4 0 4 Sem nd Four
ester Three a
175
Sr. No
rse L P/T T O T
C g.
CouCod
rse e
Cou Title r E
valuation wei htage
TWA 1 811010 Seminar 3 10 0
Stage I StaII
ge Stage III
2 119 2
25 25
9 90 Dissertation 0
50
176
SEMESTE1.
R I er Aided Design Comput
Computer Graphics
er Graphics
in a chamber
ering CAD harts and Software for atleast 5 Mechanical
TE
imilar ments on the use of above softwares and
the above listed topics. Two seminars and one in Semester Test
. Computer aided Geometric design - Barnhill R. E applications - Blinn J. E
Baker and Hearn
1. Introduction to Comput2. Graphics Devices and their Control 3. Building and Drawing Curves 4. Interactive Graphics 5. Vectors and their use in Graphics 6. 2 - D Ray tracing : Reflections 7. Modelling surfaces 8. Transformation of Pictures 9. Raster Graphics Technique 10. Curve and surface Design for CAD 11. Visual Realism 12. Color Theory 13. Hidden Surface elimination
ing 14. Introduction to Ray Trac15. Graphics Standards
MCAD
1. Develop conceps for Mechanical engine2. Develop Algorithms, Flow C
Engineeing Design Problems
RMWORK 1. Assignments using AUTOCAD or any other similar 2. Assignments using I-DEAS Master Series or any other similar 3. Assignments using ALIAS or any other s
. Term work should contain atleast 6 assign46 assignments onshould be conducted.
REFERENCES
1. Computer Graphics - Hill Jr. F. S 2. An Introduction to Splines for use in Computer Graphics and Geometric
Modelling - Richard H. Bartels and et. al. 3. Computers in Mechanical Engineering - Abi - Ezzi, S 4. Projective Geometry - Ayres F 56. IEEE Computer Graphics and 7. Computer Graphics -
177
2.OB
JECT ORIENTED METHODOLOGY AND OPERATING SYSTEMS C and C++ Fundamentals
and c++ s and miscelleneous items
ming . Tapping important C and C++ Libraries
T Concepts DOWS Applications with Resources
gnments in the above. Two seminars and Test should be conducted.
Eanguages - Brain Kerningham
ochan
Manual
s Fernandez
1. C and C++ Foundations 2. DATA 3. Control 4. Functions 5. Pointers 6. Input/Output in C 7. Structures, union8. Classes
Introduction to Object Oriented Programming
1. Power Program23. DOS System resourses and graphics 4. Assembly Language 5. Power programming 6. Binding C and Assembly language code 7. Programming for WINDOWS and WINDOWS N8. Developing C++ OBJECTWIN9. OPERATING SYSTEMS 10. DOS 11. UNIX
TERM WORK
1. Term work should contain atleast 10 assione in Semester
R REFE
1NCE
. C Programming l2. Programming in C - K3. Programming in C - Byron Gotfried 4. UNIX operating system - Kerningham
. UNIX Operating Manual 56. DOS Operating 7. MICROSOFT C/C++7 - William H. Murray 8. High Performance C Graphics Programming for Windows 9. BORLAND C++ for WINDOWS - Loui10. Visual C++ Programming - Steve holzner
178
3. MECHATRONICS 1. O erview of Microcomputer systems, Hardware and Software.
,
t, instruction
hine Tools and Automation, Automation
neumatic systems, study of
4. S udy of controls for Machine Tools. . Experiments based on Pneumatic circuits for automation.
d on Hydraulic circuits for automation. design for practical
d servo mechanisms topic based on above
ydraulic Control Systems - Aizerman M A . Pneumatic circuits and Low cost automation - Fawcett J R . Industrial Hydraulics - Pippenger
v2. Introduction to microprocessor architecture 8085 and 8086/8088. Control unit
memory, working registers, internal clock, I/O devices and interfaces, bus structure and its hardware connections to processor.
3. Introduction to Microprocessor software. Data representation, Binary and BCD formats, Instruction types, addressing modes, instruction formatimings and operations, 8085 instruction set and its basic instructions.
4. Programming techniques with additional Instructions, Counter and timing delays, branching, looping, stack and sub routines.
5. Components in hydraulic systems. Study of simple hydraulic circuits. 6. Components in pneumatic systems. Study of simple pneumatic circuits. 7. Techniques adopted in pneumatic circuits, Logic circuits. 8. Electro – hydraulic systems. 9. Electro – pneumatic systems.
circuits 10. Automation, basic concepts, techniques adopted in synthesis of L.C.A. and study of L.C.A. components.
11. Case studies involving hydraulics in Macin machining using transfer machines.
12. Control Theory, Adaptive Controls. 13. PLC in Automation. 14. PID Controllers in Automation. 15. Analysis of control system components such as valves, actuators, transmissions
dynamic modeling of Electro Hydraulic/Petc., response and concepts of stability
TERM WORK
1. Experiments on Pneumatic Logic Trainer. 2. Experiments on Hydraulic Logic Trainer. 3. Study of various Material Handling Devices.
t56. Experiments base7. A igss nments to develop an Automation conceptual
application. 8. Laboratory experiments on feed back control systems an9. Three assignments (including numerical problems) on each
syllabus. Term work should contain atleast 10 assignments in the above. Two seminars and one in Semester Test should be conducted.
REFERENCES
Pneumatic and H1.23
179
ner & Stoll
4. Vickers Manual on Hydraulics 5. Computer Numerical Control concepts and Programming - Seames W S 6. Computer Numeric Control of Machine Control - Thyer G E 7. Pneumatic application - Deppert Warner & Stoll Kurt 8. Mechanization by Pneumatic Control Vol 1 and Vol 2 - Deppper Wer
Kurt 9. Hydraulic and Pneumatic for Production - Stewart 10. Fundamentals of pneumatics - Festo series 11. Maintenance of Pneumatic equipments - Festo series 12. Stepper Motor Control and Devices – Kenjo 13. Dynamics of Physical Systems – Cannon R.H.
. 14. Servomechanisms: Devices and Fundamentals – Miller R.W
180
4.CONTROL THEORY 1. Introduction to Control theory 2. Mathematical Methods of pysical systems 3. Feedback Charecteristics of Control Systems 4. Control Systems and Components
nd Performa5. Time response analysis, Design specifications a nce Indices
e tory assignments and 5 assignments in the above. At least 2 assignments should use MATLAB Two seminars and one in Semester Tes d. RE
g Systems - Seely S. . Lenear Control System Analysis and Design - D-Azo
Engineering - Truxal J. G.
6. Concepts of Stability algebraic criteria 7. The Root locus Technique 8. Frequency response analysis 9. Stability in frequency Domain 10. Introduction to Design 11. Sample - Data Control systems
12. State variable analysis and Design13. Optimal Control systems 14. Nonlenear Systems 15. Introduction to MATLAB
TERMWORK T rm work should contain at least 5 labora
t should be conducte
FERENCES 1. Control Systems Engineering - I. J. Nagrath 2. Dynamics of Physical systems - Cannon R. H. 3. An Introduction to engineerin45. Introductory system6. Sevo Mechanisms devices and Fundamentals - Miller R. W7. Practical Sevo Mechanism Design - Baeck H. S 8. Modern Control - Principles and Applications - Hsu J. C 9. Analysis and Control of Lenear systems - Ku Y. H 10. Introduction to Control systems design - Eveleigh V. W 11. Automatic Control Systems - Benjamin C. Kuo 12. Theory and Problems of Feed Back andControl Systems - Schaum Series
181
5.ELECTRONIC COMMERCE AND INDUSTRIAL FINANCE Electronic Commerce Networks and commercial transactions, Business model for commercial transactions, The InteCryTecverEleEnvReqMeprivprotComInteproconenvDigCarStra Ind ResRegPrice and distribution controls, Export –Import policy. Policy on foreign investment and col d development of Industries. Fea of industrial planning and development, 5-year plan. Classification of industries, Siz sification, and proPubaffe Term work: Onare Ass Ref
rnet environment, The World Wide Web, Online commerce Solutions, Public Key ptography, Security Standards, Commerce Models and Environments, Security hnologies, Cryptography, Public key solutions, Trusted key distribution and ification, Encryption, Digital Signature, Non repudiation and Message Integrity, ctronic Payment Methods, Updating existing methods, Building a commercial ironment, Offline and Online Transactions, Security of online transaction models, uired facilities, Hardware Requirements, Software requirements, Humane expertise ,
rchant requirements, Customer Requirements, Protocols for the public transport of ate Information, Security Protocols, Security –Socket layer, Integrating security ocols in to web, Credit card business basics, Electronic Commerce Providers, Online merce Options, Electronic payment Systems, Digital Payment Systems, Virtual
rnet payment System, Account setup and costs, Setting up a seller, Virtual transaction cess, curity considerations, Cyber cash, The Cyber cash model, Cyber cash security siderations, Cyber cash availability, Cyber cash client applications, Online commerce ironments, Choosing payment methods, Sever market orientations, Digital currencies, i Cash, Ecash, Setting up a shop accepting Ecash, Ecash implementation, Smart ds, Electronic Data Interchange, Strategies, Techniques, and Tools, Internet tegies,Online Selling Techniques, Choosing a Browser, Internet Client Software
ustrial Finance
ources for Industrial Development & Industrial policy. ulation of Industries, Industries Development and regulation act, Industries licensing,
laboration for planning an
tures e based classification, use based classification, input based clasprietary based classification. lic, private, joint and cooperative sectors. Small scale sector, Demand analysis, factors cting the demand, elasticity of demand, demand forecasting.
e seminar to be presented by each student on the aforesaid syllabus or related emerging as. Assignments each sub topics. Develop software for Electronic commerce
ignments each sub topics. Develop software for Electronic commerce
erence
1. The E-commerce Arsenal: 12 Technologies you need to prevail in Digital Arena 2. Gutzman, Alexis New York AMACOM (American Management Association)
. E-commerce revolution, Amor, Pearson education. 34. Electronic Commerce By Paul A. Murphy
182
5. E-Commerce Business on the Internet. by McLaren C.H / McLaren . B.J 6. Www.thomson.com, USA/ South-western Educational Publishing 7. Electronic Commerce speed and certainty in order fulfillment by Janardhan 8. IIFT Bhawan, Qutab Institutional area, new Delhi 9. Internet and WWW, Deitel, Pearson education.
y 10. B2B Application Integration david S. Linthicum Addison Wesl11. Industrial Finance By Francis Cherunilam 12. Himalaya Publishing house
183
5. Software Engineering
. Intoduction to Software Engineering
ngineering technique Testing
ngineering y
gineering
Schach n Systems - Senn James A
ation of Information Systems -Lucas, Henry C. Jr
ology in practice - Checkland P Wiley
12. Scope of Software Engineering 3. Software production and its difficulties 4. Software Life-Cycle Models 5. Software Planning 6. Stepwise refinement: A Basic Software E7. Phases of Life cycle 8. Specification methods 9. Modularity 10. Design methods 11. Implementation 12. Maintenance 13. Computer aided software E14. Portability and Reusabilit15. ADA and software En16. Experimentation in Software Engineering 17. Automatic Programming
TW: Case study development. REFERENCE
. Software Engineering by Stephen R.12. Analysis and Design of Informatio3. Analysis and Design and implement
4. Systems method5. Applied general systems theory - Van Gich
184
5. Reliability Engineering
Eng eering Reliability: Fundamentals and Applications Mo
21st century
litative and quantitative engineering definitions analysis for definition of terms.
3. lve reliability problems in this course
M ty and Random Variables
. Probability spaces, basic rules of probability, conditional probability, Bayes'
Modu atastrophic Failure Models and Reliability Functions
. Compound hazard rates, constant hazard rate, exponential distribution, mil. spec
ir issues
in
dule I - Background and History of Engineering Reliability
1. Relation to quality importance and relevance to industry and society in the
2. Reliability, qua
lifetime data sets,
Us e of Mathematica™ software to visualize and so
4. Statistical data analysis, histograms, reliability function R(t), exponential case
odule II - Probabili
1. Permutations and combinations
2. Binomial theorem and ordered samples, discrete distribution
3theorem
4. Series and parallel models, one out of n, star and delta structure, redundancy
ork5. netw modeling of complex systems, dependent networks, method of minimal cuts and ties, event trees
le III - C
1. The basic reliability engineering functions and equations relating to them
2. Concept of a hazard rate, bathtub curve, useful life, infant mortality, and wear-out
3multiple parameter distributions: Weibull, Lognormal, Gamma, Poisson (homogenous and inhomogenous)
4. Physics of failure issues and the choice of appropriate distribution maintenance and repa
185
Mo
. Graphical data analysis, rectification, interpreting statistical plots
tion, graphical and MLE methods
failures during warranty period or system life
dule IV - Graphical and Analytical Methods of Reliability Data Analysis
1
2. Parameter estima
3. Confidence intervals, censored data
4. Multiple failures: Kaplan-Meier method
5. Mixtures of distributions
6. Competing mechanisms of failure
7. Predicting
Term Work Text: Engineering Reliability: Fundamentals and Applications by R. Ramakumar, Pre ce Hall, 1993. Sof ematica™ for Students, Wolfram Research, Inc.
nti
tware: Math
186
SEMESTE1. FINITE E
R II ENT METHODS LEM
. Finite Element Approximation Theory
and Eigen Value Problems
hanics
nics
ing ystems
r similar
y other similar . Assignments using ANSYS or any other similar
Term
e
. Finite Element Hand Book - H. Kardestuncer
n Structural and Continuum Mechanics - Zienkiewicz O. C. Vol. 1,
12. FEM Element Methods for Eliptic Boundary - Value3. FEM for Time dependent Problems 4. FEM for variational inequalities 5. FEM Fundamentals 6. Variational Principles 7. Constitutive Equations in Mec8. Basic Concepts of FEM 9. Finite Elements based on Displacement Fields
oblems in Mecha10. Convergence of FEM for lenear pr11. FEM Applications 12. FE Applications in Solid Mechanics 13. Accurate FE Analysis 14. FEM Computations 15. Solution Methods
ng 16. FEM Modelling and PreProcessi17. FEM Hardware and Post process18. Survey of some FE Software S19. Introduction to CFD
TERMWORK
1. Assignments using I-DEAS Master Series or any othe2. Assignments using Hypermesh or any other similar 3. Assignments using ADAMS or an4
work should contain atleast 5 assignments in the use of the above softwares and 7 Test should bassignments on the above listed topics. Two seminars and one in Semester
conducted. REFERENCE:
12. FEA in Engineering Design - S. Rajasekharan 3. Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering - Tirupathi R. Chandrupatla 4. Introduction to Finite Element Methods - Desai and Abel 5. The FEM i
187
2.Optimization
. Definition, Need and Scope tion, decision options, deterministic and
promultcontr
2. Math s:
Logic and tools for problem analysis, formulation and optimization. Euclidean set of feasible solutions, vertices as promising
simulinea
3. Line
Form sion variables, canonical and stand problems such as crew
duct mix etc.
repredegeunbo cycling phenDualoptimvaria
DualTranAs sVogeas a prob g upto three iterations.
4. Integ
Gomprog
5. Sche
Flow lem, Job shop scheduling for two jobs, N machine problem, graphical and analytical methods.
aBellmrecur te identification and solution of problems involving upto three stages.
LimimixeQueuing / Waiting Line Models
1Real life problem analysis and formula
babilistic problem situations, criteria for evaluation and Optimization, idesciplinary nature, methodology in approach origin, growth and major ibutors.
ematical model
vector space Simplex bases convexcandidates, matrices and linear algebra, Gauss - Jordan method for solving
ltaneous equations, programming (resource allocation) problems, linear, non r and mathematical programing.
ar Programming model ulation, objective function, constraints, deciard forms, parameters and variables, classical
scheduling, Knap sack, napkin/caterer, proGraphical method for two variable problems, simplex algorithm and tabular
sentation, types of solution such as feasible / non feasible, degenerate / non nerate, optimal / sub optimal, unique / alternate / infinite optimal, bounded / unded value and solution and their interpretations from simplex table, omena, mutual solution of problems involving upto three iterations. ity concept, dual problem formulation, dual simplex method, primal sub al - dual not feasible, and other primal - dual relations, interpretation of dual
bles. ity Properties, sensitivity analysis for variation of parameter at a time. sportation, Transshipment and Assignment models. pecial cases of LP model, Problem formulation and optimality conditions in l's penalty and Hungarian methods of solution. traveling salesman problem special case of assignment problem, sensitivity analysis manual solution of lems involvin
er LP Models ary's Cutting plane algorithms, branch and bound technique for integer ramming
duling Models shop sequencing in two/three machines, n job prob
6. Dyn mic Programming Models
an's Optimality principle, functional equation, backward and forward sions, stage - sta
7. Game theory or Competitive strategies
ted to two persons, Zero sum games, domination, saddle points, Pure and d strategies, graphical and analytical methods, LP Model formulation.
188
SteadcriterG/M
. Replacement Models
time dependent resale and operational costs,
9. Simu
Monte Carlo or experimenting method based on Probabilistic behavior data n in Probabilistic real life problems.
Term Work
Term. Two seminars and
ster Test should be conducted.
anerjee, Business Book
. Operations Research, an Introduction, Hamdy A. Taha h, Hira and Gupta
's Outline
an,
y state analysis for M/M/1 / / System, hazard rate and System performance ia, Erlangian distribution in queues in series, waiting period in M/G/1, /1, and M/M/1 system with finite population
8Equipment deteriorating with discounted value of money, policies for bulk and individual replacement.
lation Models and random numbers, applicatio
work should contain atleast 6 assignments in the above listed topics. 1.
23. One in Seme
REFERENCE:
1. Operations Research Techniques for management, B. BPublishing House
23. Operations Researc4. Quantitative Techniques in Management, N. D. Vora, TMH 5. Operations Research, SD Sharma 6. Introduction to Operations Research, Billy E. Gillet, TMH 7. Theory and Problems of Operations Research, Richard Bronson, Schaum
Series, MGH 8. Theory and Problems of Quantitative Techniques in Management John E. Ullm
Schaum's Outline Series, MGH 9. Principles of Operations Research Harvey M. Wagner, PH 10. Introduction to Operations Research, Hiller and Lieberman MGH 11. Introduction to Operations Research, Churchman C. W. et al John Wiley and sons
189
3.Computer Integrated Manufacturing
1. Fundamentals of Manufacturing and Automation
g
ted Inspection esting
g
ther
Term work should contain atleast 6 assignments in the use of the above softwares and 6 ass f the above listed topics. Two seminars and one in Semester Test sho RE
on, Production Systems, and Computer integrated Manufacturing - Mikell P.Groover
echnology - Oavid l. Goetsch . Computer Integrated Manufacturing Techniques and Applications - Michael
2. Production operations and automation strategies 3. Production Economics
s 4. High Volume Production System5. Detroit Type automation 6. Analysis of Automated Flow lines 7. Assembly systems and line Balancin8. Automated Assembly systems 9. Numerical Control Production Systems 10. Numerical control 11. Part Programming 12. Flexible Manufacturing systems 13. Quality Control and Automa14. Automated Inspection and T15. Control Systems 16. Linear Feedback Control systems 17. Optimal Control 18. Sequence Control and Programmable Controllers 19. Computer process Control20. Computer Integrated Manufacturing
M 21. Fundamentals of CAD/CA22. Computerized Manufacturing Planning systems 23. Shop Floor Control and automatic Identification techniques 24. Computer Networks for Manufacturin25. Future automated factory
TERMWORK Assignments on the Use of I-DEAS Master Series or any other similar Assignments on the use of NCPACK, Assignments on the use of CAMAND or any osimilar
ignments in the use ould be conducted.
FERENCES 1. Automati
2. CAD/CAM/CIM - P. Radhakrishnan 3. Computer Aided Mechanical Design and analysis - V. Ramamurthy 4. CAD/CAM - Mikell P. Groover and Emory. W. Zimmer 5. Fundamentals of CIM T6
Hardeski
0
4. Concu
19
rrent Design of Products and Processes
. Cuncurrent Engineering Concepts
2.
ConcProdFabrDesi
3. HistoGeneGene c problems in low Volume Manufacturing
4. ExamLargSmal
TypeRela s Rela etween Specifications and Technology
l, Automation and Process improvement FabriAsseModMod
6. StraStepsCom
7. TechAsseChoosing a good assembly sequence
Creat
8. Basic issues in Manufacturing System design
De iIntanAsseTaskToolPart Mate al handling alternatives
1
N we approaches to Manufacturing Goals of Product and System design Drivers of change in Manufacturing
urrent Design of Products and Processes uct Design ication and assembly System Design
tems for Robustness and Structure gning Production sys
ry and Macro economics of Manufacturing ric problems in High Volume Manufacturing ri
Ecnomic and demographics of Manufacturing in India
ples of recent advanced Production Systems e scale Productio l scale Batch Production
5. Basic Process Issues Proc odels are important ess Models, Why Process M
s of Process Models tion between Models and Specificationtion b
Relation between Models controcation Processes
esse Models mbly Processes, Assembly Procels of test and Inspection tasks els of Manufacturing systems
tegic approach to Product design in Strategic approach to Product design parison to other Product Design Methods
nical aspects of Product Design mbly sequence generation
Tolerences and their relation to assembly Design for material handling and part mating
ion and evaluation of Testing strategies
System Design Procedure s gn factors
gibles mbly resourse alternatives assignment s and Tool changing feeding alternatives ri
191
FlooSyste
9. Asse bly workstation Design
Econ
10. Econ s Types of manufacturing Cost
HowSensEffecAlter
11. Econ bly Systems Unit AnnuPreliminary System estimation
12. Syste
SimuDiscAn e
Term WorkTerm work s the above listed topics. Two seminars and one in S cted.
oducts and Processes - James L. Nevins et al. MGH uctiv hrough CAD/CAM - Dimitris N. Chorafas Butterworths
r layout and system architecture alternatives m design and Economic analysis
mStrategic issues Technical Issues
omic analysis
omic analysis of System
Pro-Forma cash flow Determining allowable investment
s evaluated are alternative investmentitivity analysis t of recycling and rework native system justification
omic - Technical Synthesis of AssemCost equation alized Cost factor
Assembly system synthesis
m Simulation lation as an alternative to analysis
rete Event simulation tools xample simulation
13. Case Studies
hould contain atleast 6 assignments in emester Test should be condu
Reference . Concurrent Design of Pr1
2. Engineering Prod ity t3. Automatic assem Boobly - throyd G. et. al. - Marcel Dekker NY
192
Elective II 5. ROBOTICS
. Introduction to Manipulators Classification, d.o.f., etc., End effectors,
, automation with hydraulics. on in manufacturing systems.
arm, Reverse F arm, 3 D. O. F arm in 2D, 4 D.O.F. manipulator in
ations and Robot Kinematics, Manipulator Path
es, controller and interface) etermining positional accuracy
ntrol. development of software for the
obile open architecture articulated robot and development of software in BASIC
atics.
Assignments on Robot Dynamics.
1Locomotion devices. controllers, Sensors and Interface. Terminology in robotics.
2. Detailed study of the above aspects. Study of different drives like stepper motors, servos, pneumatics, hydraulics and harmonic drives.
3. Study of automation principles : 4. Where? Why? What? 5. Open loop, Closed loop, low cost automation6. Relevance of Robotics, Automati7. Application of Robotics - Material Transfer machine Loading, Welding, Spray
painting, Process operations, Assembly, Inspection. 8. Safety of Robots. 9. Robot Kinematics : 10. Position representation, Forward transformation of 2 D. O. F.
transformation of 2 D. O. 3D, Homogeneous transformControl, Software development for Direct and Inverse Kinematics.
11. Robot Dynamics : 12. Static Analysis, Compensating for gravity, Robot arm dynamics, Configuration of
robot controller, Software development for Robot Dynamics 13. Control of actuators in Robotic mechanisms
arts 14. Compliantly supported rigid p15. Assembly of compliant parts 16. Design considerations 17. Engineered Compliance and the strategy of compliant assembly 18. Robotic Sensory Devices 19. Computer Vision for Robotic Systems
tems 20. Computer Considerations for Robotic Sys21. Design Example 22. Specification of Commercial Robots 23. Motor Selection in the Design of a Robotic Joint 24. Digital Control of a Single Axis
TERM WORK
1. Study of 6 axis articulated robot. (Kinematics, driv2. Experimenting with 6 axis articulated robot and d
and reliability. 3. Study of details of controller :
. Point to Point control and continuos path co4same.
5. Study of 5 axis m
6. Study of Robot Vision ( Vision hardware and software) 7. Preparation of CAD package for design of atleast 3 machine elements. 8. Problems and assignments on Direct Kinematics 9. Problems and assignments on Inverse Kinem10. Problems and assignments on Homogeneous transformations. 11. Problems on Software for Direct Kinematics 12. Problems and13. Experiment on D.C. Servo Speed Control.
193
g PLC
sTerm above software and 10 assi mester Test be conducted. RE
ice - J. F. Engelberger Systems - Ulrich rembolds,
amurthy
nest deoblin kwith and Lewisbuck
Klafter and et. al.
14. Experiment on position DC Servo. 15. Experiments on Linear Position Control on Electro-Hydraulic Servo Trainer. 16. Experiment on Angular Speed Control and Angular Position control on Electro-
Hydraulic servo trainer. 17. Study of PLC and experiments usin
A s nig ments using ADAMS or any other similar
work should contain atleast 2 assignments in the use of thegnments in the above listed topics. 2 seminars and one in Se
FERENCE: . Robotics for Engineers - Yorem Koren 1
2. Robotics in Pract3. Computer Integrated Manufacturing Technology and
Christial Blume 4. Computer Aided Design in Mechanical Engineering - Ram5. Robot Dynamics 6. Robotics - John Craig 7. Robot manipulators : mathematics, Programming and Control - Paul r p 8. Industrial Robotics - Groover and Simmers 9. Measurement systems - Er10. Mechanical Measurements - Bec11. Modern control Engineering - K. Ogata 12. Automatic Control Systems - Benjamin Kus
rd D.13. Robotic Engineering An Integrated approach - Richa14. Intelligent Robotic Systems - Spyros G. Tzafestas
Elective II 5. ARTI
194
FICIAL INTELLIGENCE
1. AI and Internal Representation
Repr Prop The Pred
OtheIndex ons
Inde The
Slot-
. Lisp Whe Typing
rams
Prop
Poin tion and the Internals (Almost) of Lisp
Scop
Early PrGray-Le al Sketch
tional)
IntriCooVert
Artificial Intelligence and the World What Is Artificial Intelligence?
esentation in AI erties of Internal Representation Predicate Calculus icates and Arguments
Connectives Variables and Quantification How icate Calculus to Use the Pred
r Kinds of Inference ing, Pointers and Alternative Notati
xing Isa Hierarchy Assertion Notation
Frame Notation
2y Lisp?
Lisps at Lisp
Defining ProgBasi Flow oc f Control in Lisp Lisp Style Atoms and Lists Basic Debugging Building Up List Structure More on Predicates
erties ters, Cell Nota
Destructive Modification of Lists The for Function Recursion
e of Variables /Output Input
Macros
3. Vision Introduction Defining the Problem Overview of the Solution
ocessing vel Image to Prim
Convolution with Gaussians (Opirtual Lines V
Stereo Disparity Texture
nsic Image perative Algorithms ex Analysis and Line Labeling
RepShaMat s Find t Des
. P
Why x DiagWhy ? ConDictTranSynTop-TranAugMovBuilA NAlteFromThe CasWheThe ge The
5. SIntroTheSearA S
oal Tre
s Form ATN ptional) GamGamMinActuAvoTran sentation (Optional) GPS6. L
IntroUsinSyntSom
195
resenting and Recognizing Scenes pe Description ching Shape Descriptioning a Known Shape to Match Agains
cribing a Seen Shape
4L
arsing Language evels of Language
Expressing the Rules of Syntax We Need Rules of Syntaraming Sentences Do We Care about Sentence Structure
text-Free Grammars ionaries and Features sformational Grammar (Optional)
tactic Parsing Down and Botton-Up Parsing sition Network Parsers
tworks (Optional) mented Transition Neement Rules in ATN Grammar (Optional) ding an ATN Interpreter (Optional) on-Backtracking ATN Interpreter rnative Search Strategies Syntax to Semantics
Interpretation of Definite Noun Phrases e Grammar and the Meaning of Verbs n Semantics, When Syntax?
Syntactic Use of Semantic Knowled Organization of Parsing
earch duction
Need for Guresswork ch Problems
earch Problems es G
Formal Definition Searching Goal Tree
alism Revisited Parsing as a Search Problem (Oe Trees (Optional) es Trees as Goal Trees
imax Search al Game Playing iding Repeated States sition-oriented State Repre ogic and Deduction
duction g Predicate Calculus ax and Semantics e Abstract Representation
196
QuaEncDiscDed Forw ion SkoBacGoa ng App ing MatDedAdvNonUsinModComTheSear
7. MThe App
dexing Predicate-Calculus Assertions o
PropDataReaTheTemTimSpaRule
8. A Expert Systems WhaAbdAbdExpStat
BayTheThe iseases SearSearBottSearMulMul g to Bayes Heu
9. MIntro
ntifiers and Axioms oding Facts as Predicate Calculus ussion uction as Searchard Chaining and Unificat
lemization kward Chaining l Trees for Backward Chainilications of Theorem Provhematical Theorem Proving uctive Retrieval and Logic Programming anced Topics in Representation monotonic Reasoning g λ-Expressions as Descriptions (Optional) al and Intensional Logics (Optional) plete Resolution (Optional)
General Resolution Rule ch Algorithms for Resolution
emory Organization and Deduction Importance of Memory Organizationroaches to Memory Organization
InAss ciative Networks
erty Inheritance Dependencies
soning Involving Time Situation Calculus poral System Analysis e-Map Management tial Reasoning -Based Programming
bduction, Uncertainty andt Is Abduction? uction and Causation uction and Evidence ert Systems istics in Abduction
Basic Definitions es’s Theorem
ptoms Problem of Multiple SymMycin Program for Infectious Dch considerations in Abduction ch Strategy in Mycin om-Up Abduction ch in Caduceus tiple Diseases tiple Diseases Accordinristic Techniques
anaging Plans of Action duction
197
A BPlanAnt ions ChoTemPlan s ShaDecExeDomRobGam
1. LStor s Abduction
etermining Motivation verse
DeciWheGenAbdUndSusu repeat-until Deta ptional) AbdFindSpeSpeThe ConDisaRefeConWor
asic Plan Interpreter ning Decisions
icipating Protection Violatosing Objects to Use porally Restricted Goals ning by Searching through Situation
llow Reasoning and about Plans ision Theory cution Monitoring and Replanning ains of Application
ot Motion Planning e Playing
anguage Comprehension y Comprehension a
DMotivation Analysis = Plan Synthesis in Re
ding Between Motivations n to Stop eralizing the Model uctive Projection erstanding Obstacles to Plans mption Goals and ils of Motivation Analysis (Ouctive Matching ing Possible Motivations
ech Acts and Conversation ech Acts in Problem Solving Recognition of Speech Acts versations mbiguation of Language rential Ambiguity and Context versation and Reference d Sense Disambiguation
198
Elective II
5. Dynamic Systems Analysis
. Introduction to Dynamic systems Analysis
nd Non-Engineering
mic Systems to Inputs
eTer topics. Two seminars and one RefIntrIntr
12. Modeling of Mechanical Systems
agnetic, a3. Modeling of Hydraulic, Pneumatic, ElectromSystems
4. Fundamentals of Dynamic system analysis 5. Response of Dyna6. Linear Mechanical Vibrations 7. Linear Control Syatems
nalysis 8. Numerical Methods for Dynamic System A9. Introduction to Nonlenear Dynamics
Assignments using ADAMS or any other similar T rm Work
m work should contain 10 assignments in the above listed in Semester Test should be conducted.
erences oduction to Dynamic Systems Analysis, Thomas D. Burton oduction to Physical Systems Dynamics, Ronald C. Rosenberg
199
SEMESTE SEMINAR A S sent a seminar on a Thrust area that should contain
formulating the principles for solving of the problem.
is bound.
SEMESTER III & IV
R III
tudent has to p[re
12
. Literature survey
. Basic study of the topic and3. Study of Kinematics, Dynamics if any and preparing a workable scheme. 4. Basic design of the above. 5. Working out details of control Mechanism required if any. 6. Development of Software if necessary7. Suggestion for improvements 8. Cost analysis.
The seminar should be submitted in a booklet that
PROJECT A project should be assigned to each studen Semester either through Industry sponsorship or of acade c on any of the subject areas which involves the principles being bove ten subjects. The Proj ct will be worked full time in the third and Fourth semesters for one year duration. The
able scheme.
rol Mechanism required if any.
t at the beginning of the Thirdmic but practical utility topi
studies in the ae general scheme of working will be as follows :
1. Literature survey 2. Basic study of the project and formulating the principles for solving of the
problem. 3. Study of Kinematics, Dynamics if any and preparing a work
. Basic design of the above. 45. Working out details of cont6. Development of Software if required. 7. Fabricating a prototype model 8. Testing of the model9. Suggestion for improvements 10. Cost analysis.
200
Annex Z AcaAC
Sr n Date
demic calendar and frame work. ADEMIC CALENDER o. Events
ODD SEMESTER
1 Com 17/7/06 mencement of classes
2 Mid- 25/9/06 to 29/9Semester Test /06
3 Class 3/11/06 es End
4 Term /Oral Evaluation In last Two Wesemester
Work/ Practical eks of the
5 End Sem 3/11/06 to 23/11/ester Examination 1 06
6 Decl /12/06 aration of Results 5
7 Re-e 6th,7th,13th January 2007
xamination & 14th
ESTER EVEN SEM1 Commencement 01/01/2007 of classes
2 Mid-Semester Test 5/3/07 to 9/3/07
3 14/4/07 Classes End
4 Term Work/ Practical /Oral Evaluation In last Two Weeks of the semester
5 End Sem 22/4/07 to 02/5ester Examination /07
6 Decl s 14/5/07 aration of Result
7 Re-e th,14th,15th xamination 7th,8 July 2007
201
PlaPLA
Branch No. of CompanVisited
No. of
cement status CEMENT REPORT FOR THE YEAR 2003-2004
ies Students Selected
Average Salary
HighestSalary
M.TE - CH EXTC - - -
M.T 1 5 25,000.00 ,000.00 ECH STRUCT 1 25
M.TE 6 20,000.00 CH COMP 18 20,000.00
M.TE 4 16,000.00 CH EX 15 25,000.00 M.T
CONT 6 5 19,000.00 ECH 1ROL 22,000.00
M.T 22 8 22,000.00 ECH M/D 25,000.00
M 8 1 16,000.00 .TEXT 20,000.00
M.T 16 1 23,000.00 ECH PROD 25,000.00
M.TE 19 3 21,000.00 CH POWER 24,000.00 M.T
CAD/C 7 5 25,000.00 ECH AM 1 24,000.00
M.TE 4 0 22,000.00 CH AUTO 1 25,000.00 M.T
ENVIR 12 0 24,000.00 25,000.00 ECH ON
M 9 2 17,000.00 .TECH CONST 17,000.00
202
PLA
Branch No. of CompanVisited
No. of
CEMENT REPORT FOR THE YEAR 2004-2005
ies Students Selected
Average Salary
HighestSalary
M.TE - CH EXTC - - -
M.T 3 5 12,000.00 ,000.00 ECH STRUCT 4 25
M.T 17 15,000.00 ECH COMP 32 33,000.00
M.TE 000.00 CH EX 37 12 13, 50,000.00 M.T
CONT 2 8 000.00 ECH 5ROL 11, 33,000.00
M.TE 62 12 10,000.00 CH M/D 25,000.00
M 14 1 7,000.00 .TEXT 22,000.00
M.T 22 2 4,000.00 ECH PROD 1 25,000.00
M.TE 50 9 11,000.00 CH POWER 33,000.00 M.T
CAD/C 8 6 10,000.00 ECH AM 5 25,000.00
M.TE 4 10,000.00 CH AUTO 57 52,000.00 M.T
ENVIR 40 2 11,000.00 25,000.00 ECH ON
M 38 0 9,000.00 .TECH CONST 22,000.00
203
PLA
Branch No. of CompanVisited
No. of
CEMENT REPORT FOR THE YEAR 2005-2006
ies Students Selected
Average Salary
HighestSalary
M.TE - CH EXTC - - -
M.T 7 15 13,000.00 ,000.00 ECH STRUCT 2 27
M.T 9 2,000.00 ECH COMP 23 2 63,000.00
M.TE 000.00 CH EX 28 15 15, 58,000.00 M.T
CONT 4 10 15,000.00 ECH 3ROL 58,000.00
M.TE 31 10 15,000.00 CH M/D 38,000.00
M 12 7 4,000.00 .TEXT 1 27,000.00
M.T 15 6 7,000.00 ECH PROD 1 30,000.00
M.TE 33 11 15,000.00 CH POWER 58,000.00 M.T
CAD/C 6 10 14,000.00 ECH AM 2 38,000.00
M.TE 000.00 CH AUTO 28 11 14, 52,000.00 M.T
ENVIR 18 0 15,000.00 27,000.00 ECH ON
M 22 8 3,000.00 .TECH CONST 1 27,000.00 Admissio Out of 25 in 8 seats are led through GA‘Spons selected thro written test fol ed by interview.
n Procedure:ored candidates’ are
take ,1ugh
fillow
TE and 7
204
Sr. N
All aided M.Tech. Programme(Gate candidates)
All aided Self supporting
D
Fee structure – 2006-2007
o. Class s
M.Tech. Programmes (Sponsored candidates)
Programmes Civil(Const Mgnt)Mech(CACAM)AndElect
/ &
Telecomm. 1. Tuition Fees Per annum 7500 7500 7500 2. Development Fees Per annum 5000 5000 5000 3 p Per annu 00 . S onsorship Fees m 0 100 0 4 ib er annu . L rary Fees P m 700 700 700 5 t er annu . In ernet Facility Fees P m 500 500 500 6 n Per annu 125 . A nul Social Fees m 125 125 7 tu ees Per annu 0 . S dent Activities F m 100 10 100 8 tu annu . S dents Aid Fund Per m 15 15 15 9 y annu 0 . G mkhana Fees Per m 500 50 500 10 a u 00 . L boratory Fees Per ann m 4000 40 4000 11 o u . C urse charges Per ann m 0 0 2000012 x
eeer annu 000 0 . E amination P
f s(Regular exam.) m 2000 2 200
13 o Per annu 0 . C ntingency fund m 0 500 5000 1 & In the
year onl4. T P charges first 100
y 0 100
15 nfee
the nly
. U iversity registration s
In year o
first 800 800 800
16 in
r annu 46 . M scellaneous PeU iversity fees
m 46 16
17 n e
In the . Institute registratiofe s year only
first 50 50 50
18 tuyear onl
0 . S dents Deposit In the first y
500 50 500
Total 21936 36836 46936
Hostel facilities: avail for 3
able for 5 students.(3 Ope rved) for courses Anstudents s. .(2 Open rved)
nfor self supporting
+ 2 Rese course
aided + 1A Rese
d
205
i Title of the PG programme :M Tech (Civil engineering with Structural Enii C
gineering subjects ) urricull and syllabi :
206
PROGRAMME:204: MASETR OF TECHNOLOGY (M.TECH) CIVIL ENGINEERING
(with specialization in Structural Engineering)
Evaluation Weightage
ESE (Theory Hours)
Sr. No.
Course Code
Course Title L P/T TOT
Cr
TWA ESE Semester One 1 604010 Theory of Elasticity & Plasticity 3 2 5 8 30 70 4 2 604020 Nonlinear Analysis 3 2 5 8 30 70 4 3 604030 Experimental Stress Analysis 3 2 5 8 30 70 4 4 Elective I 3 2 5 8 30 70 4 5 Elective II 3 2 5 8 30 70 4 TOTAL 15 1
025 4
0- -
Semester Two
1 604040 Theory of Plates & Shells 3 2 5 8 30 70 4 2 604050 Finite Element Analysis 3 2 5 8 30 70 4 3 604060 Advanced Design of Concrete
Structures 3 2 5 8 30 70 4
4 Elective III 3 2 5 8 30 70 4 5 Elective IV 3 2 5 8 30 70 4 TOTAL 15 1
025 4
0- -
Electives
1 704010 Foundation Engineering 3 2 5 8 30 70 4 2 704020 Advanced Structural Mechanics 3 2 5 8 30 70 4 3 704030 Analysis of Composite Structures 3 2 5 8 30 70 4 4 704040 Earthquake Engineering 3 2 5 8 30 70 4
207
Semester Three and Four
Evaluation ei agW ght e
Sr. No ode
L P/T
T
T
Cr
tag
ge III
. CCourse Course Title
OS e I Stage II S
ta
TWA 1 802010 Seminar - - - 3 100
2 902990 Dissertation 20 25 25 50
STR 1 THEORY OF ELASTICITY AND PLASTICITY 1
D rential equations of equilibrium and compatibility equations. Boundary
oordinates, stress distribution symmetrical
theorem. 3.2 ure bending of
Applications of complementary energy theorems to the
(i) Wang, Applied Elasticity, McGraw Hill Book Co. (ii) Timoshenko, Theory of Elasticity, McGraw Hill Book Co.
Revision: Stress transformation and strain transformation at a point in an elastic body, 3D problems, rigid body translation and rotation of an element in space. Generalized Hook’s law, separation of elastic strain and rigid body displacement for a general displacement field u, v, w. Principal stresses and strains.
2. Two dimensional problems in elasticity – Plane stress and plain strain problems.
iffe
obl
anal
conditions; stress functions.\ 2.1 Problems in rectangular coordinates, polynomial solutions, cantilever loaded at the
end, simply supported beam under uniformly distributed load, linear loading. 2.2 Two dimensional problems in polar c
about an axis, pure bending of curved bars, displacement for symmetrically loaded cases, bending of a curved bar by forces at end. Effect of circular hole in a plate under in plane loading. Concentrated load at a point of a straight boundary. Stresses in circular disk. Forces acting on the end of a wedge.
3. Three dimensional problems in elasticity. 3.1 Differential equations of equilibrium in 3D, conditions of compatibility,
determination of displacement, principle of superposition, uniqueness Problems of rods under axial stress, bar under its own weight, p prismatic rods.
3.3 To sion of prismatic bars of elliptical, rectangular, trr iangular and other sections. Membrane analogy – Torsion of narrow rectangular bars. Torsion of hollow shafts and thin tubes
. 4. Bending of prismatic bars as a problem of elasticity in 3 dimensions. Bending of a
cantilever, stress function, circular and rectangular sections, non symmetrical cross section. Shear centre for different cross sections of bars, calculations of deflection.
5. Energy Theorems –
pr ems of elasticity. 6. Introduction to Plasticity, Criterion of yielding, strain hardening, rules of plastic
flow, different stress – strain relations. Total strain theory, theorems of limit ysis. Elastoplastic bending and torsion of bars.
Recommended Books:
(iii) J.Chakrabarti, Theory of Plasticity, McGraw Hill Book (iv)
208
209
STR 2 EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS 1. rties of
resistance strain gauges,
ents of forces and displacements. Calculations of deflections in Prototypes.
3
Introduction to general Experimentation – Need, Role and limitations, propeengineering materials; failure due to excessive stresses, bucking, fatigue, creep, impact. Testing machines for standard tests.
2. Strain measurements, types of strain gauges, Electrical
Cross sensitivity factor, Gauge factor, strain rosettes, electrical circuits used for strain measurements, strain indicators, Analysis of strain at a point; measurement of dynamic strains, Galvanometer and Oscilloscope.
3. Model Analysis – Basic concepts, model materials and their properties, dimensional
analysis, means of application of forces, means of measurem
4. Photoelasticity: Basic concepts, Stress optic laws, isoclinics, isochromatics, material
fringe value, Application to determination of stresses in beams, rings and disks. 5. destructive methods of testing of Concrete. Non5.1 Basic concepts in Ultrasonic testing, Schmidt Hammer, magnetometer. 5.2 Determination of strength and duality of concrete using above methods. 5. Determination of corrosion/ carbonation in a R.C. member.
5.4 ermining quality of Review of various other Non destructive techniques for detconcrete.
5.5 Concept of condition survey of a structure, Load testing of structures, Codal provisions for load testing and Non destructive testing of concrete structures.
Recommended Books: (i) Dally and Riley, Experimental Stress Analysis, McGraw Hill Book Co. (ii) M-Frocht, Photoelasticity, John Wiley. (iii) Bungy S., Testing of Concrete in Structures, Surrey University Press.
1
1.2 ns with various end conditions, use of trigonometric
of columns, combined buckling
single span rigid jointed frames subjected to a system of
STR 3 NON – LINEAR ANALYSIS
.
Elastic Stability. 1.1 concepts. Geometric Non linearity – Basic
Analysis of beams-columseries.
1.3 Elastic buckling of bars, Euler’s formula; buckling of continuous beams, buckling of non prismatic members, effect of shear force on buckling of bars, use of energy method and finite difference method.
1.4 Buckling of single span portal frames. 1.5 Torsional buckling: Pure torsion of thin walled beams of open cross section,
warping and warping rigidity, Torsional bucklingby torsion and flexure.
1.6 Lateral torsional buckling of beams, Lateral buckling of beams in pure bending lateral torsional buckling of cantilever and simply supported beams.
1.7 Indian codal provisions regarding buckling of steel members – columns and beams. 2. Plastic Analysis. 2.1 Concepts of plastic analysis of steel structures, stress strain relations. 2.2 Shape factors – Plastic modulus, Plastic hinge, fully plastic moment, moment
curvature relations. 2.3 loads – Single and multiple span beams, carrying various Determination of collapse
types of loads.
2.4 Collapse load analysis of pin jointed frames, Single/multiple span rigid jointed portal frames and single bay gabble frames.
2.5 Use of statical and mechanism methods for calculation of collapse load, Lower and upper bound theorems, various types of failure mechanisms.
2.6 Effect of axial force and shear force on the fully plastic moment of a section. 2.7 Design of beams and
proportionate loading as per Indian code provisions.
Recommended Books: (i) Timoshenko S., Theory of Elastic Stability, McGraw Hill Book Co. (ii) Baker and Hayman, Plastic Design of Steel Frames, Cambridge University
Press. (iii) Hodge, Plastic Analysis of Structures, McGraw Hill Book Co.
210
nter,
loaded in there plane of curvature.
s & Tresca’s failure theories.
(ii) Shames, I.H., Mechanics of Deformable Solids, Prentice Hall, India.
STR 4 ADVANCED STRUCTURAL MECHANICS
1. Unsymmetrical bending, flexural stresses due to bending in two planes, shear cebending of unsymmetrical section.
2. Bending of beams with large initial curvature
Application of analysis of hooks, chain links’ etc. 3. Beams curved in plan loaded perpendicular to there plane, fixed and continuous
curved beams. 4. Theories of failure, maximum stress theory, maximum shear stress theory, maximum
strain theory, Von Mise 5. Beams on elastic foundation, Beams of unlimited lengths, Semi infinite lengths and
finite lengths on elastic foundation. 6. Analysis of deep beams, determination of stresses and deflection.
211
Recommended Books:
(i) Timoshenko S., Strength of Materials, Vol. I and II., CBS Publishers.
(iii) Hetenyi M., Beams on Elastics Foundation, Ann Arbor University of Michigan Press.
(iv) Boresi A.P., Advanced Mechanics of Materials, John Wiley & Sons. (v) Srinath L.S., Advanced Mechanics of Solids, Tata McGraw Hill.
212
STR 1. Introduction to Optimization – Historical Development – Engineering Applications
e Dimensional Methods – Elimination Methods – tion
f a Function – Steepost Descent Method – Fletcher –
i) Fox R.L., Principles of Operations Research, Prentice Hall of India. (iii) Wagner H.M., Principles of Operations Research, Prentice Hall of India.
v) Gass S.I., Linear Programming, McGraw Hill Book Co. PM Principles and Applications. East – West Press.
5.1 ENGINEERING OPTIMIZATION
of Optimization. 2. Classical Optimization Techniques – Single Variable Optimization, Multivariable
Optimization with no Constraints. Multivariable Optimization with Equality and Inequality Constraints.
3. Linear Programming – Simplex Method – Simplex Algorithm. 4. Non – Linear Programming – On
Unrestricted Search – Exhaustive Search – Fibonacci Method – Golden SecMethod – Interpolation Methods – Quadratic and Cubic Interpolation Methods – Direct Root Method.
5. Non – Linear Programming – Unconstrained Optimization Techniques – Direct Search Methods – Random Search, Univariate and Pattern Search Methods – Descent Methods – Gradient oReeves Conjugate Gradient Method, Quasi Newton Methods, Dividon, Fletcher Powell’s Variable Metric Method.
6. Non – Linear Programming – Constrained Optimization Techniques – Direct Methods – Method of Feasible Direction – Indirect Methods – Transformation Techniques – Basic Approach in the Penalty Function Method – Interior and Exterior Penalty Function Methods.
7. Introduction to Dynamic Programming. 8. Introduction to CPM and PERT. 9. Application of the above methods to some structural engineering problems.
Recommended Books:
i)((i
Rao S.S., Optimization – Theory and Applications, Wiley Eastern.
(i(v) Srinath L.S., PERT & C
213
STR
theory of plates with small and large deflections: distinction
point , circle of curvature, moment
sverse loads , Differential equations of equilibrium, different
rer theories: Introduction to DKJ,
REC
McGraw Hill ook Co. Analysis of Plates Theory and Problems, Narosa Pub
6. THEORY OF PLATES AND SHELLS
1. Introduction tobetween plate and shell actions.
2. Pure bending of thin plates, curvature at acurvature relationships, relationship between twisting moment and twist of surface.
3. Symmetrical bending of thin circular plates with small deflections under axi-symmetric transupport conditions, plates with overhangs, plates with coaxial circular opening.
4. Small deflection theory for laterally loaded thin rectangular plates, various support conditions, Navier’s and Levi’s solution for uniformly distributed and concentrated loads, use of numerical technique for the solution of plates ,concept of influence surface, study of simply supported plate with continuous edge moments.
5. Introduction to structural behaviour of thin shells, membrane and bending actions. 6. Mathematical representation of a shell surface, principal curvatures , Gauss
curvature, Classification of shells. 7. Membrane theory of thin shells stress resultants, application to cylindrical shells
under symmetric loads and surfaces of revolution under axi-symmetric loads. 8. Bending theory of open circular cylindrical shells with special emphasis on
approximate theories of Finsterwalder and ShoFlugge and other exact theories: Different boundary conditions for single and multiple shells.
9. Bending theory of closed cylindrical shell, stiffness coefficients at free edges along radial and rotational directions, Bending theory of spherical shells.
10. Geckeler’s approximations, stiffness coefficients.
OMMENDED BOOKS: (i) Timoshenko Theory of plates and shells , McGraw Hill Book Co.
drashekhara, Analysis of thin concrete shells, McGraw Hill Book Co. (ii) Chan (iii) Ramaswamy G.S., Design and Construction of concrete shell Roofs,
B (iv) Vardan T.K. and Bhaskar K, lishing House.
214
. Ultimate Load Analysis of Concrete Structures. , review of elastic
tion , limit state of serviceability for
and circular shapes, design of hoppers and supporting
(i) V
C eler Publishimg Co. i) Karve S.R. and Shah V.C., Design of Reinforced Cement Concrete Structures
using Limit State Approach, Structures Publishers. n and Construction of Concrete shell Roofs,
v) Jain O.P. and Jaikrishna , Plain and Reinforced Concrete , Vol. II, Nemchand
STR 7 ADVANCED DESIGN OF CONCRETE STRUCTURES
12. Stress strain characteristics of concrete and reinforcing steel
theory and ultimate strength theory, Whitney’s rectangular stress block, analysis and design of singly and doubly reinforced rectangular and T sections.
3. Introduction to the concept of limit design. Moment curvature relationship of reinforced concrete sections, rotation capacity of sections, ultimate load analysis by Cambridge and Baker’s method. Application to continuous beams and simple rectangular portal frames.
4. Yield line analysis of slabs virtual work and equilibirium method. Application tp orthotropically reinforced rectangular slab, with various boundary conditions
er uniformly portal frames. und5. Reinforced concrete design by Limit State Method, Review of Limit State method
as per IS-456-2000. Limit state of collapse in flexure, direct compression , compression with bending , shear and tordeflection and cracking , application to beam slab system of typical residential office, industrial floors and rectangular portal frames and Gable ended frames.
6. Large Span Roofs. 7. Folded Plate Roofs - Whitneys Method , Simpson’s Method and Design based
on IS codes. 8. Circular Cylindrical Shell Roofs Beam theory of cylindrical shells, single and
ge conditions. multiple bays with various ed9. Silos and Bunkers.
Lateral Pressures as per Janssen’s and Airy’s theories , design considerations for square, rectangular structures.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
.Ramakrishna and P.D. Arthur, Ultimate Strength Design for structural oncrete, Whe
(i
(iii) G.S. Ramaswamy , DesigMcGraw Book Co.
(iand Bros.
215
STR 10.1 ELECTIVE II: STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS
. Introduction to
1.2 Diff ent types of dynamic loads.
(SDOF) systems.
2.ping
on equency of vibration and amplitude of vibration , Logarithmic decrement.
ort duration , use of complex frequency response
d and uncoupled
mo It ation Methods. 3dec 3 o Multistorey rigi ic loads.
4 ion, causes of earthquake. 4. ke, Ritcher Scale, Measurement of Earthquake ground motion,
4.
4. gs and water towers. 4. Approximate method to earthquake analysis- Seismic co-efficient method and its
4.6 In duction to time history analysis.
1
Structural Dynamics – Definition of Basic Problem in Dynamics.
1.1 Static VS Dynamic loads. er
2. Introduction to Single Degree of Freedom 1 Undamped vibration of SDOF System, natural frequency and period of vibration.
2.2 Damping in structures, viscous damping and Coloumb damping, effect of dam fr
2.3 Forced Vibration , response to periodic loading, response to pulsating forces, dynamic load factors.
2.4 Response of structure subjected to General dynamic load, Duhamel’s Integral , Numerical Evaluation of Dynamic Response of SDOF systems.
2.5 Response of structure in frequency domain subjected to general periodic and non-periodic impulsive forces of shfunction , use of Fourier series for periodic Forces.
2.6 Introduction to vibration Isolation. 2.7 Distributed mass system idealized as SDOF system, use of Rayleigh’s method. 2.8 Response of SDOF system subjected to ground motion.
3. Lumped mass multidegree of freedom (MDOF) system, couple
systems.
3.1.Direct determination of frequencies of vibration and mode shapes. 3 Orthogonally principle. .2
.3 3 Vibration of MDOF systems with initial conditions. 3.4 Approximate methods of determination of natural frequencies of vibration and
de shapes –Vector er
.5 Energy methods and use of Lagrange’s method in writing equations of motions, oupling of equations. .6 Forced vibration of MDOF system , Modal analysis. Application td frames subjected to lateral dynam
4. Earthquake analysis introduction .1 Seismicity of a reg2 Intensity of earthqua
Seismogram. 3 Application of Modal analysis concept to seismic disterbance, Response spectrum
method. 4 I.S. code provisions for seismic analysis of buildin5
limitation. tro
216
5.1 Free vibration analysis of single span beams with various boundary conditions , det 5 ion of specified dynamic loa RE NDED BOOKS:
) Roy R. Craig.. Structural Dynamics – An Introduction to Computer Methods ,
(iv) amics , McGraw Hill.
5. Structure with disturbed mass system , use of partial differential equation.
ermination of frequencies of vibrations and mode shapes. .2 Forced vibration of single span beams subjected to the act
ds.
COMME(i
John Wrey & sons. (ii) nil KA .Chopra . Dynamics of structures , Prenkie hall of India. (iii) Clough & pengian , Dynamics of Structure, McGraw Hill.
John M.Biggs, Structural Dyn(v) Mario Paz, Structural Dynamics Theory & Computation , CBS Publishers.
1.0
217
STR 10.2 Subject: EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING
DETAILED OUTLINE OF THE SYLLABUS Introduction to structural dynamics: definitions of the problems in dynamics.
1.1 Static versus dynamics loads 1.2 Different types of dynamics load 1.3 Introductions to single degree of freedom (SDOF) systems. 1.4 Undamped vibration of SDOF system, natural frequency and period of vibration. 1.5 Damping in structures, viscous damping and coulomb damping, effects of damping on frequency
and amplitude of vibration, logarithmic decrement. 1.6 Forced vibrations response to periodic loading, response to pulsating forces, dynamic
load factors. 1.7 Response of structure subjected to general dynamic load, Duhamai’s integral,
numerical 1.8 Response of structure in frequency domain subjected to general periodic and non-pperiodic
impulsive forces of short durations, use of complex frequency response functions, use of fourier series for periodic function
1.9 Introduction to vibration isolations. 2.0 Lumped mass multi-degree of freedom system coupled and uncoupled systems. 2.1 Direct determination of frequencies of vibration and mode shapes. 2.2 Orthogonality principals. 2.3 Vibration of MDOF systems with initial conditions. 2.4 Approximate methods of determination of natural frequencies of vibration and mode shapes,
vector iteration method, and model error. 2.5 Energy methods and use of Lagrange’s method in writing equations of motions, decoupling of
equations of motions, model equation of motions, concept of model mass and model stiffness. 2.6 Forced vibration of MDOF systems, Model Analysis, Application to multi-storey rigid frame,
subjected to lateral dynamic loads. 3.0 Earthquake analysis: introduction 3.1 Seismicityof a region, causes of earthquake, earthquake forces and waves, structure of earth, plate
tectonics, elastic rebound theory of earthquake. 3.2 Intensity of earthquake, Richter scale, measurement of earthquake ground motion, seismogram 3.3 Application of model analysis concept to seismic disturbance, response spectrum method. 4.0 Characterization of ground motion, earthquake response spectra, factors influencing response
spectra, design response spectra for elastic systems, peak ground acceleration, response spectrum shapes, deformation, pseudo-velocity, pseudo-acceleration response spectra, peak structural responses from the response spectrum. Response spectrum characteristic
5.0 Deterministic earthquake responses, types of earthquake excitation, lumped SDOF elastic systems, translational excitation, lumped MDOF elastic systems, translational excitation time history analysis, multi-storey buildings with symmetric plans, , multi-storey buildings with unsymmetric plans, torsional response of symmetric plan building, distributed elastic systems, translational excitation, combining maximum model responses using mean square response of a single mode, SRSS and CQCC combination of modal responses.
6.0 I.S code provisions for seismic analysis of buildings and water towers, approximate method of earthquake analysis -seismic coefficient method and its limitations, response spectrum method
7.0 Review of damages during past earthquakes and remedial measures, seismic design considerations, allowable ductility demand, ductility capacity, reinforcement detailing for members and joints
218
M. BRANCH : TECH Sem I Civil Engg. (Structural Engineering) Co Course Titl
urse Code: STR 8 e:FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS
DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 s- calculus of variation – Variational Principles of Solid
MechEner
Review of Variational methodanics, Principle of Minimum Potential energy, Principal of Complementary
gy – Hamilton’s Principle. 2 Toe
Displ Element Method using Principle of VirtuElemElemRect
Basic component – Concept of an element – Various Element Shapes – acement Models –Foundation of Finiteal Displacements –Derivation of Element Stiffness and loads for Pin-jointed Bar ent, Beam Element, Triangular Plate Element (inplane forces), Rectangular plate ent( inplane forces), quadrilateral Plate Element (inplane forces), Triangular and
angular Plate Elements in Bending. 3 Vari
ational Formulation of Finite Element Method(FEM).
4 Isop , triangular, quad nt Models, Form lation of Isoparametric Finite Element matrices in Local and Global Cordinate Syst .
arametric Elements – Local vs Natural Co-ordinate system, linerilateral and Tetrahedral Elements – Interpolation Displacemeu
em
5 . ImstiffnBounStres ter Program Organization.
plementation of FEM –Discretization of the Structure – Calculation of Element ess, Mass and Equivalent Nodal loads. Assemblage of Structure Matrices, dary Conditions – Solutions of the overall Oroblem. Calculations of Element ses, Compu
6 Introan aGeomTrian Non-Linear Spring - Elasto Plast Analysis by FEM - Elasto Plastic Analysis of a Truss – Two Dimensional Elem nt Formulations – General Formulation of a Physically Non-Linear Problem.
duction to Non-linear Analysis – Geometric Non-Linearity – Geometric Stiffness of xial Element. Stability of Bar – Spring System. General Formulation of etrically Nonlinear Problem. Geometric Stiffness of Beam – Column and
gular Elements. Non-Linear Material Behaviour. ic e
7 IntroLumMatrTran
duction to Dynamic Analysis by FEM – Formulation of Inertial Properties – ped Mass vs. Consistent Mass Matrices – Condensation and Assembly of Mass ices – Formulation of Damping Properties – Free Vibration , Steady – state and sient Response Analysis for Simple Problems.
8 Form ation and Solution of Problems in Structural Mechanics using the above meth s.
ulod
REC
OMMENDED TEXT BOOKS:
1 ZienBook
ki Wiez O.C. .The Finite Element Method in Engineering Science, McGraw Hill Co.
2 J.N.R ddy, Finite Element Analysis, McGraw Hill Book Co. e3 Chan rupatla T.R. and Belgundu A.D., Introduction to Finite Element in Engineering , d
219
Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. 4 Rajs
hekaran S. Finite Element Analysis , Wheeler Publishing.
5 Krishnamoorthy C.S, Finite Element Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill. 6 Cook
Anal
R.D., Malkus D.S. and Plesha M.E. Concepts and Applications of Finite Elementysis , John Wiley & Sons(Asia) Pte Ltd.
7 Bick od, IRWIN, Homewood, IL 60460.
ford W.B., A First Course in the Finite Element Meth
8 Rao and Wea
S.S. , The Finite Element Method in Engineering, Pregramoo Press.
ver W and Johnston P.R., Finite Element for Structural Analysis, Preanice Hall
220
M. BRANCH : TECH Sem I Civil Engg. (Structural Engineering) Co Course Tit
COMPOSIT
urse Code: Str 10.3 le: 2 ELECTIVE III: ANALYSIS OF E STRUCTURES
DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 posites – fibre and matrix Constituent materials for com2 Structural applications of composites. Fabrication processes.
3 Mechanical behaviour of composites 4 Stress-strain relations for orthotropic materials. 5 Lamina stress-strain relations. 6 Stres s, arches, plates and
shells, vibration and buckling analysis of laminates bars, beams.
7 Strength of lamina, failure criteria 8 Hygr
othermal behaviour.
9 Shear deformation theories for laminates. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Jone materials, McGraw Hill, Tokyo.
s R.M., Mechanics of composite
2 Chri hn Wiley & Sons, New York stensen R. M., Mechanics of composite materials, Jo
M. I BRANCH : Civil Engg. (Structural Engineering)
221
TECH Sem Co Course Titl
ADVANCE INEERING urse Code: STR 9.2 e:
D FOUNDATION ENGDETAILED SYLLABUS 1 il mechanics.
1.1 ionship.
1.3 C 1.4 C nsolidation—one dimensional consolidation, Terzaghi’s theory, derivation of e b various methods, field consolidation curve, secondary consolidation, quasi-pre c 1.5 S f u failure, critical void ratio,practical application . 1.6 E 1.7 S of explorations, i uence of type of soils, type of foundations, etc., on the programme of ex in
Review of fundamentals of so
Soil, soil formation, soil profiles, weight-volume relat
1.2 Soil classification, Indian standard method of soil classification.
oncept of total stress, effective stress and pore water pressure.
oquation, Determination of av, mv, Cc, Cv from laboratory tests, determination of Pc y onsolidation, three dimensional consolidation, practical application.
hear strength—Coulomb’s law of shear strength, Mhor’s coulomb’s criteria of ailure, shear strength and stress strain behaviour of sandy and clayey soils under ndrained, drained and consolidated drained condition, concept of progressive
stimation of stresses in soil , Boussinesq and westergard theories, newmark chart, practical applications.
ub- surface ground geotechnical investigation, direct methodsnflploration, lateral extent and depth of explorations, bore log details, profiles of soil
ods , practical applications. various directions, indirect meth
2 Bearand allowMeybear ria, factor of safety, bearing capacity of clay and sand in settlement, settlement analysis for clay, normally and over consolidated soils, settlement analysis for sand, Schemertmen meth
ing Capacity of soils, Shallow foundation, Type of shallow foundation, gross load net load, gross and net ultimate bearing capacity, safe bearing capacity, and able bearing pressure, modes of failure, criteria of failure, Terzaghi,
ate erhof,Hanson, vesic and Indian standard IS(6403) method to determine net ultiming capacity in shear, compressibility(including critical rigidity index) crite
od, practical applications. 3 . Pile
pilespile Berzgrousettle
foundation—axially loaded. Bearing capacity of soils.Necessity of piles, types of , static and dynamic resistance of piles, pile load carrying capacity using dynamic formula and their limitations, pile load carrying capacity, using Terzaghi,Meyorhoh, antsv,vesic, Indian Standard 2911( Part I and II) method, settlement of pile clay, p of pilesw, load carrying capacity for sand and clay soils, group efficiency, group ments, practical application.
4 Grougrou
nd improvement, various methods, sand drains, stone column, stabilization, ting, reinforced earth, geotextiles, diaphragm wall.
5 Caissons and cofferdams. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS:
222
1 Taylor D.W. Fundamentals of soil mechanics, Asia Publications Bombay 2 Terzaghi and Peck, Soil Mechanics in Engineering Practice, Wiley & Sons. 3 Bow
Dr. Book Dr.
les J.E, Foundations Analysis & Designs, McGraw Hill Book Co. Alamsingh, Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering Vol I, Vol II, Standard House
Alamsingh, Geotechnical Applications, Standard Book House.
4 Dr. amsingh, Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering Vol I, Vol II, Standard Book House
Al
5 Dr. A
lamsingh, Geotechnical Applications, Standard Book House.
REFERENCE BOOKS 1..Name of t neering with Structural Engineering subjects ) Sr. No. Name Designation Subject Teaching.
he course : M Tech (Civil engi
1 Prof. M. G. Gadgil Assistant Non linear analysis
Professor
2 . am Professor tus
ei
Prof S J JayrEmeri
experimptim
ntal stress analysis ii. o
zation
3 Prof. N M Damle Visiting essor
i.Theory of elasticity & plasticity. ced StrucProf ii.Advan
tural Analysis
Brief profi
. Prof M G Gadgil
le of each faculty
1
223
224
225
AcaAC
Research focus: Nil List typicaIndustry Linkage: Pub tions ( t of Master’s projects) :Nil
Sr n Date
demic calendar and framework: ADEMIC CALENDER o. Events
ODD SEMESTER
1 Com 17/7/06 mencement of classes
2 Mid- 25/9/06 to 29/9/06Semester Test
3 Class 3/11/06 es End
4 Term /Oral Evaluation In last Two Weekthe semester
Work/ Practical s of
5 End Semester Examination 13/11/06 to 23/11/06 6 Decl 5/12/06 aration of Results
7 Re-e 6th, 7th, 13th & January 2007
xamination 14th
ESTER EVEN SEM1 Commencement of classes 01/01/2007
2 Mid-Semester Test 5/3/07 to 9/3/07
3 14/4/07 Classes End
4 Term In last Two Weekthe semester
Work/ Practical /Oral Evaluation s of
5 End 22/4/07 to 02/5/07Semester Examination
6 Decl s 14/5/07 aration of Result
7 Re-e 7th, 8th, 14th, 1July 2007
xamination 5th
of l research projects: Nil
lica if any) (out of research in last three years ou
226
PlaPLA FOR THE YEAR 2003-2004
Branch No. of CompanVisited
No. of Average Highest
cement status CEMENT REPORT
ies Students Selected Salary Salary
M.T C - ECH EXT - - -
M.T 1 5 25,000.00 ,000.00 ECH STRUCT 1 25
M.TE 8 6 20,000.00 ,000.00 CH COMP 1 20
M.T 4 16,000.00 ECH EX 15 25,000.00 M.T
CONT 5 19,000.00 ECH 16ROL 22,000.00
M.T 22 8 22,000.00 ECH M/D 25,000.00
M 8 1 16,000.00 .TEXT 20,000.00
M 16 1 23,000.00 .TECH PROD 25,000.00
M.TE 19 3 21,000.00 CH POWER 24,000.00 M.T
CAD/C 17 5 25,000.00 ECH AM 24,000.00
M.T 4 0 22,000.00 ECH AUTO 1 25,000.00 M.T
ENVIR 24,000.00 ECH 12 0 ON 25,000.00
M 9 2 17,000.00 .TECH CONST 17,000.00
227
PLA
Branch No. of CompanVisited
No. of
CEMENT REPORT FOR THE YEAR 2004-2005
ies Students Selected
Average Salary
HighestSalary
M.TE - CH EXTC - - -
M.T 3 5 12,000.00 ,000.00 ECH STRUCT 4 25
M.T 17 15,000.00 ECH COMP 32 33,000.00
M.TE 000.00 CH EX 37 12 13, 50,000.00 M.T
CONT 2 8 000.00 ECH 5ROL 11, 33,000.00
M.TE 62 12 10,000.00 CH M/D 25,000.00
M 14 1 7,000.00 .TEXT 22,000.00
M.T 22 2 4,000.00 ECH PROD 1 25,000.00
M.TE 50 9 11,000.00 CH POWER 33,000.00 M.T
CAD/C 8 6 10,000.00 ECH AM 5 25,000.00
M.TE 4 10,000.00 CH AUTO 57 52,000.00 M.T
ENVIR 40 2 11,000.00 25,000.00 ECH ON
M 38 0 9,000.00 .TECH CONST 22,000.00
228
PLA
Branch No. of CompanVisited
No. of
CEMENT REPORT FOR THE YEAR 2005-2006
ies Students Selected
Average Salary
HighestSalary
M.TE - CH EXTC - - -
M.T 7 15 13,000.00 ,000.00 ECH STRUCT 2 27
M.T 9 2,000.00 ECH COMP 23 2 63,000.00
M.TE 000.00 CH EX 28 15 15, 58,000.00 M.T
CONT 4 10 15,000.00 ECH 3ROL 58,000.00
M.TE 31 10 15,000.00 CH M/D 38,000.00
M 12 7 4,000.00 .TEXT 1 27,000.00
M.T 15 6 7,000.00 ECH PROD 1 30,000.00
M.TE 33 11 15,000.00 CH POWER 58,000.00 M.T
CAD/C 6 10 14,000.00 ECH AM 2 38,000.00
M.TE 000.00 CH AUTO 28 11 14, 52,000.00 M.T
ENVIR 18 0 15,000.00 27,000.00 ECH ON
M 22 8 3,000.00 .TECH CONST 1 27,000.00 Admissio Out of 25 int 18 seats are ed through GA‘Spons selected thro written test fol ed by interview.
n Procedure:ored candidates’ are
ake ,ugh
filllow
TE and 7
229
Fee
able for 5 served) Contact address of coordinator mme
ame : Prof M G gadgil ddress: I/C Head Structural E partelephone: 022-24198250
E-mail.: [email protected]
structure – 2006-2007
Hostel facilities: avail students.(3 Open of the progra
+ 2 Re
NAT
ngineering De ment.
Sr. N
All aided M.Tech. Programm(Gate candi
All aided M.Tech. Self supporting
h(CAD / dElect &.
Class es dates)
Programmes (Sponsored candidates)
Programmes Civil(Const
ecMgnt)MCAM)AnTelecomm
o.
1. Tuition Fees Per annum 7500 7500 7500 2. Development Fees Per annum 5000 5000 5000 3 p Per ann 10000 . S onsorship Fees um 0 0 4 ib nn 700 00 . L rary Fees Per a um 700 7 5 nn 500 0 . Internet Facility Fees Per a um 500 50 6 n Per ann 125 . A nul Social Fees um 125 125 7 tu ees Per ann 100 100 . S dent Activities F um 100 8 u ann 15 15 . St dents Aid Fund Per um 15 9 y nn 500 500 . G mkhana Fees Per a um 500 1 a n 4000 4000 0. L boratory Fees Per an um 4000 1 o n 0 20000 1. C urse charges Per an um 0 1 x er ann 2000 2000 2. E amination P
fees(Regular exam.) um 2000
1 o Per ann 5000 000 3. C ntingency fund um 0 51 & In the
year on 0 00 4. T P charges first
ly 100 1
1 nfee
the r only
800 00 5. U iversity registration s
In yea
first 800 8
1 in
Per ann 46 6 6. M scellaneous U iversity fees
um 46 1
1 s n e
In the 50 50 7. In titute registratiofe s year onl
first 50 y
1 tuyear on
500 500 8. S dents Deposit In the first ly
500
Total 21936 36836 46936
230
3.CTitl Ma er of Technology (Civil Engineering with specialization in Environmental En SCHEME:-
Periods per week
Evaluation weightages
Course Credits
ivil Engineering Department. e of the programme.
stgineering)
Course Cod
Course Title
L e
T / P TWA ESE SemOn
ester e
602010 Environmental Chemistry 3 70 30 6 602 crobiology & Ecology 3 30 70 6 020 Mi602 Advanced Hydraulics 3 2 30 70 8 030 602 ir &
ontr 30 70 040 A Noise Pollution & 4
C ol 8
Electi 30 70 ve I 4 8 602 nvir
abor4 100 061 E onmental
L atory I 4
602050 Resea ology 2 30 70 4 rch Method Total s: 25
:19Total Credits: 44
Contact Hour(L , T/P: 6)
SemTwo
ester
602 dvaTreatm
30 70 070 A nced Water 4 ent
8
602 80 Advaatm
30 70 8 0 nced Waste-water ent
4 Tre
602 ustrial Waste Treatment
4 30 70 8 090 Ind
602 olid Treatm
30 70 0100 S & Hazardous Waste ent
4 8
Electi 30 70 ve II 4 8 602 nvir
bor4 100 062 E onmental
atory II
La4
Total rs: 24 Total
Contact Hou
(L:20, T/P: 4) Credits: 44
231
SYLLABUS:- Course Name: ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY Course Code : 602010 Ba uilibria, Solubility equilibria, Oxidation reduction equanaIno Co
siilc principles, Acid base eqibria, Colloidal chemistry, Nuclear Chemistry, Concepts Of water and wastewater
lysis, Drinking water standards, Bottle water standards, Trace organics and trace rganics
urse Name: ENVIRONMENTAL MICROBIOLOGY & ECOLOGY rse code Cou : 602020
LifChEn Metabolism, microbiology& ecology, Nuisance MicBac Co
e support system, The Micro-organism, Nutrition and growth conditions, emical composition of cell and nature of organic matter, Metabolic Classification, zymes, ATP formation, roorganisms, Water related and excreta related diseases, Indicator Microorganisms, teriological Tests, Ecology.
urse name : ADVANCED HYDRAULICS urse code Co : 602030 jectives of water supply, Water demOb and, Design period, Transmission of water,
Dist bution of water, Hydraulics of sewers and design of sewers, Design of storm drai ng, Plumbing systems for hig Co
rinage, Maintenance of sewerage systems, Sewage pumpi
h rise buildings.
urse name : AIR , NOISE POLLUTION & CONTROL urse code Co : 602040 mposition of dry ambient air, Definition of air pollution. Classification of air lutants, sources of air pollution, effect of air and noise pollution, meteorological
ts of air pollution, plum
Copolasp e dispersion, sampling and analysis of air for stack and am ir pollution con Co
ecbient air monitoring, air pollution acts, emission and air quality standards, atrol devices ,noise pollution and control.
urse Name: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY urse Code:Co 602050
thodology: research methods, collection of data, research report, research design, and erimental design tistical methods: scales of measure, graphic rep
MeexpSta resentation, central values & distribution criteria, correlation & regression analysis, normal distribution curve & stan , analysis of variances Re Co
dard scale, significance of differences, testing of hypothesissearch Ethics
urse Name: ENVIRONMENTAL LABOROTARY I & II Course Code: 602061, 602062
232
.
PN).
• on of SVI • lids
turbidity • f alum using jar test
• d grease
2. Determination of p
3. Environmental microb• Preparatio• Preparation
• Effect f heavy metals on growth of microorganisms microorganisms
icroorganisms s
4. Ai
1. Environmental chemistry • Determination of chloride content. • Determination of pH. • Determination of residual chlorine• Determination of alkalinity. • Determination of hardness.
(M• Determination of Most probable number• Determination of metals:
1. Chromium 2. Zinc 3. Iron 4. Manganese
atiDeterminDetermination of so
• Determination of Determination of optimum dose oapparatus
• Determination of dissolved oxygen • Determination of biochemical oxygen demand • Determination of chemical oxygen demand
Determination of oil an• Determination of nitrates using Spectrophotometer
henols using Gas Chromatography
iology n of nutrient broth of nutrient agar
• Effect of ph on growth of bacteria
• Effect of temperature on growth of• E tffec of osmotic pressure on growth of m• Effect of dyes on growth of microorganism• Effect on heat on bacteria • Effect of radiation on bacteria • Effect of antibiotics on bacteria • Effects of catalytic action on bacteria • MPN test • Fermentation of milk • Isolation of microorganisms • Phenol coefficient test • Standard plate count test • Microscopy and microscope • Staining techniques
r pollution • Anderson Air sampler • Stack monitoring unit • Paper Tape sampler and Densitometer • Kitgawa test
using high volume sampler
5. Soli
tent ntent
233
• Anemometer • Dust jar test • Ambient air sampling • Velometer • Sound level meter
d waste management • Determination of pH • Determination of moisture con• Determination of organic carbon co• Determination of soluble nitrates • Determination of phosphorus • Determination of potassium
Course name : ADVANCED WATER TREATMENT Course code : 602070 Sources of water, Standard for raw and treated waters, examination of waters, sed water treatment, mis f existing water treacor Co
imentation, filtration, disinfections, aeration, adsorption, industrialr, desalination of water, Upgradation ocellaneous treatment of wate
tment plant, performance study of water treatment plant, theory of corrosion and rosion control, water conservation, rainwater harvesting.
urse name : ADVANCED WASTE-WATER TREATMENT urse code Co : 602080 ste water quality and quantity, sampling, Aerobic decomposition of orgWa anic material,
obj ve of sewage treatment plant, Pre-treatment, primary treatment and secondary treatment methods, Upgradation of treatment plants, kinetics of biological growth ,gen ewage trea Co
ecti
eral consideration in disposal of sludge, alternative treatment to conventional stment plant.
urse name : INDUSTRIAL WASTE WATER TREATMENT urse code Co : 602090
m sanitation, CommStre on effluent treatment plants, Treatability studies, Detailed considerations of wastes from typical industries, General consideration of waste from oth industries, Minimization of wastewater quantities, Recovery , reuse, Performance study of wastewater treatment plants.
OU
a
er
RSE NAME: SOLID & HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT COURSE CODE : 6020100
id wastes, composition, physical, chemical and biological properties of solid wastes, rces and types of hazardous and infectious wastes, Solid waste generation and lection, Disposal of solid wastes, Industrial solid wastes-composition, Hazardous tes, Treatment and disposal methods, Site rem
Solsoucolwas ediation.
EL
234
ECTIVES
COURSE NAME: ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATION AND MANAGEMENT COURSE CODE: 702010 Env cal background, national and international acts; GeimplimMasew Factory act, Municipal acts, acts dealing with hazardous and infections wa EnpreCa rinciples of case laws, statutory interpretations, site selection, land use plaISO ISO: 14000 certification, impEnremEnma gy.. As
CO
ironmental acts-their needs, historinesis of environmental acts – general procedure followed in changing a bill into an act; lementation of an acting judiciary, executive and legislative powers and their itations. in national acts – Environmental protection agency, air act, water act, water and erage Board’s
stes. vironmental impact assessment, environmental audit, general procedures followed in paring reports incorporating EIA, ES and EA. se laws- Pnning, town planning act. : 14000 – its need, procedure to be followed to obtain lications of ISO.
vironmental management plan, environment management cells, rehabilitation and ediation, NGOs and their role.
vironmental and occupational health, industrial hygiene, risk assessment, disaster nagement plan, epidemiolosessment of existing effluent treatment plants, trouble shooting, remedial measures.
URSE NAME: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
COURSE CODE : [702020] Ge al: Global and Indian Scenario, National Environmental Policy, Environmental Orga & implementation, Sustainable development Preventive and rea impact & risk assessment, Methodologies: Adhoc, checklist, network, matrix etc., Environmental Ma of Environmental impact assessment, Environ ental audit, Environmental legislation, Air, Wa
CO
nernizations for planning ,
ctive strategies for environmental pollution control, Environmental
nagement plan, Typical case studies mental impact statements, Environm
ter & Environmental Acts.
URSE NAME: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT & AUDIT
URSE CODE: CO [702030]
ironmental impact assessment, Brief history, Significance, Objectives, Role in nning and decision making process,
dologies, Socioeconomic impact assessm
Envpla Environmental assessment process, Assessment me ent, air, noise , water , vegetation & wildlife and energy impact analysis, cumulative impact assessment, ecological impact assVaraud inciples, Partial environmental audits, Scope of aud
tho
essment, risk assessment, Environmental impact statement, Basic concepts behind EIS, ious Stages in EIS production, Typical EIS outline, Rapid EIA, Environmental iting, Aims & Objectives, Audit prit, Case studies.
235
COURSE NAME : OPERATION & MAINTENANCE OF TREATMENT FACILITIES
URSE CODE [7CO 02040] Intr M, Schedule of daily operations & inspection of ma inery, Records, Staff Position, Inventory of store, Lab Tests for monitoring, Op
CO
oduction, Common features of O & cherational Problems, Disposal of wastes, Safety in plants, Training of personnel
URSE NAME : RURAL WATER SUPPLY AND SANITATION
COURSE CODE : [702050] Concept of environment and scope of sanitation, Magnitude of problems of water supply and ning of water supply systems, Selection & devel ter, Specific problems in rural water supply and treatmWatwasof s
CO
sanitation, National Policy, Planopment of preferred sources of waent, Low cost treatment, Improved methods and compact systems of treatment,
er supply during fairs, festivals and emergencies, Treatment and disposal of tewater / sullage, Community latrines, Simple wastewater treatment systems, Disposal olid waste, Biogas plants.
URSE NAME : WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
URSE CODE [702060]CO Intr duction, Water resources planning, Basic concepts of hydrology and hydrogeology, Riv sources pla Water reso development in coastal areas, Basic concepts of eco asin transfer of water.
oer monitoring, Ground water pollution, National water policy, Water renning and processes, Application of remote sensing, Reliability studies,urces conservation, Water resource
nomics, Inter b
236
COURSE NAME : Risk and Disaster Management
COURSE CODE: 702070 Risks i ent system, risk classification, risk analysis& respDis
Course name : ADVANCED PROJECT MANAGEMENT
n construction; risk managemonse, tools and techniques of risk management, utility and risk attitude,
asters: natural and manmade, disaster recovery plan.
Course Code : 702080 Ma chniques for project planning, multi project and multi resource scheduling, complex time cost trade off ana ntrol, conflict resolution, PMIS, Integrated approach. Cou
naging scope, time, cost and quality, Project organization, Tools and te
lysis, Project Monitoring & co
rse Name – Project Financing rse Code – 702090Cou
Project preparation and analysis, project accounting, bid preparation, budgeting, cost con s & contractors, various costs, cash flow ma nsiderations for construction industry.
Cou
trol concepts: from the viewpoint of clienteporting, tax conagement, data collection & r
rse name : QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES FOR MANAGERIAL DECISION MAKING
Course Code :[ 702100]
Mamo,Int ing , Decision tree, Game theory, Simulation
nagement Decision Making , Systems approach ,Linear programming , transportation del , Assignment model, Network Model, Waiting lines, Dynamic programming eger programm
237
Faculty profile Sr. . Name Designation Subject Teaching No
1 Lecturer Hy
ced W Environment
J.S.Main Advanced draulics. Advan astewater Treatment.
al Laboratory. 2 Dr.P.P.Bhave Lecturer Air, Noise Po
& ent
llution & Control.
Solid Managem
Hazardous Waste .
3 Dr.V.M.Topkar Professor Quantitative Techniques for Managerial D
ecision Making.
4 M.L. isiting ced PrDiwan V Advan oject Management. 5 Arun isiting nment
Environment crobiology &
ogy.
a Joshi V Enviro al Chemistry.
al MiEcol
6 Chaw Visiting nced Wathe S.C. Adva ater Treatment. 7 Ranji Visiting strial Wat Karve Indu ste Water Treatment. 8 Swati Kotulkar Visiting Research Methodology. Laboratory f PG Cou
Sr. N ratory Size
acilities exclusive to rse:
o. Name of Labo1 ngineer 155 sq. Environmental E ing Lab 1 m. 2. Environmental Engineering Lab 2 120 sq.m.
Spe
Nil
cial Purpose Soft wares:
238
AC DEMIC CALENDER SR NO. DATES
A
EVENTS ODD SEMISTER 1 Commencement 17/7/2006 of classes 2 Mid s 25/9/2006 to 29 2006 emester test /9/3 Class 3/11/2006 es end 4 Term valuation In last two w
semester work / practical/ oral e eeks of the
5 End s /11/2006 to 2emester examination 13 3/11/2006 6 Decla 12/2006 ration of results 5/7 Re –examination 6 th, 7 th , 13 th ,
2007 14 th January
EVEN SEMISTER 1 Comm 1/1/2007 encement of classes 2 Mid semester test 5/3/2207 to 9/3/2007 3 Classes end 14/4/2007 4 Term uation In last two w s of the
semester work / practical/ oral eval eek
5 End s 22/4/2007 to 2/emester examination 5/2007 6 Decla 14/5/2007 ration of results 7 Re –e th, 8 th , 14
07 xamination 7
20th ,15 th July
Res ch Focu
Water TSewage Air & N ent
Solid & Hazardous Waste Treatment and Management Environment Impact Assessment
ear s: • reatment & Supply.
. • •
collection & Treatmentoise Quality managem
••
239
List of typical research projects (Environmental Engineering): SR NO
NAME DEPARTMENT TITLE OF ERTATI. DISS ON
1 . Gujrat waSewerage Board, Gandhina
l water H.Y Chauhan ter supply and Rura
gar sanitation and environment
supply and its impact on
2 R.M. Mathkar MaharashPradhikar manufacturing
tra Jeevan an
Review of design methods, processes
and installprestressed conc
ation of rete pipes.
3 Rakesh Kumar HimachalIrrigation cum Public health department
Upgradation water treatment
Pradesh of existing plant
4 Ajay MaharashPradhikar
B. Chaudhari tra Jeevan an
Optimization distribution syst
of Village em
5 Anupam Kaul J & K ntrol b
State pollution oard, Jammu
Comparative consenCo
study of t mech
PCB’s in India anism in
• Ind
1. In culum deve2. Industry problems solving throu
• ublications out of research in last three years out of master’s projects
•
tice Graduate Programmes leading to Master of Technology (M. Tech.)
Ap n to full time two-year
ustry Linkage volvement in curri lopment
gh dissertations
P Nil
Placement status udents placed through Campus Interview. 6 st
• Admission procedure Admission NoPost
plications are invited from eligible candidates for admissioduration M.Tech. Programmes.
Comment [MSOffice1]:
240
Details reg
backw and admission procedure are available on website www.
arding availability of seats, eligibility conditions, reservation of seats for
ard class categoriesvjti.ac.in. The application form is to be downloaded from the website.
SchedLasdemcan
ule of admissions: te of receipt of completely filled application forms alont da g-with a
and draft / pay order of Rs 500/- (Rs. 300 in case of SC/ST didates) towards processing fees
June 30, 2005
Dis of list of eligible candidates on the website www.vjti.ac.inplay July 09, 2005
Date of admission for GATE qualified candidates July 14, 2005
Dat2005
e of written test and interview for sponsored candidates July 14,
Dat 15, 2005
e of admission for sponsored candidates July
Director
Programme Title Intake C specialization in Environmental Engineering) 17 ivil Engineering (withCivil Engineering (with specialization in Structural Engineering) 25 Civil Engineering (with specialization in Construction Management) 17 Computer Engineering 25 Electrical Engineering (with specialization in Power Systems) 25 Elec ialization in Control Systems) 25 trical Engineering (with specElectronics Engineering 25 MecEng
hanical Engineering (with specialization in Machine Design 25 ineering)
MecEng
hanical Engineering (with specialization in Automobile ineering)
25
Mec ing (with specialization in CAD/CAM & Aut
18 hanical Engineeromation)
Production Engineering 18 Textile Technology 18 Electronics & Telecommunication Engineering 15
Sch
241
edule of admissions: Las forms along-with a drapro
t date of receipt of completely filled application ft of Rs 500/- (Rs. 300 in case of SC/ST candidates) towards cessing fees
June 30, 2005
Display of list of eligible candidates on the website www.vjti.ac.in July 09, 2005 Dat e of admission for GATE qualified candidates July 14, 2005Dat e of written test and interview for sponsored candidates July 14, 2005Dat July 15, 2005 e of admission for sponsored candidates Instructions to Candidates:
• Fill the form in your own handwriting and in capital letters only. • Candidates desirous of applyi
a licng for more than one programme, separate
pp ation forms should be submitted for each programme with separate application processing fees.
• Attach certified copies of relevant passing certificate, degree certificate, marks list, caste certificate from competent authority and experience certificates from employers.
• Sponsored candidates should attach original letter issued by the sponsorer giving details of name of sponsoring organization, number of years of service with the organization and an undertaking from the employer that the candidate will be relieved from all the responsibilities in their organization for the duration of two years on full time basis.
• The candidates graduating from University other than University of Mumbai, will have to produce provisional statement of eligibility within one month from the date of admission. Failure to do so is likely to entail loss of attendance and possible cancellation of admission.
• Candidates who have appeared for final year examination leading to Bachelor’s degree in engineering / technology, and waiting for the results, may also apply.
• The application form complete in all respects should reach the Institute on or before June 30, 2005.
• Incomplete application forms and application forms received without pay order / and draft towards processing fees will not bedem considered.
Eligibility Any candidate who has passed an examination for Degree of Bachelor of Engineering / Technology of University of Mumbai or any equivalent degree from any other University is deemed eligible for admission to the Post Graduate Programmes leading to Master of Technology (M. Tech.) in specific branch in which the candidate has obtained the
elor’s degree. The eligibility for various programmes is listed in table below. BachNotwithstanding what is stated above, candidates who have passed the Section A and Sec ations conducted by the tion B examin
i. Institution of Engineers (India), and ii. Institution of Electronics and Telecommunication Engineers (India) And those who have qualified at the GATE examination, conducted by the Govt. of India through IITs are also deemed eligible for admission to these courses.
For admission to Programme Titled Candidate should have passed BE degree in either of following branches
CsE nmental Engineering
ivil Engineering (with pecialization in Environmental ngineering)
Civil Engineering Or Construction Engineering Or Enviro
Civil Engineering (with Civil Engineering
specEng
242
ialization in Structural ineering)
Or Construct
ion Engineering
Civ ing (with specMan
Civil Engine ring il Engineerialization in Construction agement)
Or Construct
eion Engineering
ComOr ElectricalOr ElectroniOr Electro Engineering Or InstrumeOr Informat
puter Engineering Computer Engineering Engineering cs Engineering nics and Telecommunication
ntation Engineering ion Technology
Electrical Engineering (with specialization in Power Systems)
Electrical Engineering
Electrical Engineering (with spec
Electrical En
Electronics and Telecommunication ialization in Control Systems) Or Electroni
Or
gineering cs Engineering
Engineering Or Instrumentation Engineering
Elec ronics Or ElectricalOr Electro ecommunication Engineering Or InstrumeOr Compute
tronics Engineering Elect Engineering Engineering nics and Tel
ntation Engineering r Engineering
Mechanical Engineering (with specialization in Machine Design Engineering)
Mechanical Or Machine Or AutomobOr Productio
Engineering tool Engineering ile Engineering n Engineering
Mechanical Engineering (with specEng
Mechanical ialization in Automobile ineering)
Or AutomobOr Productio
Engineering ile Engineering n Engineering
Mecspec AD/CAM & Automation)
al Or Machine Or Automob
hanical Engineering (with ialization in C
Mechanic Engineering tool Engineering ile Engineering
Or Production Engineering Pro
Or Industrial
br
duction Engineering Production EOr Mechanic
ngineering al Engineering Engineering
Or MachineOr AutomoOr Metallu
tool Engineering ile Engineering
gical Engineering Tex Textile Engi
Or Textile Tech
tile Technology neering
nology Electronics & Telecommunication Engineering
Electronics EngineeringOr ElectroniOr ElectricalOr InstrumeOr Compute
and Telecommunication cs Engineering Engineering
ntation Engineering r Engineering
243
Int pacity of various programmes: ake caPro Open SC St Sponsored gramme Title Intake
C(w mental Eng
17 1 1 ivil Engineering ith specialization in Environ
ineering)
0 2 4
Civi(wit on in Structural Eng
3 2 5 l Engineering h specializati
25 15
ineering) Civi(witMan
2 1 4 l Engineering h specialization in Construction
17 10
agement)* Com 3 2 puter Engineering 25 15 5 Elec(wit ower Systems)
3 2 5 trical Engineering h specialization in P
25 15
Elec(wit stems)
25 1 3 2 trical Engineering h specialization in Control Sy
5 5
Elec 1 3 2 tronics Engineering 25 5 5 Mec(wit ine Design Eng
15 3 2 hanical Engineering 25 h specialization in Machineering)
5
Mec(wit tomobile Eng
25 1 3 2 hanical Engineering h specialization in Auineering)
5 5
Mec(wit in CAD/CAM & Aut
2 1 5 hanical Engineering h specialization
18 10
omation)* Pro 2 1 5 duction Engineering 18 10 Tex 2 1 5 tile Technology 18 10 Elec unication Eng
15 1 2 1 tronics & Telecommineering
0 2
• run on self-supporting basis.
These courses are
244
Post-graduate scholarships: All ugh GATE and become eligible, inter-se-merit, amschHoof f
the students who have qualified throong the candidates applied for admission to the course, will be awarded PG olarship at the rate of Rs 5000/-per month (or at the rate as revised by AICTE). wever the disbursement of the scholarship amount shall depend upon the availability unds from AICTE.
Sponsored candidates: Candidates seeking admission under this category shall have to fulfill the following con
e syllabi of the respective discipline of University of Mumbai.
ii.
ditions: i. The candidates shall be required to appear for a written test followed by an
interview on the day of admission. The written test will be based on the undergraduatOnly those candidates who qualify in the written test will be required to appear for an interview for final selection. Sponsored candidates will have to produce an official letter of sponsorship from the sponsoring organization at the time of admission. The sponsored candidate should have worked in the sponsoring organization in permanent position for at least two years after graduation.
e MeInter-s rit of the candidates for offer of admission:
•
igibility of any candidate seeking admission to any programme will depend upon the discipline of
branches listed
The admission for the available seats shall be offered on the basis of inter-se-merit. The merit list shall be prepared on the basis of the VALID GATE score obtained by the candidate in the chosen GATE discipline. The el
the GATE examination chosen by the candidate, irrespective of thein table regarding eligibility. For example, a candidate holding the degree of BE in Instrumentation Engineering must have GATE score in Electrical Engineering, if the candidate desires to seek admission to M.Tech. programme in Electrical Engineering. If two or more candidates have same GATE score, the candidate with higher marks in the qualifying examination will be given preference.
• If candidates with GATE score are not available, fresh graduates may also be admitted for a programme. These candidates will have to appear for a written test followed by an interview on the day of admission. The written test will be based on the undergraduate syllabi of the respective discipline of University of Mumbai. Only those candidates who qualify in the written test will be required to appear for an interview for final selection.
245
Fee structure Sr. N All aided
M Tech Courses (GATE candidates)
All aided
Mechanical En(
Civil Engi(
o. Class M TechCourses (Sponsored candidates)
&A
gineering CAD/CAM utomation)
M
neering Construction
anagement)
1 Tuition Fees Per annum 7500 2 77500 8500 500 2 University
Share of Tuitio
Per annum 2500 2 2
n Fees
2500 500 500
3 Continfees
e f 0 0 gency In thyear only
irst 0 10000
4 DevelFees
0 10000 0 opment Per annum 0
5 SponsFees
nnum 0 1 0 orship Per a 0 0 500
6 Librar num 0 5 5y Fees Per an 500 50 00 00 7 Intern
Facilinum 0 1 150 et Per an
ty Fees 150 15 50
8 UniveRegistFees
he fyear only
5 8 825 rsity ration
In t irst 825 82 25
9 T and he f
0 0 P Fees year onlyIn t irst 0 0
10 Instituregistrfees
e fiar only
50 te In thation ye
rst 50 50 50
11 E - Ch Per annum 20 20 20 20 arge 12 Disast
Fund num 1 10 er Relief Per an 10 10 0
13 Sports f Per annum 10 10 und 10 10 14 Cultur
Activit annum 6 6 al
ies Fee Per 6 6
15 Annua ial Fee
Per annum 100 100 100 100 l Soc
16 StudeActivi
1 100 nt ties Fund
Per annum 100 100 00
17 StudeDepos(Refu
e fi only
500 nts it
In thyear
ndable)
rst 500 500 500
18 StudeFund
num 1 nts Aid Per an 1 1 1
19 Enrollyear only
0 0 ment Fee In the first 0 0
TOTA 2 4 2L 12272 2227 3272 7272 • Hostel faci students
• tact ad m
Prof. J.vil &
V.J.T.I. Tel No. 9 Ma ter of Te
lities: for 2
Con
dress of coordinator of Program e:
Ci
S. Main Environmental Engg. Department
:-(022)2419814 chnology s
246
CivSC
Periods per week
Evaluation
il Engineering with specialization in Construction Management HEME:-
weightages CouCod
itle
L T / P SE
Course its
rse Course Te
TWA E Cred
Sem e ester On603 & Practice of 3 - 6 010 Principles
Management 30 70
603 galConst
70 8 020 Le Aspects of ruction
4 - 30
603 vana
70 8 030 AdMa
nced Project gement
3 2 30
603 vachn
70 8 040 AdTe
nced Construction iques
4 - 30
Electi 4 - 30 70 8 ve I 603 mp 0 3 061 Co uter laboratory I - 3 10603050 Resea 2 - 30 70 4 rch Methodology Total 25 (L:20, T/P: 5) tal Credits:Contact Hours: To 45 Sem ester Two603 nst
na- 70 8 070 Co ruction Resources 4
Ma gement 30
603 oje 0 080 Pr ct Financing 3 2 30 7 8 603 Techniques
kin
3 2 30 70 8 090 Quantitative Mfor
maanagerial Decision
g 603 ain 4 - 70 8 100 M tenance of Structures 30 i 4 - 70 8 Elect ve II 30603 mp 0 3 062 Co uter laboratory II - 3 10 Total Total Credits: 43 Contact Hours: 25 (L:18, T/P: 7) Electives 703 lue 30 70010 Va Management 4 8 703 nst ting 30 70020 Co ruction Marke 4 8 703 ern 30 70030 Int ational Construction Business 4 8 703 0 Pavem nt Management System 2 30 7004 e 3 8 703 Rehab 30050 ilitation of Structures 4 70 8 703 a 30060 Adv nced Construction Materials 4 70 8 703 an t 3 2 30 70 8 070 Risk d Disaster Managemen703 vir 4 30 70 8 080 En onmental Management 703 a 3 2 30 70 8 090 EIA nd Audit era
i 30 70 8 Op tion & Maintenance of Treatment 4
Facil ties 703 era
na 30 70110 Op
Mational Health & safetygement
4 8
P 30 70 8 ER 4 703 e
ste 30 70130 Proj ct Management Information 4
Sy ms 8
703 ili 4 30 70 140 Fac tates Management 8
247
SY Co me: PRINCIPLES & PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENT
LLABUS:-
urse na Course Code : 603010 Ma ctice, evolution of management thought, Functions of manatorgappleadtech Co
nagement: Science, theory & pranagement, Planning: nature & purpose, objectives, strategies & policies, Organizing: ure & purpose, organizational structures, departmentation & decentralization, effective anization & organizational behavior, Staffing: overview, purpose, performance raisal, managing change, organizational development, Leading: Motivation, ership, group decision making, communication, Controlling: system & process, niques
urse name: LEGAL ASPECTS OF CONSTRUCTION urse code : 60Co 3020
Intr rd forms of con itration & oth of various laws related to: construction workers safety and Co
oduction to legal system, professional liabilities, Indian contract act, standaent, dispute minimization & resolution, arbtract, claims & their assessm
e forms of ADR, Provisions rwelfare, employee & work insurance, employee compensation
urse name : ADVANCED PROJECT MANAGEMENT urse code : 603030Co
aging scope, time, cost and quality, Project organization, Tools and techniques f Ma or pro trade off ana roach, Co se name : ADVANCED CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES
nject planning, multi project and multi resource scheduling, complex time costlysis, Project Monitoring & control, conflict resolution, PMIS, Integrated app
ur Course code : 603040
y concepts in building assembly process & advanced technologies, intelligent ldings, formwork & concreting cycles, construction plant, material handling,
Kebuicomposite construction, industrialized building systems, advanced technologies for civil eng Co ETHODOLOGY
ineering projects
urse name : RESEARCH M Course code : 603050
thodology: research methods, collection of data, research report, research design, erimental design, Research ethics istical methods: Review of measures of central tendency and dispersion, correlation & ssion analysis, normal
MeexpStatreg distribution curve & standard scale, significance of dif tric methods Course name : COMPUTER LABOROTARY I and II
references, testing of hypothesis, analysis of variances, non-parame
Course code : 603061, 603062
ignments to increase proficiency in using wo Assuseproj
rd processor, worksheet and databases, of worksheets and / or databases to solve day to day civil engineer’s functions, use of ect management software to develop project plans
248
Course name : CONSTRUCTION RESOURCES MANAGEMENT urse code : 603070Co
Site rganization structure, site teams & their interrelationship with contractual parties, Mawel Co
oterial management, Equipment & Plant Management, Human resource management & fare, Health & safety management, productivity of construction resources
urse name : PROJECT FINANCING Co 603080urse code : Pro oject accounting, Bid preparation, Budgeting, Cost Co point of clients and contractors, various costs, cash flow ma Co
ject preparation & analysis, Prrol Concepts: from the viewnt
nagement, data collection & reporting, Tax considerations for construction industry
urse name : QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES FOR MANAGERIAL DECISION MAKING
Co se code : 603090ur Syssen ssignment, transshipment; Dynamic Pro lication; Integer Programming: formulation, branch & bou d, Decision Analysis: decision making, decision making under uncertainty, expected mosim
CoCo
tems approach to problems; Linear programminsitivity analysis; Network flow: transportation, a
g: graphical, simplex, duality theory,
gramming: formulation, appnnetary value, utility function analysis; Waiting Line Models: queuing systems, ulation
urse name : MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS OF STRUCTURES urse code : 603100
Eff te, temperature, chemicals, wear and erosion on structures, facets of ma tenance, assessment procedures, special materials for repair, techniques of repair, rep
ects of climainairs to overcome low member strength, deflection, cracking, leakage
249
ELECTIVES
Course name : VALUE MANAGEMENT Course Code : 703010
Bac gineering, habits, Value Engineering Job Plan, Function analysis system technique, Creative thinking, Life cycle costing, Energy systems and ene Co RKETING
kground & history of value en
rgy models, Case studies
urse name: CONSTRUCTION MA Course Code : 703020 Ma of consumer goods, ind societal role of marketing, Marketing projects, pre-qua ication documents, bid preparation, collaborations and alliances, impact of glo Co
rketing environment, marketing strategy, features of marketing ustrial products and services, lifbalization and privatization, strategies for project export
urse name: INTERNATIONAL CONSTRUCTION BUSINESS de: 703030 Co
International economy, International political system, features of international trade & inv mo for es and their determination, Theories of international trade, De oping countries in the world economy, international differences in technology, polEffma Co
estment, national interest in international trade, International payments, Internationalnce of international payments, transfer of international payments,netary system, bala
eign exchange ratvelicy implications for host countries, Cultural environment of international business, ect of culture, language, education, religion, value systems on business, impact on nagement styles in selected countries
urse name : PAVEMENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM de : 703040Co
intenance Planning and Rehabilitation Strategies: Factors affecting deterioration of ement, Functional & structural requirements o
Mapav f flexible pavements, Distresses in flex le/rigid pavements causes & remedies. Resurfacing, Interface treatments Pav of flexible pavFunctional evaluation of pavements, Pavement Management/ Maintenance Management Syst , Prediction Deterioration Models, Pavement Structural Design and Economic An
ibement Performance Measures: Various equipment used for evaluationements
emalysis, Emerging Technology in Pavement Management Systems:
250
Course name : REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES
de : 703050Co Inf ructure management: Need and concept, expected performance, survey and evafundef Co se name : ADVANCED CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
rastluation of distresses, inspection checklists, organization for rehabilitation, policies, ding, Concept of infrastructure upkeep, Post occupancy evaluation of buildings, ormation and common defects in buildings, restoration & rehabilitation measures
ur Co : 703060de Re heir pro use, benefits and limitations, specific precautions to be taken in use Co
cent developments in construction materials, recycling and reuse, specifications: tperties, methods of
urse name : RISK AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT urse CCo ode : 703070
Risks: risks in construction, risk management framework Ris tools and tecRis ualitative and quantitative techniques Risk resp sk transfer, risk avoRisin t Co
k identification: sources of risk, risk classification, risk effects, common hniques of identification
analysis: risk measurement, qkonse: risk management plan, risk retention, risk reduction, ri
idance, attitudes towards risk ks in construction projects: money, time and technical risks, contracts and risks, risks he context of global project teams
urse name :ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT urse Code : 703080Co
Ge Environmental Policy, Environmental Org ustainable development, Preventive and reactive strategies for environmental pollution control, Environmental impact & risk assessmen ironmental Ma t assessment, En ironmental audit, Environmental legislation, Air, Wa r & Environmental Acts.
neral: Global and Indian Scenario, Nationalizations for planning & implementation, San
t, Methodologies: Adhoc, checklist, network, matrix etc., Envnagement plan, Typical case studies of Environmental impacvironmental impact statements, Envte
251
Course name :EIA AND AUDIT Course Code : 702090 Environ t, Brief history, Significance, Objectives, Role in plamewilassVaaudaud Co
mental impact assessmennning and decision making process, Environmental assessment process, Assessment thodologies, Socioeconomic impact assessment, air, noise , water , vegetation & dlife and energy impact analysis, cumulative impact assessment, ecological impact essment, risk assessment, Environmental impact statement, Basic concepts behind EIS, rious Stages in EIS production, Typical EIS outline, Rapid EIA, Environmental iting, Aims & Objectives, Audit principles, Partial environmental audits, Scope of it, Case studies.
urse name :OPERATIONAL HEALTH & SAEFTY MANAGEMENT urse Code : 703110Co
Caocc gears and equipment, safety precautions during con ction operations, laws related to safety and occupational health Co
uses of accidents on construcupational hazards, protective
tion sites, costs of accidents, construction trades and
stru
urse name :PROJECT MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM urse Code : 703130Co
Information systems, requirements analysis, design of structure, development of software, imp mentation, integration of processes, hardware requirements for head office and sites net Course n
leworking
ame : FACILITIES MANAGEMENT urse Code : 703140Co
nstructed facilitng, effluent an
Co ies and various systems involved: civil works, HVAC, plumbing, lifts, par d solid waste treatment and disposal, requirements of operation, rou e maintenance and repairs, maintenance system, organization of M & R, inf
kitinormation system,
FA Sr. . Name Designation Subject Teaching
252
CULTY PROFILE:-
No
1 Dr.V.M.Topkar Professor Quantitative Techniques for al D
Research Me
Manageri
ecision Making.
thodology Laboratory. 2 A.D. Kulkarni Asst.
Professor Legal Aspects of Construction Maintenance and Repair of Structures.
3 S.Y. Asst. Professor
dvanced CoMhaske A nstruction Techniques.
4 S.L. Lecturer ent MaBodas Pavem nagement System. 5 M.L. Visiting d Pr
iples &
truction Value Manag
Diwan Advance
oject management.
Princ Practice of Management. Cons Resource Management
ement. Laboratory facilities exclusive to PG Course: Nil Special Purpose Soft wares: Prim Vera 3.0 [Demonstration Model], Systat 11.0 ACSR NO. EVENTS DATES
a
ADEMIC CALENDER
ODD SEMISTER 1 06 Commencement of classes 17/7/202 006 to 29/9/2006 Mid semester test 25/9/23 3/11/2006 Classes end 4 aluation In last two w e
semester Term work / cal/ oral ev practi eeks of th
5 End s 13/11/2006 to 2 11/2006 emester examination 3/6 Decla 5/12/2006 ration of results 7 Re –e 6 th, 7 th , 13 th ,
2007 xamination 14 th January
EVEN SEMISTER 1 Commencement of classes 1/1/2007 2 Mid s 5/3/2207 to 9/3/emester test 2007 3 Class 14/4/2007 es end 4 Term ation In last two w
semester work / practical/ oral evalu eeks of the
5 End semester examination 22/4/2007 to 2/5/2007 6 Declaration of results 14/5/2007 7 Re –e 7 th, 8 th , 14 th ,15 th July
2007 xamination
Res ch Focu
ear s:
253
nt.
ist f typical research projects :
SR NO.
N LE OF DISSERTATION
• Construction Materials. • Construction Equipments. • Construction Planning. • Construction Safety & Manageme
L o
AME OF STUDENT TIT
1 ns Mix design ousing M.B. a
Ba ode Nitin ashok f Hot Mix Hot Rolled B.C. nd RAM
2 Hem Geographicalapplications
Lad al Kishor Information System and its on site layout work.
3 /Matekar Nisha Umesh Risk quan n projects.
tification in constructio
4 Mhat Study of PuInfrastructur
re Vilas barku blic- Private partnership in e Development.
5 Mur Design ofconcession p T project.
gude Ganesh Suresh capital structure and eriod of BO
6 Pate Eco-friendly,designs of pa
l Abhay Vikramkumar Economy efficient mix vement materials.
7 Shah Planning aConstruction
Vishal Mahendra nd cost Accounting of equipments.
8 Singh Project Monin Constructi
Nilesh Rambabu itoring and Control process on.
9 / Waghmare Vidya Raosaheb Faster Determof various using Microw
ination of Moisture content construction materials by ave oven.
• Ind
• Involvement in curriculum development Indu ations
• Publications out of research in last three years out of • lacement status – 9 students (2005-2006)
ustry Linkage
• stry problems solving through dissert
master’s projects – Nil P
Pos leading to Master of Technology (M. Tech.) Apdur Pro Intake
254
• Admission procedure Admission Notice
t Graduate Programmes
plications are invited from eligible candidates for admission to full time two year ation M.Tech. programmes.
gramme Title Civil Engineering (with specialization in Environmental Engineering) 17 C specialization in Structural Engineering) 25 ivil Engineering (withCivil Engineering (with specialization in Construction Management) 17 Computer Engineering 25 Electrical Engineering (with specialization in Power Systems) 25 Electrical Engineering (with specialization in Control Systems) 25 Elec 25 tronics Engineering MecEng
hanical Engineering (with specialization in Machine Design 25 ineering)
MecEng
hanical Engineering (withineering)
specialization in Automobile 25
MecAut
hanical Engineering (with specialization in CAD/CAM & omation)
18
Production Engineering 18 Textile Technology 18 Electronics & Telecommunication Engineering 15
Detail lability of seats, eligibility conditions, reservation of seats for backw admission procedure are available on website www.
s regarding avaiard class categories and vjti.ac.in. The application form is to be downloaded from the website.
SchedLast date of receipt of completely filled application forms along-with a demcan
ule of admissions:
and draft / pay order of Rs 500/- (Rs. 300 in case of SC/ST didates) towards processing fees
June 30, 2005
Display of list of eligible candidates on the website www.vjti.ac.in July 09, 2005
Dat candidates July 14, e of admission for GATE qualified2005
Date of written test and interview for sponsored candidates July 14, 2005
Dat July 15, e of admission for sponsored candidates 2005
Director
255
Sch
edule of admissions:
Last date of receipt of completely filled application forms along-with a drapro
ft of Rs 500/- (Rs. 300 in case of SC/ST candidates) towards cessing fees
June 30, 2005
Display of list of eligible candidates on the website www.vjti.ac.in July 09, 2005 Dat 5 e of admission for GATE qualified candidates July 14, 200Dat 05 e of written test and interview for sponsored candidates July 14, 20Dat July 15, 2005 e of admission for sponsored candidates Ins
tructions to Candidates:
• Fill the form in your own handwriting and in capital letters only. • Candidates desirous of applying for more than one programme, separate
application forms should be submitted for each programme with separate application processing fees.
• Attach certified copies of relevant passing certificate, degree certificate, marks list, caste certificate from competent authority and experience certificates from employers.
• Sponsored candidates should attach original letter issued by the sponsorer giving details of name of sponsoring organization, number of years of service with the organization and an undertaking from the employer that the candidate will be relieved from all the responsibilities in their organization for the duration of two
rs on full time bayea sis. • The candidates graduating from University other than University of Mumbai, will
have to produce provisional statement of eligibility within one month from the date of admission. Failure to do so is likely to entail loss of attendance and possible cancellation of admission.
• Candidates who have appeared for final year examination leading to Bachelor’s degree in engineering / technology, and waiting for the results, may also apply.
• The application form complete in all respects should reach the Institute on or before June 30, 2005.
• Incomplete application forms and application forms received without pay order / demand draft towards processing fees will not be considered.
256
Elig
ibility
Any candidate who has passed an examination for Degree of Bachelor of Engineering / Tecis dTecBac
hnology of University of Mumbai or any equivalent degree from any other University eemed eligible for admission to the Post Graduate Programmes leading to Master of hnology (M. Tech.) in specific branch in which the candidate has obtained the helor’s degree. The eligibility for various programmes is listed in table below.
Noand
ion, conducted by the
twithstanding what is stated above, candidates who have passed the Section A Section B examinations conducted by the iii. Institution of Engineers (India), and iv. Institution of Electronics and Telecommunication Engineers (India) And se w tho ho have qualified at the GATE examinatGovernment of India through IITs are also deemed eligible for admission to these courses.
257
For dmission to Programme Titled Candidate should have passed BE degree in either of
llowing braa
fo nches Civil Engineering (with specialization in Envi
Civil Engin
eronmental Engineering) Or Construct
Or Environm
eering ion Engineering
ntal Engineering Civi n Structural Engineering)
Civil EngineerOr Constructio
l Engineering (with specialization i ing n Engineering
Civi zation in Cons
Civil EngineerOr Constructio
l Engineering (with specialitruction Management)
ing ngineering n E
Com
Or Electrical EOr Electronics ngineering Or Electronics ineering Or InstrumentaOr Information
puter Engineering Computer Engineering ngineering Eand Telecommunication Engtion Engineering Technology
Electrical Engineering (with specialization in Power Systems)
Electrical Engineering
Electrical Engineering (with specialization in Control Systems)
Electrical EngOr Electronics
nics ering enta
ineering Engineering
Or ElectroOr Instrum
and Telecommunication Enginetion Engineering
Elec s Engial E
Or Electronics ng Or InstrumentaOr Computer E
tronics Engineering ElectronicOr Electric
neering ngineering and Telecommunication Engineerition Engineering ngineering
Mec (with spec Design Engineering)
Mechanical EnOr Machine toOr AutomobilOr Production
hanical Engineering ialization in Machine
gineering ol Engineering e Engineering Engineering
Mechanical Engineering (with specialization in Automobile Engineering)
Mechanical EnOr Automobil
gineering e Engineering
Or Production Engineering Mecspec
Or AutomobilOr Production
hanical Engineering (with ialization in CAD/CAM & Automation)
Mechanical EnOr Machine to
gineering ol Engineering e Engineering Engineering
Prod
strial EOr Machine to
uction Engineering Production EngOr MechanicalOr Indu
ineering Engineering ngineering ol Engineering
Or AutomobileOr Metallurgic
Engineering al Engineering
Text gineOr Textile Techno
ile Technology Textile En ering
logy Elec unication Engineering
Electronics and ing Or Electronics Or Electrical EOr InstrumentaOr Computer E
tronics & Telecomm Telecommunication EngineerEngineering ngineering tion Engineering ngineering
258
Int pacity of various programmes: ake caPro Open SC St Sponsored gramme Title Intake
C(w mental Eng
17 1 1 ivil Engineering ith specialization in Environ
ineering)
0 2 4
Civi(wit on in Structural Eng
3 2 5 l Engineering h specializati
25 15
ineering) Civi(witMan
2 1 4 l Engineering h specialization in Construction
17 10
agement)* Com 3 2 puter Engineering 25 15 5 Elec(wit ower Systems)
3 2 5 trical Engineering h specialization in P
25 15
Elec(wit stems)
25 1 3 2 trical Engineering h specialization in Control Sy
5 5
Elec 1 3 2 tronics Engineering 25 5 5 Mec(wit ine Design Eng
15 3 2 hanical Engineering 25 h specialization in Machineering)
5
Mec(wit tomobile Eng
25 1 3 2 hanical Engineering h specialization in Auineering)
5 5
Mec(wit in CAD/CAM & Aut
2 1 5 hanical Engineering h specialization
18 10
omation)* Pro 2 1 5 duction Engineering 18 10 Tex 2 1 5 tile Technology 18 10 Elec unication Eng
15 1 2 1 tronics & Telecommineering
0 2
• run on self-supporting basis.
These courses are
259
Post-graduate scholarships: All ugh GATE and become eligible, inter-se-merit, amschHoof f
the students who have qualified throong the candidates applied for admission to the course, will be awarded PG olarship at the rate of Rs 5000/-per month (or at the rate as revised by AICTE). wever the disbursement of the scholarship amount shall depend upon the availability unds from AICTE.
Sponsored candidates: Candidates seeking admission under this category shall have to fulfill the following con
e syllabi of the respective discipline of University of Mumbai.
iv.
ditions: iii. The candidates shall be required to appear for a written test followed by an
interview on the day of admission. The written test will be based on the undergraduatOnly those candidates who qualify in the written test will be required to appear for an interview for final selection. Sponsored candidates will have to produce an official letter of sponsorship from the sponsoring organization at the time of admission. The sponsored candidate should have worked in the sponsoring organization in permanent position for at least two years after graduation.
e MeInter-s rit of the candidates for offer of admission:
•
igibility of any candidate seeking admission to any programme will depend upon the discipline of
branches listed
The admission for the available seats shall be offered on the basis of inter-se-merit. The merit list shall be prepared on the basis of the VALID GATE score obtained by the candidate in the chosen GATE discipline. The el
the GATE examination chosen by the candidate, irrespective of thein table regarding eligibility. For example, a candidate holding the degree of BE in Instrumentation Engineering must have GATE score in Electrical Engineering, if the candidate desires to seek admission to M.Tech. programme in Electrical Engineering. If two or more candidates have same GATE score, the candidate with higher marks in the qualifying examination will be given preference.
• If candidates with GATE score are not available, fresh graduates may also be admitted for a programme. These candidates will have to appear for a written test followed by an interview on the day of admission. The written test will be based on the undergraduate syllabi of the respective discipline of University of Mumbai. Only those candidates who qualify in the written test will be required to appear for an interview for final selection.
260
Fee structure Sr. N All aided
M Tech Courses (GATE candidates)
All aided h
Mechanical En
Civil Engi(C
o. Class M TecCourses (Sponsored candidates)
&
gineering (CAD/CAM
Automation)
M
neering onstruction anagement)
1 Tuition Fees Per annum 7500 757500 28500 00 2 University
Share of Tuition
Per annum 2500 25
Fees
2500 2500 00
3 Continfees
e fir 0 0 gency In thyear only
st 0 1000 0
4 DevelFees
0 10000 0 opment Per annum 0
5 SponsFees
num 15 orship Per an 0 0 0 000
6 Librar num 0 50y Fees Per an 500 50 500 0 7 Intern
Facilit150 15 150 et
y Fees Per annum 150 0
8 UniverRegistrFees
e firyear only
25 825 sity ation
In th st 825 8 825
9 T and In the firnly
0 P Fees year o
st 0 0 0
10 Instituregistrfees
irst only
50 50 te In the fation year
50 50
11 E - Ch Per annum 20 20 20 20 arge 12 Disast
Fund num 10er Relief Per an 10 10 10
13 Sports Per annum 10 fund 10 10 10 14 Cultur
Activit annum 6 al
ies Fee Per 6 6 6
15 Annua ial Fee
Per annum 100 100 100 100 l Soc
16 StudenActivi
0 10t ties Fund
Per annum 100 10 100 0
17 StudenDepos(Refun
e first only
0 50 500 ts it
In thyear
dable)
500 50 0
18 StudenFund
um 1 1 1 ts Aid Per ann 1
19 Enrollyear only
0 ment Fee In the first 0 0 0
TOTA 72 27L 12272 222 43272 272
• Hostel facil student
• Contact ad inator of Programme: A.D. Ku
Civil & nmental Engg. Department .J.T.I.
ities for 2dress of coord
s
lkarni Enviro
V , 022-24198140
261
4. C
Sr. No. Name Designation Subject Teaching.
omputer engineering department. e course: M.Tech. (Computer Technology DeparName of th tment)
1 r Professor Head
R I D N
Dr. S.A. Patekaand (FYBTe
NEURALCT)
COMPUTEch
PROGRAMMING iv IV) ETWORKS (FYMTech
2 Ms. P. M. Chawan Asst. Prof. PARRALLEARCHITECT YMTech CT)
REKS
)
L COMPUTER URE (F
SOFTWANETWOR
ELECTRICAL GINEERING ( BE CT
3 Dr.B.B.Meshram Asst. Prof. COMPUTER(FYMTech COBJECT OR NTED SOFTWARE
ER
NETWORKS T) IE
ENGINE ING (FYMTech CT ) 4 G P Bho Prof TH
COMPLEXICOMPUTER(TYBTech C
le Asstt ALGORI M AND TY (FYMTech CT) NETWORKS T)
5 S.G.B Assistant Professor
PROCOMPUTER(TYBTech IT
hirud IMAGE CESSING ( BE CT) NETWORKS )
Laboratory facilities exclusive to the PG co with Special purpose software /design tool : Shared with UG progra Aca emic calendar and frame work Res List Industry L Pub cations (if any ) out of research in last three years out of masters’s projects :
urse : Shared UG programme
mme
d
earch focus : NIL
of typical research projects : NIL
inkage : NIL
li
262
Pla ent status: Year(Y) No. of
CompaNumber of student Average Highest
cem
ny selected Salary salary Yea 18 r I (03-04) 1 20000 20000 Year II (04-05) 32 14500 5 33000 Yea 22308 r III (05-06) 23 5 62500 Ad A score, Written terview Fee tructure
Tuition Fees Rs. 7500/-
mission Procedure : G TE Test, In
S
Development Fees Rs. 3000/- Library Rs.500/- E-mail Rs.150/- Registr Rs 825/- ation TPO Rs. 50/- EE Ch Rs. 20/- arge DR Fu Rs. 10/- nd Sports Rs. 10/- Cultural Rs. 10/- Social Rs. 100/- Activities Student Rs. 100/- Activities SDCM Rs. 500/- Univer n Fees Rs. 2500/- sity RegistratioDSA F Rs. 1/- und
Hostel facilities : YES Contact address of coord Name Dr. S.A. Patekar, Ad ess HOD, Computer TecnologyDepartment, bai-400019 Teleph E-m il. : [email protected]
inator of the programme :
dr VJTI, Matunga, Mum
one : (91-022) 24198150-
a
3
Acai Ti ions) ii CSem ture: CoCo
Course Title
Nature of Subject
No. of students
Department offering
Weekly Load (Hours)
Students
btained
26
demic Time Table ( Time table of each faculty) tle of the programme : M. C.A. (Masters in Computer Applicaturricull and syllabi ester wise details of Course Struc
urse de.
Enrolled
the Subject Feedba
ckO
Compulsory (C) / Elective (E)
L P/T
Total
(Yes/No)
Sem ster
I e
610010 Data Structures With ‘C’
C puter ogy
Department
4 3 7 Y 61 ComTechnol
610 C puter C 61 -do- 4 3 7 Y 020 omConcepts
610 iscreMathe
C 61 -d 4030 D te matics
o- 1 5 Y
610040 CompOrganiand archite
61 -do- 4 Y uter C zation
cture
1 5
610 Accouand ManagEcono
-d 4 4 050 nting C 61
erial mics
o- - Y
Total 20 8 28 - Semester
II
610060 AdvanData And Struct
C 61 -do- 4 3 7 Y ced
file ures
610 perat g Systems
C 61 -d - 4 3 7 070 O in o Y
610 S ctured System A yDesign
C 61 -do- 4 1 5 Y 080 tru
nal sis and
610090 ProfesComm
C 61 -do- 2 2 4 Y sional unicatio
264
n Skills
610100 Probab Comb
C 61 -do- 4 1 5 Y ility andinatorics
Total 18 10 28 - Course Code.
Course Tit
Nature of Subject
N f students
Departmnt
tS
Weekly L(Hours)
StudentFeedback
le o. o
Enrolled o
e
ffering he ubject
oad s
Obtained
Compulsory (C) / Elective (E)
L otal (Yes/No) P/T
T
Semester III 610110 Object Oriented
Programming
C 61 Computer Technology Department
4 3 7 Y
with C++610
nte
C 61 -do- 4 3 7 Y 120 Data Base MaSys
agement ms
610130 Data m
61 -do- Y ComNetw
unication orks
C 4 3 7
610140 PrinciMana
61 -do- 4 - 4 Y ples of C gement
610 m C 61 -d 1 5 150 OptiTech
izationniques
o- 4 Y
Total 20 10 30 - Semester IV 610160 Introd
rn
Tech
61 -do- 4 2 6 Y uction to C JavaInte
and et
nologies 610 bjec Oriented
Analysis and C 61 -d 1 5 Y 170 O t
Design
o- 4
610in
61 -d 1 5 180 SoftEng
ware C eering
o- 4 Y
610190 CompGrap
-do- 4 2 6 Y uter hics
C 61
610200 Unixr
61 -do-
3 2 5 Y C Prog amming
710XP
-do- 2 6 X Elective I E 4 Y
To 10 33 tal 23
265
Elective I 710 al E Computer
Te nology De artment
4 2 6 Y 010 ArtificilIntel igence ch
p710020 Wire
Technology -do- Y less E 4 2 6
710 lProce
E -d 2 6030 Para lel ssing
o- 4 Y
710 ge
-d 2 6040 ImaProc
e ssing
E o- 4 Y
Sem ster V
e
610210
Advanced Databases
C 61 --do- 4 3 7 Y
6100.
d Systems
C 61 -do- 4 3 7 Y 22 Distribute
6100
twu
61 -d 7 23 NeSec
ork Crity
o- 4 3 Y
6100.
anaor
Syste
61 -do- 4 1 5 24 MInf
gement mation m
C Y
710p
E -d 1 5 xx Elective II o- 4 Y
To 11 31 tal 20 Sem I ester V8100
Semi r C 61 -d 3 3 01 na o-
910990
Proje C 61 -d 15 ct o- - 15
Total 18 18
266
Elective II 71050
Customer latana
(CRM
E Computer Technology Department
4 1 5 Y
0Re ionship M gement
)
710060
EnterResource
ann
E -do- 4 Y prise
Pl ing (ERP)
1 5
71070
rojeMana
E -do- 4 1 5 Y 0 P ct gement
710080
forste
-do- 4 1 5 Y InSy
mation E m Audit
267
MCDa
A Semester I ta Structures with ‘C’MCA Semester I
etailed Syllabus D
1 Introd : FlowProgr
uction to Problem Solving charts, Tracing flow charts, Problem solving methods, Need for computer languages, Sample
ams written in C . 2 C Lan
C chsymb
guage premilinaries : aracter set, Identifiers and keywords, Data types, Declarations, Expressions, statements and olic constants.
3 Inputputch , functions.
-Output : getchar, ar, scanf, printf, gets, puts
4 Pre-processor commands : # include, #define, #ifdef.
5 Groups and applications: Mono
IsomoNorm
ids, semigroups, Product and quotients of algebraic structures rphism, homomorphism , automorphism al subgroups ,Codes and group codes
6 Orders of Functions
Grow of algorithms th of function, ,‘O’notation, its relation with, complexity 7 Contr
state while, d ted loops. Ifelse, switch, break, Continue, and goto statements, comm 5 lectures
ol ments:
o-while, for statements, nesa operators.
8 StoraAutom
ge types : rnal and static variables atic, exte
9 Functacces
ions : Defining and sing, passing arguments, Function prototypes, Recursion, Library functions, Static Functions.
10 Arrayproce
s : Defining and ssing, Passing arrays to a function, Multi dimensional arrays.
11 String Defining and opera
s : tions on strings.
12 Pointassin po
ers : Declarations, Pof
g pointers to a function, Operations on pointers, Pointer Arithmetic, Pointers and arrays. Arrays inters.
13 Struc pr
tuoceres : Defining
and ssing. Passing to a function, Unions. 7.5 lectures
Text Books: 1. “How to solve it by Computer “ : Dromey, PHI,
2. “Programming in ANSI C” : Ramkumar Agarwal.
Refer
1.
2. 3. “The C programming Language”, Kerninghan and Ritchie.
ences books : “An Introduction to data structures with applications”, Jean-Paul Trembly and Paul Sorenson, (2nd edition), 1984. “Schaum’s outline of Theory and Problems of programming with C” : Gottfried.
268
Computer Concepts
tailed syllbus De 1 Info d processing:
o rce, Language and Communication, Range o
rmation concepts an
Ev lution of information processing, Data as a resou f p usiness etc
ap lications like scientific, b
2 Nurepr
mber System: Decimal, Binary, Octal, Hexadecimal, 1s and 2s complement, floating point esentation, character codes-ASCII, EBCDIC
3
Utti Devices-Floppy isk, D, iPOD LAN Hardware components- NIC Adapter, Hub, Switches,
b
PCAS
Components: Microprocessor Types and specification, Motherboard Layout, Types viz Intel S, BIOS-Basics, Hardware and software, Motherboard BIOS and upgrading BIOS, CMOS g specification, BIOS Error messages, Types of Interfaces-IDE,SCSI,PCI I/Ose
Dn
Pen Drive, CDROM, DV, Routers, PC Diagnostics, Testing an Maintenance Hu
4 Ope
Featrating Systems: Windows 98, SE, Windows NT, Windows 2003, GNU/Linux, Windows CE-ures, architectures, installations Lecture: 10 Hrs
5 ys
m Linux related kernel Sco
tem Software: Overview of all system software-Device Driver, Assembler, Linker, Loader, piler,
6
pp Server n
Sco
Aco
lifigu
cation Packages: Microsoft Word, PowerPoint, Excel, Outlook Express, Mailration, Tally
t Books: tt Mue
Texller’s “Upgrading and Repairing PCS-Linux Edition, QUE, 2000 Edition
ef nces : Mark Minasi, “The Complete PC Upgrade and Maintenance Guide, Fourth Edition, BpB
2. 3. mputer Fundamentals” PHI
R ere1.
Publication, 1996 Peter Norton “Inside The PC” Rajaraman V. “Co
269
MCA Semester I Discrete Mathematics
Detailed Syllabus 1 Introduction Prop ations,
ota ruth Tables ui nce for statement calculus, Predicate calculus,
Rule
ositions and logical operNEq
tion, Connections, Normal forms, Tvalence and Implications, Theory of inferes of Logic, Mathematical Induction and Quantifiers
2 Graph theory : Defi
Con rees, List structures and ap , Storage representations
nition, paths, circuits, reachability, nectedness, Matrix representation of graphs, trees, spanning t
niques, Eularian and Hamiltonian graphsgrand
hs , PERT related techgraphs
3 Overview of Formal Languages
: Repfinite
resentation of special languages and grammars, state machines
4 ets, Relations and Digraphs S R ve closure,
War nd digraphs Man
: eview of set concepts , Relations and digraphs, Properties of relations, Transitishall’s Algorithms, Equivalence relations, Computer representation of relations aipulation of relations, Partially Ordered Sets (Posets)
5 Groups and applications: n gebraic structures
IsomNorm
Mo oids, semigroups, Product and quotients of alorphism, homomorphism , automorphism al subgroups ,Codes and group codes
6 Orders of Functions
row tion with, complexity of algorithms G th of function, ,‘O’notation, its rela
Text Books: 1. “ ohar, McGraw Hill
“ Kolman, Busby and Ross, P .
3. “ res” : C.L.Liu
Discrete Mathematical Structures” : Tremblay and MDiscrete Mathematical Structures “ :
an2.
rintice Hall India, Edition 3Elements of Discrete Structu
270
MCA Semester I Co and Architecturemputer Organization 1 code, Error detecting and correcting codes
oBinary Systems, BCD codes, Gray Code, Excess-3 BoReg
lean Algebra, K-Maps, Combinational Circuits, Multiplexers, Decoders, Flip-flops (J-K,S-R,D), isters (Shift, Parallel), Counters (Ripple, Synchronous).
2 Principles of Computer Design
Software, Hardware Interaction Layers in Computer architecture, Organization & archit cture, u ate, Register, Processor Instruction sets: Characteri ics &
Inte
estStr
Functure and Function, Design Levels – Gctions, Addressing modes & formats, Instruction Cycle & Execution cycle, System Buses, rconnection Structures including bus interconnection
3 Mem
Dev s, SRAM, DRAM ory System: Memory Hierarchy, Memory Technologies, Memory Array Organization, Memory e characteristics, Random Access memories, Serial Access memorieic
4 Hig
h Speed memories: Interleaving, Cache, Associative memory, Advanced DRAM Organization
5 External Memory: Magnetic Disk, RAID, Optical Memory 6 on Unit: Data Path & Control path design, Micorprogramming vs Hardwired control, RISC vs
C trolCISC, Pipelining in CPU design, Super Processors, Overview of Parallel Processing
7 uu O, DMA, I/O channel &
Tex1.Co
ris Mano f
1.Co
Inpp
t – Output devices, Characteristics – output processing, I/O module, Programmed I/O, Interrupt driven I/In
prt
ocess
ors
t Book: puter Organization and architecture – W. Stallings m
2. LRe
ogic Fundamentals and Computer Design – Morerence Books: mputer Organization – John Hayes
271
MCA Semester I Acc rial Economicsounting and Manage Co
urse code: 610050
Detailed Syllabus
1 ou ciples. Introduction to the concepts of financial, management, and c Acc nting process and prin
ost accounting. 2 nciPri ples of bookkeeping. Writing of Cashbook, Journal and Ledger entries 3 arationPrep of Bank Reconciliation statement 4 ial lance, Profit and Loss Accounts, and Balance Sheet of Proprietary And Partnership
ceTr bacon rns
5 rod
noRespo
Int uction to Managerial Economics- Nature and Scope of Managerial Economics, mic Theory and Managerial Economics, Managerial Economist- Role and nsibilities.
Eco
6 a
arkeDemm
nd – law of demand, elasticity of demand, supply function, elasticity of supply, t equilibrium.
7 Demand forecasting - survey methods, 8 9
output relationship. Economies and Diseconomies of scale. Cost control and cost
duct
Mark , Monopoly, Oligopoly, Monopolistic p ut Decisions under different market ures.
Text Book
Cost – re ion. Break-even analysis.
et structures – Perfect and imperfect competitionetition, Price Discrimination, Price and OutpCom
struct
s: 1 “M
2 “M3 “B Accountancy” Choudhari, Chopde 4 “Managerial Economics” Dean Joel, PHI, 2001.
anagerial Economics” Varshney, Maheshwari, Sultan Chand, anagerial Economics” D.N.Dwiwedi Vikas Publishing House ook Keeping and
M.C.A. Semester II
NCED DATA & FILE STRUCTURES
272
ADVA
Co 0 ChNo
urse Code No. 61006apter
Detailed Syllabus
1 Nonli r Data structures
Tree: General Tree, Binary Tree, Conversion of General Tree to Binary Tree, Binary Searc ree Graphs: Directed, Undirected Graphs, Matrix & Pointer representation o
nea
h T f Graph rtest path Algorithms, Spanning Trees, Minimum Spann
s, Graph traversal, All paths, Shoing Tree.
2 Searc SequThrea
hing ential Search, Binary search, Search Trees ,Depth First & Breadth First Search , ded binary Tree, Balancing binary search Tree, Height & weight Balance.
3 Hash Hash ss calculation techniques, Collisions, Collision Handling
ing Function , Addre
4 Files ConceFile O Searc
pt of Record & file, Create, Update , Delete : Sequential, Relative Indexed Sequential, indexed rganizations
hing Files, Multi-Key Files 5 Index
Searc sertions deletions, Performance, Binary Search Tree as Index, m-way search Tree,
Structures hing, InB Tree, B+ Tree , B* Tree
6 Algorithm Analysis Progr
I) n II) Traversal to Tree IIIIVV)V ination V
amming Assignments: All Array sorting Algorithms as revisio Tree to Traversal &) Conversion of General Tree to Binary Tree ) Applications of Tree
etion, Search of BST Creation, Insertion, DelI) All paths for given source to destII) Shortest path between two given nodes
VIII) Maze path IX) AVL Tree X) Create, Insert, Delete B Tree
Refere
uzan ; Thompson ctures ;Mary Loomis ; PHI
nce Books: i) Data Structures using C And C++ ; Langsam, Augestein, Tanenbaum ; PHI ii)Introduction to Algorithms; Cormen, Leiserson,Rivest,Stein; PHI iii)Data S tructures ;Gilberg,Foro
em iv)Data Manag ent & File Stru
273
M.COp
.A. Semester II erating System
CouChapNo
rse Code No. 610070 ter
iled Syllabus Deta1 Intro
Evol em. Types of operating systems. Different views of the operating syste
duction systution of operating
m; operating system concepts and structure. 2 Proc
The p for pr ment. Scheduling algorithms. Performance evaluation.
esses rocess concept, system programmer’s view of processes. The operating system servicesocess manage
3 MemFile sDistr
ory Management ystems, directories, file system implementation, security protection mechanisms ibuted file system: Design, implementation, trends
4 InterThe for mconc
process communication and synchronization need for interprocess synchronization, mutual exclusion, semaphores, hardware support
utual exclusion, queuing implementation of semaphores, classical problems in urrent programming, critical region, monitors, deadlocks.
5 File mech
Systems : File systems, directories, file system implementation, security protection anisms Distributed file system: Design, implementation, trends
6 Input/output PrincPrincsoftwDisk: Disk hardware, scheduling algorithms. Error handling, track-at-a-time caching. RAMClochardw
iples of I/O Hardware: I/O devices, device controllers, direct memory access. iples of I/O Software: Goals, interrupt handlers, device drivers, device independent I/O are.
Disks. ks: clock hardware, memory mapped terminals, I/O software. Terminals: Terminal
are, memory mapped terminals, I/O software.
7 Performance Measurement, monitoring and evaluation IntroevaluBottlCase
duction, important trends affecting performance issues, why performance monitoring and ation are needed, performance measures, evaluation techniques, enecks and saturation, feedback loops. studies: MS DOS, MS WINDOWS, LINUX (UNIX) operating system
Text s :Silberschatz and Gavin “Operating Systems Conc
Bookepts”, Wiley Publications , 2000
274
MCA Semester II uctured System Analysis and Design Str Co se Code No. 610080 Chapter No
Detail Syllabus ur
1 s formation systems. Role of a system Analyst. Determining the scope
structure Information systems classification. Requirement at different levels of maSupp
The and
ystems approach, In of a system.
nagement. Transaction processing system, Management Information System, Decision ort System.
2 SysteProtot nd disadvantages.
ms Development strategies: SDLC, Structured Analysis development method, System ype method. Advantages a
3 SSAD jects begin. Preliminary Investigation, Feasibility study, Project review
: How system pro and selection
4 DeterObse ion tree, Decision tables, Struct
mining System Requirements: Fact finding techniques: Interview, Questionnaire, rvation, record review. Tools for documentation: Decisured English.
5 Struc omponents of structured analysis: Data Flow analysis, Data Dicti
tured System Analysis: Conary.
6 Systems Design: Specifying application requirements, Design of output, Different formats of t, Input design, Input validation, Design of files and databases, Data Structure diagrams,
iagrams. outpuER d
7 Softwchart ftware, software design and documentation tools, Structured flowcharts, HIPOtest d
are Development and Quality assurance: Designing reliable systems. Program structure s, Design of so, Warnier orr diagrams. Testing, verification and validation, levels of tests, designing ata. Hardware and software selection.
8 Manarevie
ging System Implementation: Training, conversion methods, post implementation w.
9 Manawalkt
ging Information System development: Estimation of development time, Structured hrough, design and code review.
Text 1. “
2. “S
Books: Analysis and design of Information Systems”: James A. Senn. ystems Analysis and design”: Elias M. Awad
Term Test + Assignment AssigHotel management, retail store management, payro
Work:
nments: Design of an information system:Suggested topics: nagement, Hospital Inventory front office ma
ll system, timetable generation, stores management or any other topic
275
M
CA Semester II Professional Communication Skills
Co se Code No. 610090 ChNo
urapter Detailed Syllabus
1 m rganization Com unication in business o2 Report W scope, organizing and interpreting
inform ormal reports. riting : Types, qualities, defining objectives and
ation, individual and group reports, formal and inf3 Techn
for vprodu
ical Writing : Writing definition of processes and products, description of a product aried audiences, description of a process, writing instructions/manuals forcts/processed.
4 Technical Proposals : 5 Presentation Skills : 6 Group Discussion : 7 IEEE on and Documentation
IEEE it Testing IEEE r Documentation
Standards of Communicati Standards for Software Un Standard for Software Use
Assignments : n Writte One from topic 1 Two from topic 2 Two from topic 3 One from topic 4
Oral :ssion in class
2. Pre n social or technical topics
1. Part uicipation in group disc
senting project based o
Books recomm 1 L Petit ‘Report Writing for Business ‘ McGraw Hill 2 H Co3 4 M ry Ellen Guffey ‘ Business Communication ‘ Thomson Process & Product
5 M jeetha ‘Technical Communication- Principles & Oxford Unive
ended : esiker &uckin & Olsen ‘Technical Writing & Professional mmunication ‘ McGraw Hill
H rta Murphy ‘Effective Business Communication’ McGraw Hill ea
eenakshi Raman,Sharma Sarsity Press Practices’
276
MCA Semester II Cou
Pro
rse Code No. 610100
bability and Combinatorics
Chapter No Detailed Syllabus Combinatorics : 1 e ers of Hanoi, Iterations, Homogenous linear equations with
o fference tables and finite order differences, line in a plane in 1. R
ccurrence relations, Townstant coefficients, Di
general position. 20%
2 Bintcoeffi s, factorial expansions, upper summation, Vander Monde identities. Application to sort
omial coefficients, Basic identities including Pascal identity and triangle, Binomial heorem, counting objects without nd with repetitions, sum of product of binomial
cienting. 20%
3 InclusiCount10%
on- exclusion principals, elementary application to Sieve formulae, derangements, ing permutations with restricted positions, elementary idea of generating functions
Probability : 1 Sampl
RandoAnd c
e space, Events, Axioms, Conditional probability. Bayes rule m variables : Discrete and continuous. Distribution and density functions. Marginal onditional distributions. Stochastic independence.
2 Discrete Distrib : ( Bernoulli, Binomial , Poisson, Geometric, Uniform) Contin ns : (Normal, Exponential, Rectangular)
ution uous Distributio
3 Expect nt Gener
ation: Expectation of a function. Conditional expectation and variance. Momeating function. Various applications including hashing.
Refer
ences :
1. “CKn
oncrete Mathematics : a foundation for Computer Science” ,R.L. Graham, D.E. uth and O. Patashnik, Pearson Education Asian Low Price Asian Edition, 2002.
2. Pr3. “E
4. “Discrete M
obability and its computer applications“ : Kishore Trivedi, PHI, te Mathematics” : Liu C.L.,TMH lements of Discre
athematics”: Norman L. Biggs, Clarendon Press, Oxford
M.C.A. Semester III
RIENTED PROGRAMMING WITH C++
277
OBJECT O code: 610110
ChapterNo et led Syllabus
Course
D
ai1 uction.
h programming? Need for object oriented programming. a ented Programming languages. C++ and C.
Introd WCh
at is object orientedracteristics of object Ori
2 ++ sics. prCha
C Programming baogram construction. Output using cout. Directives. Comments. Integer variables. racter variables. Input with cin. Floating point. Type bool. The setw manipulator.
rsion. Arithmatic Operators. Library functions. Vari
able type summary. Type conve
3 Loocon
ps and decisions. : Relational Operators. Loops . Decisions. Logical operators. Other trol statements.
4 Stru Enumerations. ctures. :Structures.5 nct
mRefargu ge class. Returning by reference.
FuSi
ions. ple Functions. Passing arguments to functions. Returning values from functions. erence Arguments. Overloaded Functions. Recursion. Inline Functions. Default ments. Scope and stora
6 t and Classes. menta bjects as data types. tion of class in C++. C++ objects as physical objects. C++ oructors and Destructors. Objects as Function Arguments. The Default Copy Constructor. ning o
databjects from functions. Structures and classes. Classes, Objects and Memory. Static class , const and classes.
7 s and n s as class member data. Arrays of objects C-string. The standard C++
St
Strings. fu damentals. Array
ring class. 8 tor
Oop
Overloading. verloading Unary Operators. Overloading Binary operators. Data conversion. Pitfalls of erator overloading and conversion. Key words explicit and mutable.
9 tance. pt o ived class and base class.. derived class constructors. Overriding f inheritance. Der
ber inhAg classes. Inheritance and program development.
Function. Class hierarchies. Inheritance and graphics shapes. Public and Private eritance. Levels of inheritance. Multiple inheritance. Ambiguity in Multiple inheritance. regation. Classes withing
10 . Addfunc to b
rsresses and pointers. The address-of operator &. Pointers and arrays. Pointers and tions. Pointers and C-type string.. Memory management: new and delete. Pointers
inters to pointers. o jects. Po11 u
l Fup
l f nctions. nction, Friend functions. Static Function. Assignment and Copy initialization. The This
ointer. Dynamic type information. 12 ms and Files.
m Classes. Stream errors. Disk file I/O with streams. File pointers. Error handling in file I/O,
278
O wstr
ith Member Functions , Overloading the Extraction and Insertion Operators, Memory As a eam object, command line arguments, printer output.
13 file programs n for multifile programs, creating a multifile program. Inter-file communication. A very long
number class. 14 lates a
Exceptions. nd Exceptions.
on templates, class templates, 15 tandard Template Library.
ucti , Specialized iterators. Associative ect, Function objects.
on. Algorithms, Sequence Containers. Iteratorscontainers Storing user-Defined obj
Books:
ect ori
2. T te reference C++ By Herbert Schildt (Tata Macgraw Hill Publication)
ented Programming In C++ By Robert Lafore (Techmedia Publication)
he Comple icals For C++
amming exercises and project using C++ to study the various features of the languages.
ollo
T ngle, Mirror image of a triangle. Right angled triangle.
Sco
ate a class called date and provide some function like concatenation
Th
wing concepts shou
ld be covered . Example assignments are as follows:
1. Loop Constructs. :Printing of various kinds of geometric patterns . For eg. ria
2. Use of Control Flow Statements.: Framing Menu-Driven programs. 3. Structures.: Card Game example. 4. Function. : Passing by value. Structures as arguments Handling overloaded and
Inline functions. pe and storage class. Global and Static local variables 5. Objects and Classes : Use of constructors and destructors. Objects as function
arguments. Default Copy constructor. 6. Arrays and strings. Array and String operations for single and multi dimention,
Sorting an d searching algorithms 7 Operator Overloading. : Cre
last date which should give one date before the current date. Stringusing ‘+’.
8 Inheritance : Implement to bring out the importance of reuse. 9 Pointers. :Different types of Linked lists , parsing example. 10 Virtual Functions :Examples using virtual functions, Friend functions, Static
function, Copy constructor. 11 Streams and files. : Using files in different modes. Reading, appending, writing,
Binary mode etc. Using all the string related functions on the file opened for reading and writing.
12 Multifile programs :A High-rise elevator simulation. 13 Templates and exceptions :Exception handling.
e standard Template Library.: Applications using the various features.
Refere
Pa.
nces books : “An Introduction to data structures with applications”, Jean-Paul Trembly and
ul Sorenson, (2nd edition), 1984. tline of Theory and Proble“Schaum’s ou ms of programming with C” : Gottfried
C programming Language”, Kerninghan and Ritchie.
M.C.A. Semester III DA T SYSTEMS
279
TABASE MANAGEMEN
Course code No
Chapter No i d syllabus
. 610120
Deta
le
1
Overv abase management systems, Limitations of data proce a base approach, Data independence, Three levels of abstractions, Data models, Introduction to queries, Concurrent access, Crash Reco
iew: Overview of datssing environment, Dat
very .Structure of DBMS, Advantages of DBMS. 2 Lectures 2 Conc
entitidesigTernaIntrod
Re
eptual Model Entity, Attributes, keys , Relations , Cardinality, Participation, Weak es, ER diagram, Generalization, Specialization, and Aggregation. Conceptual n with ER model. Entity versus Attribute, Entity versus Relationship, Binary versus ry relationship. Aggregate versus Ternary relationship. Relational Model: uction to Relational model, Integrity Constraints Logical Database Design : ER---
lations, Introduction to Views 3 Relational Algebra, Overview of Relational Calculus and QBE 4 SQL:
QueriEmbe
Data definition commands. Constraints, Views, Data manipulation Commands, es Aggregate Queries, Null values, Outer joins, Nested queries, Correlated queries, dded SQL, Dynamic SQL, Triggers, Assertions.
5 a) Qu
b)Queery Evaluation Overview : Query Evaluation plan ry Optimization
6 TranstransaTimeDatab catastrophic failures
action Processing: Transaction, Concurrency control , Recovery of ction failure, Log based recovery, Locking techniques, Granularity Locks,
stamping techniques, recovery techniques, Two phase locking systems, ase backup & recovery from
7 Schem ond, Third, FourtDepe
a refinement & Normal forms: Functional Dependencies, First , sech and Fifth Normal Form, BCNF, Comparison of 3NF & BCNF, Closure of ndencies, Minimal closure
8 Physical Database Design & Tuning: 9 a)Ove
structb) Int uction to physical database Design, Guidelines for Index selection, Clustering & IndexConc
rview of storage & indexing : Storage Hierarchies, Tree ured indexing & Hash based indexing roding, Indexes on multi attribute search keys, Overview of database tuning, Tuning of eptual schema, Queries and Views, Impact of Concurrency
10 Security & Authorization : Grant & revoke of Permissions, Access Control 11 Introd ses , Deductive & Active Databases, Object
datab saction Processing uction to Parallel & Distributed Databa
ases, DSS, Network Databases, Advanced Tran Text
Refer
Books: 1. Silberchatz ,Korth, Sudarshan, “Database system concepts”, McGraw
Hill. 2. Raghu Ramakrishnan, Geherke “Database Management Systems”
McGraw Hill ence Books
280
2. ourse Technologies
1. Elmasari and Nawathe “ Fundamentals of Database Management systems”, Benjamin Cummins
Rob Coronnel, “Database systems Design”, C
MCA Semester III DA N NETWORKS
281
TA COMMUNICATIO Co
ChNo
urse code: 610130
apter Detailed Syllabus
1 Com e Internet puter Networks and th What Is the Internet?, What Is a Protocol?, The Network Edge, The Network Core,
Circu ting in Data Netw in Packet-SwitcIntern
it Switching, Packet Switching, and Message Switching, Rouorks, Access Networks and Physical Media, Delay and Losshed Networks, Protocol Layers and Their Service Models et Backbones, NAPs, and ISPs
2 Application Layer Princi
TransServi ogramming with UDP, Building a Sim
ples of Application Layer Protocols, The World Wide Web: HTTP, File fer: FTP, Electronic Mail in the Internet, DNS--The Internet's Directory ce, Socket Programming with TCP, Socket Prple Web Server
3 Transport Layer
TransAppliTrans ransport: TCP, Principles of Congestion Control, TCP Co
port-Layer Services and Principles, Multiplexing and Demultiplexing cations, Connectionless Transport: UDP, Principles of Reliable Data fer, Connection-Oriented T
ngestion Control 4 Network Layer and Routing Introd
RoutiMulti
uction and Network Service Models, Routing Principles, Hierarchical ng, Internet Protocol, Routing in the Internet, What's inside a Router?, IPv6, cast Routing
5 Link Layer and Local Area Networks The , Services, Error Detection and Correction
Techn Protocols and LANs LANLANPPP: Fram
Data Link Layer: Introductioniques, Multiple Access
Addresses and ARP, Ethernet, Hubs, Bridges, and Switches, IEEE 802.11 s The Point-to-Point Protocol, Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM), X.25 and e Relay
6 Security in Computer Networks
WhatYou?Secur
is Network Security?, Principles of Cryptography, Authentication: Who are , Integrity, Key Distribution and Certification e E-Mail, Internet Commerce, Network Layer Security: IPsec
7 Network Management: What
Intern gement Framework, Structure of Management Information: SMI, Management Information Base: MIB, SNMP Protocol Operations and Trans n, ASN.1, Firewalls
is Network Management?,The Infrastructure for Network Management,The et Network-Mana
port Mappings, Security and Administratio
Text Books: James F. Kurose and Keith W. Ross, “Computer Networking: A Top-Down
282
Approach” Addison Wesley, second edition, 2004 Refer
4. W ,” Data and Computer Communications” Seventh Edition,
ming: The socket Networking API Vol 1
ence: illiam Stallings
Pearson Education, 2004 2. W.Richard Stevens, “Unix Network Program
”,Third Edition, Pearson Education, 2004
283
M.C.A. SemestePri
r III nciples of Management
Co de: 610140 Chapter No
i d syllabus
urse co
Deta le
1 Basic functions and the role of a manager. 2 HRD
StaffiStaff Job dMotivMcClIncen
ng. Employee Recruitment, selection, training and development. escription, performance appraisal. ation Maslow’s, Herzberg’s elland’s theories. Theory x and y. tive system.
3 MarkUndeProdu Prod roduct development. Chan ing and p
eting. rstanding the concept of marketing mix. ct policy, New product development.
uct life cycle and new pnels of distribution, Pricing, Advertisroduct promotion policies, Marketing research.
4 ManuOperaKindsSchedProjeInvenTotal
facturing. tion planning and control, Mass production, of production systems, Batch production. uling of job shop, Activity scheduling in projects,
ct time calculation through PERT/CPM. troduction to the concepts of tory management concepts. In
Quality Management, quality circles. 5 Finan
Undece function. Undertanding about tools of financial analysis. rstanding the concept of working capital.
6 StrateEvaluStrate
gy Firm and it’s environment. ation of corporate strategy, swot analysis. gic alternatives.
7 Internstrate
ational Marketing. Different methods of enterigies, Multinational companies.
ng. Global Marketing
B1 2 Namakumari 3.
ooks : Principles and Practice of Management : L.M. Prasad Marketing Management: V.S.Ramaswamy, S.
International Marketing: Francis Cherunilam
MCA Semester III OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES
Course code: 610150
ChaNo
284
pter Detailed Syllabus
1 ure of Operations Research: History, Nature of OR, Impact of OR, Application areasNat
2 Overv
MathEstab Control over the solution ( sensitivity analysis), Implementation issues
iew of Modeling approach: Formulating the problem, Constructing a ematical model, Deriving a solution, Testing the Model and the Solution, lishing
3 LineaProgrSensimakinsettinSensimethoSimpLPP/ Essen
r Programming: Linear Programming model, Assumptions of Linear amming, Formulation of LPP, Graphical Solution to LPP, Graphical tivity Analysis ( The meaning of these results and their use in decision g), The essence of Simplex method, The Algebra of Simplex method, The
g up of tables and solution using tabular method - Primal Simplex method, tivity Analysis and their comparison with numbers obtained in graphical d, The Big M method, The Two phase simplex technique, The revised
lex method, The Dual simplex method, The Duality theory and dual of the Economic interpretation of the Dual, Role of duality in Sensitivity Analysis/ ce of Sensitivity Analysis, Parametric programming
4 Speci(ModProbltechnimachiprogr
al Cases in LP: Transportation problem, optimization techniques for TP i Method, Stepping stone method), Sensitivity Analysis for TP, Assignment em: Hungarian Method, Travelling salesman problem (Branch and bound que, Hungarian method), Sequencing Problem (2 machines n jobs, 3 nes n jobs, n machines m jobs, n machines 2 jobs graphical method), GOAL
amming: Non Preemptive, Preemptive models, solution methods 5 Dyna
Problmic programming: Characteristics of DPP, Deterministic DPP, Case ems
6 GameGraph
Theory: Formulation of two person, zero sum games, Solving simple games, ical solution procedure, Solving by Linear Programming
7 Netwpath pThe ninvolstand , Times associated with CPM network, floats, Critical path, Updatloadin
ork Analysis including PERT CPM: Terminology of networks, The shortest roblem, The minimum spanning tree problem, The maximum flow problem, etwork simplex method, drawing of the network, Definition of various times
ved in PERT network, Calculation of slacks, Critical path, variances and ard deviationing the network, Crashing the network, Resource leveling and Resource g, Application to networks.
8 Queing Theory: Queing Models, Introduction to Simulation 1 “M
2 “M3 ““Man
anagerial Economics” Varshney, Maheshwari, Sultan Chand, anagerial Economics” D.N.Dwiwedi Vikas Publishing House
Book Keeping and Accountancy” Choudhari, Chopde agerial Economics” Dean Joel, PHI, 2001.
Book 1. In2. O
s:
troduction to Operations research: Taha, 7th edition Prentice Hall perations research: Hira Gupta,
285
Referenc 1. In oduction to Operations Research : Hillier Lieberman TMH
e:
trOperations Research : S.D. Sharma
M.C.A. Semester IV
Intro t Technologies
Cou ChNo
286
duction to Java and Interne
rse Code No. 610160
apter Detailed Syllabus
1 o ML: oduct ing
CreatFramFormHTMCasca eets Introd TML
IntrIntr
duction to Web and HTion to WEB programm
ing WEB pages eset s L controls ding Style shuction to DH
2 Intro
Adva side CreatOperaContrFunct
duction to Java Script ntages to Java script on clienting objects in java scripts tors ol and looping statements ions
3 Intro
Java l ts features How Java lClassConst methods, NEW Meth objects as parameters Mem n THISJDK
duction to Core Java anguage and ijava differs from C++
atures anguage syntax fees in Java ructors, Finalize, Instance, data andods overloading, parameter passing,ory management and garbage collectio, static data, methods and its use
4 Exception Handling
a. Exception as object b. Exception Hierarchy c. Try, catch , finally
ses d. Different Exception clase.
5 Interfss and wrapper class
Access control
ace and Packages a. Inner, classes, abstract cla
b. Interface c. Packages Rules
6 Multi threa
c. ble interface ization
ding programming in Java a. Multi threading advantages a nd issues b. Thread class and thread group
Runnad. Thread synchron
287
Inter-
thread communication
7 Java p
ackage
288
M.C.A. Semester IV
Object Oriented Analysis and Design
Cou ChaNo
289
rse Code No. 610170
pter Detailed Syllabus
1 ef : Overview of prominent OO Methodologies. ( ethodology, OOSE(Jacobson), Responsibility
Drive
BenOMT
its of OO methodology.Rumbaugh), Booch m
n Design(Rebecca WirfBrock) 2 Introduction to UML 3 Use C
Descri use case diagrams and activi een use cases in the use case diagrams. Descri h Activity Diagr
ase and Activity Diagrams. bing system functional requirements with
ty diagrams. Relationships Betwbing temporal sequencing of use cases wit
ams. Basic
methoInheri
concepts and Notation for Class Diagram , Classes, Attributes, ds, Associations, Aggregation and composition. Class specialization. tance, type promotion and polymorphism.
4 Basic Notation for Class Diagram , Classes, Attributes, methoInheri
concepts andds, Associations, Aggregation and composition. Class specialization. tance, type promotion and polymorphism
5 AdvaQualiExten
nced concepts and notation for class diagrams,Association rules, fied associations, Association classes, Dependencies, refinements, sion mechanisms.
6 Classclassecomb
Modeling and Design Approaches. :Three approaches for identifying s, class relationships , etc. comparison of approaches, Using ination of approaches.
7 Flexibextenorient or in easing Cohesion and reducing couplusing
ility guidelines for class design. : Guidelines that lead to more sible and reusable class designs. Coupling and cohesion in object ed programs. Guidelines f cring. Guidelines for the use of inheritance. Using aggregation versus inheritance.
8 UMLstereo
extension mechanisms. : The use of properties, constraints and types to extend the UML notation.
9 Concefor coObjecintera
pts and Notation for Interaction Diagrams. The concepts and notation llaboration and sequence diagrams. Denoting iteration, branching and t creation and destruction in each type of diagram. The relationship of ction diagrams to the class diagrams.
10 Concetransistates
pts and notation for State Transition Diagrams. When to use state tion diagrams. The notation for the diagrams, including composite , history states, and concurrent state machines.
11 Behav he “Bottom-Up” approapproidentidiagraconce
ioral Design Approaches. : The “Top-Down” versus taches to designing class behaviors. Use cases revisited: Three aches for identifying a problem’s use cases. The top-down process of fying required scenarios, then turning those scenarios into interaction ms, object methods and state machines. The “Bottom-Up” approach of ntrating on class responsibilities.
12 Flexibility Guidelines for Behavioral design.
290
Guidedesign
Avoid e of accessor methods. Trading off enten
lines for allocating and designing behaviors that lead to more flexible s. Coupling revisited.
ing centralized control. The overussibility versus reuse.
13 SysteLayer concept. and it’s UML notation. DefiniPackacomp
m Architecture. ckage ed architecture. The pa
ng layers and subsystems as ges. How to decompose a system into subsystems. The UML onent diagram
14 ConcThreaapproConcu
urrency and Synchronization. ds and processes. Managing concurrent access to objects. Scheduling aches. Introducing rrency in UML interaction diagrams.
15 Physical distribution and the UML deployment diagram. 16 Frame
An rk and design patter
work and Design Patterns. introduction to reuse through class libraries, framewons.
Books: 1. DeRicht2. UM ide :By Booch, Rumbaugh, Jacobson. Addison Wesley
signing Flexible Object Oriented systems with UML: By Charles er L user’s gu
M.C
Software Engineering
Course C Chapter No Detailed Syllabus
291
.A. Semester IV
ode No. 610180
1
a. Pr roducts, Software Characteristics b.E e as Software Engineering c .N d Smodel urrent Mode
Introduction : ograms Vs software Pmergence of Softwarotable changes in Software Developent practices
l, RAD oftware life cycle / process Models : Classical Waterfall mode, Prototyping model, Evolutionary model, Spiral Model, Concl, Comparison of Different Life cycles
2 Softwa.
b. Procode,
are Project Management Project Planning – problem, process ject size Estimation Metrics, Measure, Metrics and Indicators., Lines of
tric Function Point Metric, Feature Point Me3 Softw
b. Dc. S Td A xpert Judgment make-bye decision
are Project Planning a. Software Scope
ecomposition Techniques oftware Estimation Techniques – COCOMO Model, Heuristic echnique n ti niques : E aly cal Estimation Tech
4 Staffing Level Estimation,
b. Se ngineering Tasks: Degree of rigor, Task set sec . Sc N
Project Scheduling and Tracking a. Relationship between people and Effort : Effect of Schedule Change on Cost
lecting Software Elector, Task Network
etwork/ Activity hedules ; work break down structure, Task Networks, Gnatt Charts, PERT charts
d. Organization and team structures 5 Softw
Conta
are Risk Management a. Risk Identification, Risk Assessment and risk projection , risk
ng and Management inment, Risk Mitigation, Monitori6 Softw
a. Neb. SC
c Au tems
are Configuration Management cessity Baselines M Process and CSI, Configuration dit Version Control, Source Code Control Sys
7 Over Specifications a.
b.CharaDocu ogic Formal System Devel
view of Requirements Analysis and Requirement Analysis Software Requirements Specification(SRS) : SRS Documentation, cteristics of a Good SRS Document, Organization of the SRS ments, Techniques for Representing Complex Lopment Technique
8 Softwa.
b c
are Design Good Software Design Cohesion and coupling
Software Design Approaches : Function Oriented Object Oriented 9
a OvFunction Oriented Software Design
erview of SASD Metodology
292
b Strc Datsystemd Str gn
ucture Analysis a Flow Diagrams (DFD)Extending the DFD TEWchniques to real time s
uctures Desi10 Softw
a T ion vs Validation, Design of text cases b B c W d T ent e I f
are Testing catestign Overview : Verifi
lack Box testing hite box testing esting Specialized Environm
ntegration testing System Testing
11 Softwa.b.
c.R g
are Reliability Software Reliability Reliability Matrix eliability Growth Modellin
12
b.c.
d
Software Quality Concepts a. Software Quality Management
Software Quality Assurance Software Reviews Formal Technical Reviews
e Overview of ISO 9000 f SEI CMM
13 Softwaa.b.
c.
re Maintenance Software Reverse Engineering Software Maintenance Costs Estimation of Maintenance Cost
Text 1. e Engineering Approach”, McGraw Hill
ftware Engineering”,
Books Roger Pressman ,”Softwar
2. Pankaj Jalote, “An Integrated Approach to SoNarosa Publishing House
AssigProjects from topics : Travel Agency, Online placement services, Hotel
• • and design • • • • timeline chart
nments
Management, Library Management Bank Front Office etc may be given with documentation as
• Project Proposal Systems requirement study and analysis
Project analysis Project analysis and design Project estimation plan Risk mitigation, monitoring and management plan Project schedule and
• Project code • Project test plan
M. .A. Semester IV
Co
Co ChNo
293
C
mputer Graphics
urse Code No. 610190
apter Detailed Syllabus .
1 ic utput Devices. Video Display Devices: Refresh
CRT; y; Color CRT monitor; Flat panel display; Co-ordinate repres
IntroAppl
duction: ation Areas. Input and O
Raster scan displaentation.
2 Basic OutpuAlgor orithm; Bresenham’s algorithm. Circle Generation AlgorEllipspolygalgori
Raster Graphics Algorithm for drawing 2-D primitives: t Characteristics: Aspect ratio; Alising and Anti-alising. Line Drawing ithms: DDA algithm: Midpoint circle algorithm. e Generation Algorithm: Mid-point ellipse algorithm. Area filling: Scan line on filling algorithm; Inside-outside test; Boundary fill algorithm; Flood-fill thm.
3 2-D GWindNormTrans ranslation; Rotation and Scaling. Other Transformation: Refle ion and Shear. Composite Transformation.
eometric Transformation: ow and Viewport: Window and Viewport relationship; World co-ordinates; alised device co-ordinates and Homogenous co-ordinates. Basic formations: Tct
4 2-D VWindCohePolyg
iewing and Clipping: ow to Viewport Co-ordinate Transformation. Clipping: Point clipping; Line: n-Sutherland algorithm, Liang Barsky clipping, Mid-point Subdivision; on: Sutherland Hodgman algorithm.
5 3-D C3-D D ive projections; Depth Cueing. 3-D TransTransand C
oncepts: isplay Methods: Parallel and Perspect
formation: Basic Transformations: translation, rotation and scaling; Other formation: reflection and shear; Composite Transformation. 3-D Viewing lipping.
6 HiddBackface Detection, Depth or Z-buffer Method, Scan Line Method, Area Subdi
en Surface Elimination Methods:
vision Method. 7 Curv
Splines: e Representation, Bezier Curves, B-spline.
8 LightIllumPhong ing. Ray Tracing
Shading: ination Model. Shading: Constant Intensity shading; Gouraud shading; shading. Halfton
Text Books:
1. D e Baker, “Computer Graphics with C version “, L n, 2002
2. N Graphics”, Tata M
onald Hearn and M. Paulinition, 2nd Editioow Price Ed
ewman and Sproll, “Principles of Interactive ComputercGraw Hill, 2nd Edition, 2002.
294
References:
1. R “Mathematical Elements for Computer Graphics “, TMH
ents for Computer Graphics“, TMH
ogers and Adams,3. Xiang and Plastok, “Schaum’s Outlines Computer Graphics”, TMH, 2nd
Edition, 2002. 4. Harrington, “Computer Graphics”, McGraw Hill 5. Rogers, “Procedural Elem
TERM WORK 1. Term work should consist of at least 10 practical experiments covering all the
topi 2. A t be conducted with a weightage of 10 marks.
cs of the syllabus. term work test mus
M.C.A. Semester IV
Un Programming
Course Code No. 610200 ChaNo
ix
pter Detailed Syllabus
1 stem. Origin. Main Features of the system.
General purpose utilities.
Introduction Unix Operating syBasic Unix commands.Unix and Linux.
2 ix File System File t irectories. Pathnames. Absolute and relative pathn e file system. Handling ordinary files. File attribu
Unypes. Files and file dames. Navigating thtes. Simple filters. Regular Expressions.
3 EditoVi ed placing text. Command mode. Delet arch. Search and replace.
rs itor. Input mode. Adding and re
ion. Navigation. Pattern se4 The P
ParentComm
rocess s and children. System processes. Internal and external ands.
5 CommNews, write, mesg, talk. Viewing mail.
unication and e-mail.
6 Shell Shell Condi l paramShell
Programming scripts. Scope. Command line arguments. Logical operators.
tional statements. Advanced shell programming. Export. Conditionaeter substitution. functions.
295
7 SysteRoutiKerne
m Administration. ne duties. Operations. Partitions. File systems. Data block. Directory. l. Adding users. Controlling use.
8 TCP/Conc plications. Telnet, ftp, put and get. Remo
IP and Internet epts. Layers. Subnets. Apte login. Applications on the internet.
9 Advanced filters. Sed and awk 10
Perl pStarting perl. Variables and operators. Lists. Arrays. Regular expression and substi ubroutines.
rogramming
tution. File handling. S
Text Books:
1. Un concepts and applications: Saumitabha Das 2. Art of Unix programming: Eric Steven Raymaond
ix
296
MCA Semester IV ArtiCou
Chapter No
ficial Intelligence rse code No. 710010
Detailed Syllabus
1 pe of AI
ames theorem proving, natural language processing, vision and speech processing, robot s, AI techniques search knowledge, abstraction
Sco
Gics, expert system
2 Probl
Statesearchsearc s.
em /solving
space search : Production systems, Search space control : Depth first, breadth , heuristic search- Hill climbing, best first search, branch and bound. Minimax
h : Alpha-Beta cut off
5 Learneur
ning : Concept learning automation, genetic algorithm, learning by induction, al nets back propagation
6 Kno
Preddepe
Rule Base : Conflict resolution , Backward reasoning : Use
StrucFrme
wledge Representation
icate logic : Skolemizing querries, Unification, Modus pones, Resolution ndency directed backtracking.
d Systems : Forward reasoning of no backtrack
tures Knowledge Representations : Symentic Net: slots, exception and defaults s
Handling uncertainty : Probabilistic reasoning. Use of certainty factors, fuzzy logic.
1 of AI” Narosa Publishing House, 1990
2 1992.
. Nilsson N.J. “Principles
. Patterson, D. W. “Introduction to AI and Expert Systems “, Prentice Hall of India ,
3
on, Singapore 1992.
. Peter Jackson “ Introduction to Exper Systems “, Addison Wesley Publishing Company, M.A. , 1992
4. Rich. E. and Knight K., “Artificial Intelligewnce “, Tata McGraw Hill (Second Editrion)
5. Schalkoff R.J. “ Artificial Intelligence –An Engineering Approach” McGraw Hill International Editi
Sasikumar, M., Ramani S. “ Rule Based Expert System”, Narosa Publishing House, 1994
297
MCA Seme
Wireless Technology ( Elective II)
ster IV
Co
Chapter No
Detailed Syllabus
urse code No. 710020
1 Introduction and Overview
2 Communication Fundamentals Review and Wireless Communications
Techn s, Communication Networks, TCP/IP suite,
ology, Transmission Fundamental Antena and propagation
3 Wirelerror
ess Communication Technology, Signals, Spread Spectrum, coding and control
4 Wirel ireless Web ess Web- Internet, Mobile IP,Web, W
5 Cellusystem
lar Networks- First Generation, Second Generation, Third Generations s
6 Fixed L, IEEE 802
Wireless networks and Wireless local loops, Cordless systems, WL.16
7 Mobile IP and Wireless Access protocol
8 SatelliCommAlloc Division and Time Division)
te communications, Satellite Orbits, Use of Satellite for unication, Satellite Parameters and Configuration, Capacity
ation (Frequency
9 Wirel spectrum LANS, Narro
ess LANS – Overview, Infra res LANS, Spreadw Band Micowave LANs
10 IEEEMAC
802.11-802 Protocol Architecture 802.11- Architecture and Services, and physical layer
11 Bluet n, Link Mana
ooth : Overview Radio Specification, Baseband Specificatioger Specification, Logical link Control and adaptation
12 Mobile Computing and applications
13 Special topics : Wireless Security, The future of wireless
Text B
unication Technology “,
ooks :
a. Stalling W ., “Wireless Communication Networks
b. Umer A “ Mobile Computing and Wireless Networks “
c. Black Roy, “Wireless CommThomson
298
MCA Semester IV
Parallel Proce ve II) Cou
ChaNo
ssing ( Electi
rse code No. 710030
pter
Detailed Syllabus
1 ntrodFlynn, Feng’s Classification, Principals of pipelining and Vector Processing, Scalar , super scalar architectures Architectures
I uction:
, Vector, pipelining2 Parall
SystolIntercTree e
elism Paradigms : SIMD, MIMD, Shared and Distributed Memory, ic arrays, Data flow, Reduced Data flow machines, Wavefront Array, onnection Network, Various Topologies viz. Bus, Hypercube, Mesh, Star, tc. Static and Dynamic types of Networks, MIN, Cross Bar
3 Typesprogra
of Parallelism : Data, control flow parallelism, parallelism in scientific ms
4 PrograprograModelGraph
mming issues in Parallel Processing __ Parallel/ concurrent mming Models, Shared Memory, Message passing Model, Data Parallel ,Object Oriented Model, Master slave Model, Directed Acyclic Model
5 Data algori
Dependancy Analysis – Share memory programming using threads, thms for parallel machines, data flow computing
6 ParallLina,HMessa
el programming Languages – An Introduction to HPF, OCCAM, ence
ge passing Interface – PVM, MPI concepts and programming techniques 7 Parall
ModerIndian
el algorithms for shared and distributed memory n Trends, cluster computing, Case studies – Beuwulf clusters, Parallel systems : PARAM, ANUPAM
Text Books:
1. HwPr
2. Qu
ang Kai, Briggs Faye A. – “Computer Architecture and Parallel ocessing”, inn M. J. – “Designing Efficient Algorithms for Parallel computers”.
References :
3. Hw lable Parallel Computing” 4. Hw anced Efficient Computer Architecture : Parallelism,
ang Kai – “Scaang Kai –“Adv
Scalability and Programmability”
299
MCA Semester IV
ImCour
Chapter No
age Processing ( Elective II) se code No. 710040
Detailed Syllabus
1 D ng Systems: Introduction, Structure of human eye, Image formation in the human eye, Brightness adaptation and
1. igital Image Processi
discrimination, Image sensing and acquisition, Storage, Processing, Communication, Display. Image sampling and quantization, Basic relationships between pixels
2
ada rm, Slant transform, Optimum transf
Image Transforms (Implementation): Introduction to Fourier transform, DFT and 2-D DFT, Properties of 2-D DFT, FFT, IFFT, Walsh transform, H rd transform, Discrete cosine transfoma
orm: Karhunen - Loeve (Hotelling) transform. 3 Imag
HistoIntrod
e Enhancement in the Spatial Domain: Gray level transformations, gram processing, Arithmetic and logic operations, Spatial filtering: uction, Smoothing and sharpening filters
4 Imag lters: Smoo
e Enhancement in the Frequency Domain: Frequency domain fithing and Sharpening filters, Homomorphic filtering
5 Wavecodinfuncti Fast wavelet transf
lets and Multiresolution Processing: Image pyramids, Subband g, Haar transform, Series expansion, Scaling functions, Wavelet ons, Discrete wavelet transforms in one dimensions, orm, Wavelet transforms in two dimensions
6 ImagInterpfree cimagecomp
e Data Compression: Fundamentals, Redundancies: Coding, ixel, Psycho-visual, Fidelity criteria, Image compression models, Error ompression, Lossy compression, Image compression standards: Binary and Continuous tone still image compression standards, Video ression standards.
7 Morp Erosion, Openoperascale
hological Image Processing: Introduction, Dilation, ing, Closing, Hit-or-Miss transformation, Morphological algorithm tions on binary images, Morphological algorithm operations on gray-images
8 ImagBoun
e Segmentation: Detection of discontinuities, Edge linking and dary detection, Thresholding, Region based segmentation
9 Imag iption: Representation schemes, Boun
e Representation and Descrdary descriptors, Regional descriptors
BOOKS
Text Books:
1. RPe
2. A
.C.Gonsales R.E.Woods, “Digital Image Processing”, Second Edition, arson Education nil K.Jain, “Fundamentals of Image Processing”, PHI
1. W3. M e Processing,
Ana Machine Vision” Thomson Learning
illiam Pratt, “Digital Image Processing”, John Wiley ilan Sonka,Vaclav Hlavac, Roger Boyle, “Imag
lysis, and
3. B. Chanda, D. Dutta Majumder, “Digital Image Processing and Analysis”,
300
2. N Ahmed & K.R. Rao, “Orthogonal Transforms for Digital Signal Processing” Springer
PHI.
TERM WORK
1. Term nsist of at least 10 practical experiments and two as the topics of the syllabus.
work should cosignments covering
RAO L EXAMINATION An or examination is to be conducted based on the above syllabus. al MCA Semester V Adv Data Base Management System Cou se code No. 610210
ChNo
us
ancedr
apter Detailed Syllab
1 Introduction: 2 Parallel Databases: Architecture of parallel databases, Parallel Query evaluation,
Parallelizing individual Operation, Parallel query optimization 3 duction to DDBMS, Architecture of DDBMS,
Storing data in DDBs, Distributed Catalog Management, Distributed Query Proce ncurrency Control and Recovery.
Distributed Databases : Intro
ssing, Distributed Co4. Data
of DwarehMetaSysteAppr
Warehousing : Characteristics of Data Ware House, Data marts, Content ata Warehouse database, Database structures, Getting data into data ouse – Extraction, Transformation, Cleansing, Loading, Summarization,
data – Human, Computer Based, Construction of a Data Warehouse m- Stages of the project Planning Stage, Data warehouse Design oaches, Architecture stage, Case studies
5 OLAbasedhierar
P : OLAP Architecture, ROLAP, MOLAP, ROLAP vs MOLAP, Web OLAP, Models : Star schema – fact dimension, attributes, attribute chies, Star schema representation, performance- improving techniques
6 Impleorgan
mentation of OLAP techniques – Bitmap indexes, JOIN indexes, file izations
7 Data struct
Mining – Introduction, Counting Co-occurrences, Mining for rules, Tree ured rules, Clustering, Neural Networks, Similarity Search over sequences
8 ObjecObjecORDmethoOOD
t Database Systems : Introduction , user defined ADTs, Structured types, t, Object Identity and reference type, Inheritance, Database design for
BMS, New Challenges in implementing ORDBMS—Storages and access ds, Query processing and optimization, OODBMS, Comparison between
BMS and ORDBMS 9 Adva
MobiInform
nced Data types and new applications : Motivation , Time in Databases, le databases, Main Memory Databases, Multi Media Databases, Geographic
ation Systems, Temporal and Sequence Data bases 10 Database Security
Text Book
301
s: 5. R nan “Database Management System”, McGraw Hill
System”, TMH
aghu RamakrishInternational Editions
6. Mallach E.G. – “ Deciion Support
References : 7. K Sudershan - “Database System Concepts”, TMH.
8. B off – “Mastering Data Mining” , Wiley Publications orth, Silbershatz,erry, Gorden, Lin
MCA SemeDISTRIBUCou
ChaNo
ster V TED COMPUTING
rse code No. 610220
pter
Detailed Syllabus
1 Introduction to Distributed System: Goals, Hardware concepts, Software e
Client-Server model. Examples of distributed systems.
conc pts, and
2 Comminvoc e i
unication: Layered protocols, Remote procedures call, Remote object ation, Message-orient d communicat on, Stream-oriented communication
3 Processes: Threads, Clients, Servers, Code Migration, Software agent.
4 Nami ced entiti
ng: Naming entities, Locating mobile entities, Removing un-referenes.
5 SynchElect
ronization: Clock synchronization, Logical clocks, Global state, ion algorithms, Mutual exclusion, Distributed transactions.
6 ConsClientproto
istency and Replication: Introduction, Data centric consistency models, centric consistency models, Distribution protocols, Consistency
cols.
7 Faultcomm
Tolerance: Introduction, Process resilience, Reliable client server unication, Reliable group communication. Distributed commit, Recovery
8 Security: mana
Introduction, Secure channels, Access control, Security gement.
9 Distri
buted File System: Sun network file system, CODA files system.
10 Caseand G
Study: CORBA, Distributed COM, Globe, Comparison of CORBA, DCOM, lobe.
BOOKS Text Books: 1. A stributed Systems: Principles and Paradigms”
2. G. an
. Taunenbaum, “DiCoulouris, J. Dollimore, and T. Kindberg, “Distributed Systems: Concepts
d Design”, Pearson Education
References: 1. M
. Singhal, N. Shivaratri, “Advanced Concepts in Operating Systems”, TMH
302
MCA Semester V
Net Cou
ChaNo Detailed Syllabus
work Security
rse code No. 610220
pter
1 od s, Computer criminals, Method of defense Intr uction: Security, Attack
2 Crypt ography: Classical Cryptosystems, Public key CryptKey gHash block
ography: Basic Cryptography, Cryptographic checksum, Key Management: Key exchange, eneration, Cryptographic key infrastructure, Storing and revoking keys, algorithm, Digital signature, Cipher Techniques: Problems, Stream and ciphers: AES, DES, RC4.
3 Progrand otthreat
am Security: Secure programs, Non-malicious program errors, Viruses her malicious code, Targeted malicious code, Controls against program s
4 Oper cts and methods of protection, MemoprotecChall
ating System Security: Protected objery address protection, Control of access to general objects, File tion mechanism, Authentication: Authentication basics, Password,
enge-response, Biometrics. 5 Datab
data, ase Security: Security requirements, Reliability and integrity, Sensitive
Interface, Multilevel database, Proposals for multilevel security
6 SecurFirewcrypto pse
ity in Networks: Threats in networks, Network security control, alls, Intrusion detection systems, Secure e-mail, Networks and graphy, Example protocols: PEM, SSL, I
7 Admisecuri
nistrating Security: Security planning, Risk analysis, Organizational ty policies, Physical security.
8 LegalprogrSoftwsociet
, Privacy, and Ethical Issues in Computer Security: Protecting ams and data, Information and law, Rights of employees and employers, are failures, Computer crime, Privacy, Ethical issues in computer y, Case studies of ethics
Text Books:
2. St3. C
E4. M
allings, “Cryptography And Network Security: Principles and practice” . P. Pfleeger, and S. L. Pfleeger, “Security in Computing”, Pearson ducation. att Bishop, “Computer Security: Art and Science”, Pearson Education.
References :
5. Kaufman, Perlman, Speciner, “Network Security” 6. Eric Maiwald, “Network Security : A Beginner’s Guide”, TMH 7. Bruce Schneier, “Applied Cryptography”, John Wiley. 8. Macro Pistoia, “Java network security “, Pearson Education 9. Whitman, Mattord, “Principles of information security”, Thomson
MCA Semester V Ma tem Cou
Chapter
No
Detailed Syllabus
303
nagement Information Sysrse code No. 610240
1 Overview: 1. An introduction to Information systems 2. stems in organization and their capabilities 3. concepts: Business Applications, development and
ProfessiExpert
Information sy Foundation
Management 4. Role and process of management 5. Functions of a manager, Methods of Management 6. Types of Information Systems
ction Processing sTransa ystem Management Reporting system Decision Support system Executive Information system Office information system
onal information system System
2 Competing witSystems : Defi ffectiveness and efficiency
Various Models Control in systems ( Feedback and Feedforward control) Organisation Model
h Information Technology nition
E
Strategic Planning Model Management Control Model
IS Planning Types of planniTraditional Stra gyAssumptions inVarious Planni nt scenario
ng te making traditional planning
ng approaches: Traditional and Curre
Today’s st egic imperative E-Business d – Business to Employee
s to customer LookTech
ratLooking inwarLooking Outward – Busines
ing Across – Business to Business nical considerations
Decision eking
304
Support Systems 1. Overview, capabilities of DSS 2. DSS models: Scenario generation, Goal Se3. DSS Components/ Architecture 4. DSS Classification 5. Building DSS 6. GIS
Group Decision Support system: 1. aracteristics of groups Ch2. Group decision making techniques 3. GDSS Architecture
4 GDSS Types/ Applications
Executive Information System
1. Overview 2. Basic Components
3 Building the EIS
Expert Systems 1. Capabilities of ES 2. Architecture 3. Applications to Information Systems
d Maintenance of ES 4. Development an
5 Benefits and Limitations Online Analytical Processing 1. OLAP Overview 2. Requirement of OLAP 3. OLAP Architecture 4
odels.
. Relational OLAP 5. Multidimensional OLAP
6 Hybrid OLAP
7 Comparison of various OLAP mDat
ision support data
e, Fact Constellation
1 d for data mining.
a warehousing and Data Mining: 1. Overview 2. Need for Data Analysis
3. Definition of Data warehouse use 4 Structure of Data wareho
5 Operational data v/s dec6 Twelve rules that define a data warehouse. 7 Data warehouse implementation 8 Data warehouse schemas: Star, Snowflak
nition 9 Data mining : defi0 Overview of various Algorithms use
Bus
3 Pr
iness Process Reengineering 1. Overview 2. Business Processes
ocess Model of Organisation
305
4 .W5
hat Delays Business Processes MIS and Business Process
Enterprise Resource Planning 1. ERP Basic features/ Benefits 2. ERP selection 3. Implementation Basics 4. EMS and MIS
Sup ly Chain Management andp1
CRM . Need in Today’s scenario
2. Basic features 3. Implementation overview 4. SCM/ CRM and MIS
Introduction to E-business 1.2
Models of E-business . Intranets/ Extranets
3. WWW 4. Effect on MIS
Ethical/ Societal/ Global issues in IS development
Books: 1. Management information Systems for Information Age: 4th Edition, Haag,
.Management Information Systems: 2nd Edition W. S. Jawadekar
on 4.Da ems: Design, Implementation,& Management: Rob, Coronel,ThoMIS Reynold ,Thomson Learning
Cummins Dawkins, TMH 2TMH 3. IS ent in practise 5th edition – Barbara McNurlin et al Pears Managem
tabase Syst mson Learning 5th edition 5th edition : Ralph Stair/ George
Ref1. 2. 2. F3.
4.
erences: avis Olson, TMH MIS : D
MIS: James Obrien, TMH oundations of Information systems: V adimir Zwass, Irwin McGrawHill lMIS – Organisation and Techniques 7th Edition: Kenneth Laudon and Jane Laudon, Pearson Database management Systems: Raghu Ramkrishna, 3rd edition TMH
MCA Semester V Cus agement
306
tomer Relationship Man Cou
Chapter No
Detailed Syllabus
rse code No. 710050
1
1.2 CRM Bodycheck
Rules
1. In
troduction To CRM: 1.1 CRM Basics
1.3 Customer Loyalty 1.4 Customer value. 1.5 LV Quadrants 1.5 How Internet changed Business 1.6 CRM and Business Intelligence
2 2. C
RM Strategy: 2.1 CRM Vision 2.2 CRM Strategy 2.3 CRM Objectives 2.4 CRM Metrics 2.5 Critical success factors
3 3. rience Mgmt
ence (CLV)
CEM and CLV: 3.1 Introduction to Customer Expe
er experi3.2 Design the optimal custom3.3 Introducing Customer Lifetime value
3.4 Calculations and applications of CLV4 4. nge Management and BPM:
t in CRM
Cha4.1 Criticality of change mgm4.2 De ploying change mgmt 4.3 Introduction to Business Process Mgmt 4.4 Design Enterprise business process
5 5. C
RM in Marketing: 5.1 A Marketing Retrospective 5.2 Target Marketing/ Relationship Marketing 5.3 Campaign Management 5.4 CRM Marketing Intiatives 5.5 Customer Privacy
6 6. M and Customer Service: care
CR6.1 The Call Center and Customer 6.2 Automating the contact center 6.3 A customer service checklist for success 6.4 Case Study
7 7. Sales Force Automation:
307
7.1 Today’s SFA 7.2 SFA and Mobile CRM 7.3 Field force automation 7.4 SFA checklist for success
8 8.
onship mgmt ship mgtmt
CRM in e- business: 8.1 Evolving eCRM 8.2 ERP 8.3 SCM 8.4 Supplier Relati
8.5 Partner relation9 9. rs
ering
Analytical CRM : 9.1 Case for Integrated data 9.2 Major type of Data Analysis 9.3 Clickstream analysis 9.4 Personalization and Collaborative Filt
10 10.
.3 CRM Tools Evaluation ( Calculation of ROI)
Delivering CRM: 10.1 Issues of implementing CRM 10.2 Planning of CRM 1010.4 Vendor Selection and10.5 CRM Method and Implementation
11 11.
CRM in India: 11.1 Success stories 11.2 Failure stories
Text Books:
1. Ji arson Education 2. Jo m, “Customer Relationship Management
E
ll Dyche, “The CRM handbook”, Pehn W. Gosney, Thomas P. Boeh
ssentials”, PHI
References:
1. ping Paul Greenberg, “CRM at the speed of light: Capturing and keecustomers in Internet Realtime”, McGrawHill Osborne
308
MCA SemEnt
ester V erprise Resource Planning
Cou
Chapter
No
Detailed Syllabus
No. 710060 rse code
1 Introduction: An Overview of ERP and Enterprise , Benefits of ERP ERP related Technologies
2 Busin neering (BPR), Data warehousing, Data Minig, On-line AERP I
ess Process Reenginalytical Processing (OLAP), Supply Chain Management mplementation
3 ERP Icosts Imple
mplementation Lifecycle, ERP Implementation Methodology, Hidden of ERP Implementation, Organizing the Implementation, EROP
mentation 4 Vendo
Contr
rs, Consultants and Users acts with Vendors, Consultants and Users
5 The BBusin – Finance, Manufacturing (Produ anagement, Qualit
usiness Modules ess Modules in an ERP Packages ction), Human Resources, Plant Maintenance, Material My Management, Sales and Distribution
6 The EERP SolutiAssoc
RP MArket market place – SAP AG, People soft, Baan Software, JD Edwards ons Company, Oracle Corporation, 3QAD, System Software iates Inc.
7 ERP –Enterp se Integration and Applications (EIA), ERP and E-commerce, ERP and In s in ERP
present and future riternet, Future Direction
Text Books:
9. Pere
10. Ja
ppard Joe, Rowand Philip, “The essence of Business Process engineering”, PHI yaraman M.S., Natarajan Ganesh, “Business Process Reengineering”,
TMH
References :
11. Ha eviews rward Business R
MCA Semester V Proj ct Management
309
e Cou
ChNo
rse code No. 710070
apter Detailed Syllabus
1 je roduction, Need, Goals, Evolution, Project iro nizations, and System methodologies.
Proenv
ct Management: Intnments, Systems, Orga
2 Systems Development Cycle: Early stages: Life cycle, Development cycle, ConstProjeExecuIndustprogr
raints in systems development, Phase A: Conception, Project proposals, ct contracting; Middle and Later stages: Phase B: definition, Phase c: tion, Implementation stage, Phase D: Operation, System development in rial and service Organization, System development in large Government
ams.
3 Systemasteresposched
ms and Procedures: Planning fundamentals: Planning steps, Project r plan, Scope and work definition, Project organization structure and nsibilities, Project management system, Scheduling, Planning and uling charts;
4 Networ g and PDM: Logic diagram and network, Critical path, SchedPDMalloca
k schedulinuling and time based networks, Management schedule reserve,
(Precedence Diagramming Method) networks, PERT, CPM, Resource tion, GERT;
5 Cost ing: Cost estimating, Cost escalation, Cost estimaof bucost a
estimating and budgetting and system development cycle, Cost estimating process, Elements
dgets and estimates, Project cost accounting and MIS, Budgeting using ccounts, Cost schedules and forecasts;
6 Risk plann
Management: Basic concepts, Identification, Assessment, Response ing, management;
7 ProjeInternsystemmonitContr
ct Control: Control process, Control emphasis, Information monitoring, al and external project control, Traditional cost control, Cost accounting s for project control, Performance analysis, Performance index
oring, Variance limits, Controlling changes, Contract administration, ol problems;
8 ProjebasedWeb pplying computer based PMS, Project evalu
ct Management Information System: Functions of PMIS, Computer tools, Computer –based PMIS, Representative Computer –based PMIS, based Project management, A
ation, Project reporting, Project
9 Softwmeasu
are Quality: Introduction, Importance, ISO 9126, Software quality res, External standards, Techniques to enhance software quality
310
10 Termcontra
ination: Terminating the project, termination responsibilities, Closing and cts, Project extension
11 Organ nization structure and integration: OrgandifferIntegrProjeorganiroles,confli
ization Behavior: Project Orgaization structure, Formal organization structure, Organization design by
entiation and integration, Requirements of project organizations, ation of subunits in projects, liaison roles, Task forces, and Teams,
ct expeditors and co-coordinators, Matrix organization, Informal zation, Concurrent engineering, Quality function deployment; Project
Responsibility and Authority, Managing participation, Team work and ct.
BOOKS
Text Books:
1. J. M. Nicholas, “Project Management for Business and Technology”, PHI 2. B. H tterell, “Software Project Management”, TMH
ughes, M. Co
References:
R. K. Jo n Wiley
2. J. Phillips, “IT Project Management”, TMH 3. P. e Project Management in Practice”, Pearson Education
1. Wysocki, R.Beck Jr., D.B. Crane, “Effective Project Management”, h
Jalote, “Softwar
311
FACULTY-PROFILE Name: Suneeta Sane Da Hig Ac erformance: (Hi
H.Sc H.Sc. Board, MP, Bhopal, 1969. University, Indore, 1974.
a. 1979.
Date of JoinStatus as onSalary as onPresent StaSalNu Ach
fessor to Computer Department, Michigan
Pub lar
on for Per ars. FD R&D No.of Teaching Books/ Conf./. Extra
rricular tivities
Admin.
te of Birth: 04/09/1953
hest Qualifications: Ph. D. (Maths), I. I.T., Mumbai
ademic Pgh School to Highest Qual.)
M.Sc (Maths.), Devi Ahilya Ph. D. (Maths), I. I.T., Mumbai , IndiM. S. (Comp. Sc.), C. M. U., U. S. A., 1992.
ing: November 11, 1998 date of Joining: Professor date of Joining: Basic Rs. 3000/-
tus: Professor ary as on date: Basic Rs. 19550/- mber of promotions since date of joining: None
ievements since date of joining: 1. Invited as Visiting Pro
Technological University in 2000 . 2. Worked as Head, Computer Technology Department
from July 1999 to July 2000.
lication Award Monograph Seminars curricuActivities
1. Prepared software for statewide allocation of seats for MCA course. 2. Co-ordinator for Central Assessment Program (CAP) of MCA evaluati
Mu bai University December 2002- 2003. mformance Appraisal during past three (3) ye
Publication Awards Monograph Seminars cuac
- -l - 2 books reviewed
4 In-charge for MCA
Conducted Expert on MCA seminar on “Digital and Image Processing” in Jai Hind College
University admission in-charge for 200 5
2004
College committees
3,2004,200
Self
: Hard working, Meticulous, Ready to learn new things
-sdSig
FACULTY-PROFILE Na Da of Birth: 10th July 1968 High Engg.) Ac (Hi hool to Highest Qual.)
Exam. P s(%) Year of passing HS oard Distinction 78% 1987 BE ity Distinction 67% 1991 ME First 64% 1998 (In ctio class is aw arkDa Sta Sal Pre Sal Nu on on Assistant Professor post on tem AcPublicationAcCo• organized two day short course on “Introduction to GNU/Linux Environment for
t Engineering Colleges. Dr. G. Nagarjuna , t.
• on of Linux and Windows” for Engg
• tem Analysis and ber 2003 and Feb 2004 at Computer Technology Department, VJTI.
-Appraisal: - Major Strengths- Major Weaknesses : Over sincere about duties, Get involve in students
- nature
me: Mr Tularam M Bansod
te
est Qualifications: ME (Computer
ademic Performance:gh Sc
assed University Class MarkC Nagpur Divisional B(Computer Engg) Marathwada Univers (Computer Engg) Bombay University Marathwada University, Distin n arded for m s more than 65%) te of Joining: 17/05/1993
tus as on date of Joining: Lecturer
ary as on date of Joining: Rs 7000/-
sent Status: Assistant Professor
ary as on date: Rs 31,000/-
mber of promotions since date of joining: Selectiporary basis on 14/04/2000
hievements since date of joining: Award Monograph Seminars curricular
tivities urses organized: I Engineering /I.T. Education”( 20-21 October 2001) 44 participants had participated in this course from Industry and differen
IFR was key note speaker for this evenTI organized two Linux courses on “Integraticolleges in the year 2002-03 Recently I had organized two day courses on “Object Oriented SysDesign” Octo
312
Me1)
Pap rs/Articles published in Journal/Seminar/Conference: Sr No
Page .
313
mberships: Life Member of Computer Society of India since 2000. (No.60793)
2) Life member of ISTE (India society for Technical Education),IIT campus New Delhi.
e
. Title of paper/ article Name of Journal/Magazine
No1 The
C): New Challenge ElectronicsWearable Computer
(W For You (Communicated)
2 Desiga N10GbGene
n and Implementation of etwork Processor based
InternationaIIT Guwa
ps Network Traffic rator
accepted fo
l Conference ICDCN2006 at hati (Communicated and
r the proceedings)
3 StudyDirecfor L ming
of Protein folding using t Heuristic Algorithm inear Program
This poster2004 confer
paper is accepted at PSB ence , Hawai, USA
-
4 BiopBioin
ython as a potent tool for formatics
ProceedingConference PEACH, Th
of BioThailand 2003 Abstract 17-20 July 2003
ailand, presented
322
5 GNUDesig
ceeding of conference on Signal
July 2003 at
- /Linux based Cluster Pron and Implementation Processing and parallel processing 5th-6th
MIT, Pune and IEEE Per mance FD R&D
Publication Awards oks
Monoactivities
for Appraisal during past three (3) year
No.of Teaching Bo
s.
/ graph
Conf./. Seminars
Extra curricular
Admin.
Excellence of EmbTechundTEQ
articles
- - Wrote proposal
05 papers and
- 01
for the Center of
edded nology
er IP
Self-Appr
- 3 Major Strengths 1) Event e short courses 2) Teachi ractical oriented subjects 3) To mo or the entrepreneurship
- 3 M eaknesses 1) Less ac students. 2) Fail to nding for the R & D proposal Sig
aisal:
Manager for thng interest for Ptivate students f
ajor Wcessible to
Convince funature
314
FA LTY-PROFILE Na LALITA CHANDRASHEKHAR NENE Da Highest Qualifications: M.Sc. (Statistics) Academic Performance:First Class from S.S.C. to Graduation & 56.5 % at M.Sc. (Hi Da Sta Sal Pre Sal as on date: Rs 30,000 Nu e AchPublication Award Monograph Seminars curricular Act PerFD
Publication Awards Monograph Seminarstra
curricular activities
Admin.
CUme:
te of Birth: 25-10-1960
gh School to Highest Qual.)
te of Joining: 10-11-1987
tus as on date of Joining:Lecturer
ary as on date of Joining: Rs 2000
sent Status:Lecturer [Senior]
ary
mber of promotions since date of joining: Non
ievements since date of joining: N
ivities
formance Appraisal during past three (3) years. R&D No.of Teaching Books/ Conf./. Ex
Doing Timetable for many (7) years
Self
I am an excellent t
3 Major W es NoSignature
-Appraisal: - 3 Major Strengths
eacher taking interest in student’s overall development
- ne
eakness
315
FACULTY-PROFILE Na Da Hig Aca S.S 69% B. SM.SDipM.B Da Sta Sal Pre Sal Nu ber of promotions since date of joining: Selection grade through CAS AcPu cular Ac
Worked for the ONGC project on software issue during May 2001
MBT Pune in June 2002 PerY
Public ing Monogr Seminars tra
curricular Admin.
me: Ms. Prabha Petkar
of Birth: 12th June 1953 te
hest Qualifications: M.Sc.(Statistics), MBA, DCM
demic Performance: (High School to Highest Qual.) . March 1969( Mumbai) First Class .C
c.(Statistics)April 1973(Uni.Of Mumbai)First Class With Distinction 66% c.(Statistics) May 1975(Uni. Of Mumbai)First Class 64.5 % loma In Computer management From JBIMS June 1979 58.5 % .A. From IGNOU December 1999 3.8 in a 5 point scale
te of Joining: 21 April 1989 st
tus as on date of Joining: Lecturer (Regular appointment: Permanent)
ary as on date of Joining:
sent Status: Senior Lecturer
ary as on date: Gross Rs.30,957.
m
hievements since date of joining: blication Award Monograph Seminars curritivities - - Conducted a one day training program on “ probability Distributions” for
formance Appraisal during past three (3) years. ear F R& No.of Teach Books/ Conf./. Ex
D D ation Awar aph activities
ds 2003-
4 *** 1.Preparing
20 Timetables for MCA, ME, BE IT2.A
0
(Comp &)
MCA dmission
2004200
nity lytechnic
Activities
M. A. Admission.
-5
CommuPo
C.
316
200200
ended rkshop
IIT Mumbon “Curretrends O.R.”
nsion nt A
admission.
Conducted J &K round.
5-6
Attwo
a at ai nt in
Community Polytechnic Activities
1.
ThapExteDocume2. MC
Preparing
e MCA proval
*** Paper was selected to be presented at the 110th annual meet of the American Mathematical Society in January 2004 held at Phoenix, USA. Could not attend the meet due to some problem. Abstract was published. Self
nt to teaching - - -
Sig u e
-Appraisal: - 3 Major Strengths My educational background allows me to teach subjects from 3 streams: Computer
ons, Mathematical and Management subjects. science and applicati
- aTot l Sincerity and commitmeInterest in learning new topics 3 Major Weaknesses Can not take short cuts.
nat r
FACULTY-PROFILE Na Da Hig Aca(HiDegr Percentage/GPA
me: Prof. Anala Pandit
te of Birth: 18/11/1961
hest Qualifications: M.S. (EE)
demic Performance: h School to Highest Qual.) gee Year
S.S First Class .C. 1976 H.S.C. 1978 First Class B.Sc. 1981 First Class M.S 1983 First Classc. M.S 1985 GPA: 3.93. (EE) /4.0
Da /03/2 Status as on date of Joining: TAR Salar Rs. 8000 + 2 increments + allowances as app Pre Sal Nu otions since date of joining: None Ac ning:
n Teaching techniques at the institute in 3
. Development of Software for Faculty evaluation
Per
te of Joining: 15 000
y as on date of Joining: Basic licable
sent Status: TAR
ary as on date: Basic Rs. 9,925/- + Allowances as per rules
mber of prom
hievements since date of joi. Conducted work shop on Moder1
2. Development of software for results declaration of the institute withweeks of examination
34. Management of Institute web site
. Organization of various seminars for students 5
formance Appraisal during past three (3) years. FD R&D No.of Teaching Books/ Conf./. Seminars Extra Admin.
Publication Awards Monograph curricular activities
- - - - - E commerce and dustrial
ACE Treasurer 2003-2004
MCA Admission: 2004-2005, 2005-06
InFinance
Modern ACE Timetable
317
318
Teaching Techniques
erson
pr20
Chairp2004-2005
eparation 04
KBCS 2004 on
2005-2006
DeACE Chairpers
partmentalrepr2020
port eparation 03-2004, 04-2005
Fibre optics and interconnectivity 2005
Pulse (MCA Foundation
Accreditatio
day) Coordinator 2003-2006
n2004
Convergence 2006
cial Group treasurer
Prof
So
2005-2006
eparation AICTE
apre h
proval port for t e
institute W eb site
ma20
nagement 05-2006
Self ppraisal:
- 3 Major Strengths - Total Commitment and dedication to teaching activity
Excellent Rapport with students oach towards problem solving and go getter attitude
-A
- - Analytical appr
- 3 Major Weaknesses - Cannot tolerate injustice and dishonesty even in trivial things
may lead to spending more time- Sometimes getting involved too much which than necessary on various activities
- Wanting to be perfect in “every” work undertaken
-sd- Signature
19
FACULTY-PROFILE Na ane Da Hig Aca(Hi Sr. ge Class/Division
9
FACULTY-PROFILE Na ane Da Hig Aca(Hi Sr. ge Class/Division
mme: M.M. Chande: M.M. Chand
te of Birth: 12/2/1972 te of Birth: 12/2/1972
hest Qualifications: M.E.(Computer Engineering) hest Qualifications: M.E.(Computer Engineering)
demic Performance: gh School to Highest Qual.) demic Performance:
gh School to Highest Qual.)
No. School/Colle No. School/Colle1 First Class with
Distinction SSC
2 HSC Class First 3 B.E.
Engines
Distinction (Computer First Cla
ering) s with
4 M.E. (Computer Engine
First ClasDistinction ering)
s with
Dat Joining: Status as on date of Joining: Sal y as on date of Joining: 8000/- (Basic) Pre Sal Nu Ach Post Graduation study PubAct PerFD Extra
curricular activities
Admin.
e of 02/05/2000
Lecturer
ar
sent Status: Lecturer
ary as on date: 9650/-(Basic)
mber of promotions since date of joining: Nill
ievements since date of joining: Did mylication Award Monograph Seminars curricular ivities
formance Appraisal during past three (3) years. R&D No.of
PublicationTeaching Awards
Books/ Monograph
Conf./. Seminars
Nill
courses
involved in centralized admission process since 2000
Nill Nill Nill Nill Attended 1. Actively Three aicte/iste
each one is of four week 2.
3
320
Curriculum development 3. DTE/University work
Self ppraisal:
s 1. Sincere 2. Hardworking
bound frame
3 Major Weaknesses
Na :- M.C.A. (Computer Technology Department) Academic
Categories No of Student 2006-07
No. of Students 2006-2005
No. of students 2004-2005
-A- 3 Major Strength
oo 3. Likes to work in time
- ----------
Signature
me of Course
Through MH- 60+1 60+1 60+1 CET Open 27 30 30 SC 07 08 08 ST 04 04 04 Tota 61 60 l 61
CUT OF S / RANK FO DMISSION DURI THRYEARS Name of se :- M.C.A (Com er Technology De ent ) Academic y2006-07
MARK R A NG THE LAST EE
Cour put partm ear :-
Categories No of Student 2006-07
No. of Students 2005-2006
No. of students 2004-2005
MH_CET 74 (Marks) 843 (Merit No) 855 (Merit No) Open 130 44 (Merit No) 45 (Merit No) SC 74 733 (Merit No) 720 (Merit No) ST 74 843 (Merit No) 855 (Merit No)
Brief pro lty S. No
De SubjeTeach
file of each facu
Name
signation ct ing
321
1 Dr. Pateka
S.A. r
Professor and Head Nil
2 Dr. S. Professor Wireless nology,
Advanced DMBS
S. Sane Tech
3 T.M.Bansod Assistant Professor Compter
Security
Networks, Network
4 Mrs L C Nene Lecturer DBMS, DisreMaths
te
5 Mrs. Petkar
OO Programmingwith C++,
P.V.
Lecturer
6 M.M.Ce
Distributed Computing, Computer Concepts
handan Lecturer
7 Prof. Pandit
r Customer Relationship Management, Optimization Techniques, Computer Organization and Architecture
A. A. Lecture
Laboratory facilities exclusive to the PG course : Shared with UG p Special purpose software /design tool : Shared with UG programm Academic calendar and frame work Res List Industry Linkage : NIL Pub years out of masters’s projects : PlaYear(Y) No. of Number of student Average
Salary Highest salary
rogramme
e
earch focus : NIL
of typical research projects : NIL
lications (if any ) out of research in last three
cement status
Company selected Yea I (03-04) 16 15 18934 20000 rYea 39 14435 33000 r II (04-05) 22 Yea06)
53 15500 62500 r III (05- 34
Ad ssion Procedure : CET-Examination conducted by Department of Technology mi
322
Fee
Rs. 7500/- Structure :
Tuition Fees Develo Rs. 3000/- pment Fees Library Rs.300/- E-mail Rs.150/- Registr Rs 825/- ation TPO Rs. 50/- EE Ch Rs. 20/- arge DR Fu Rs. 10/- nd Sports Rs. 10/- Cultural Rs. 10/- Social Rs. 100/- Activities Student Rs. 500/- Activities SDCM Rs. 500/- Univer Rs. 2500/- sity Registration Fees
Hostel facilities : YES Contact address of coord Nam Ad Tel E-m
inator of the programme :
e Dr. S.A. Patekar,
dress HOD, Computer TecnologyDepartment, VJTI, Matunga, Mumbai-400019
ephone : (91-022) 24198150-
ail. : [email protected]
5.TexP G
323
tile Manufacturing Department. programme
Nam e: M.Tech (Textile Technology) Sr. ing
e of the P.G. CoursNo Name Designation Subject Teach
1. Dept. Assistant Professor
iShri. ar I/C Head ch F S.P.Bork of High Te bre, Technical Textiles
2. Shri. A.L.Bhongade Lecturer nced yarn manufacture Adva3. Ms. D.V.Raisinghani Lecturer ure & Properties of
le Materic Manufa
StructiText ials, Advanced
Fabr cture 4. Dr.V isiting fac Tech Fibr.A.Dhurugude V ulty High e 5. Shri. P.R.Limaye Visiting faculty Management
garment entrepr
systems, reneurship and
Advanced fab ic manufacture 6. Shri. Visiting fac hnRupendra Meshram ulty Garment Tec ology Course Curriculum & Syllabi Master of Technology (Textile Technology) M.TECH Semester - I BRANCH : Textile Technology Cou itle: Structure & Properties of Textile Material rse Code: Course TDETAILED SYLLABUS 1 ystal forms, dimensions, degree of
order, size of ordered regions, orientation factor, applications. X-ray diffraction- technique, fibre fine structure, cr
2 fibrerdered regions, orien
X-ray diffraction- technique, fine structure, crystal forms, dimensions, degree of tation factor, applications. order, size of o
3 , fibre fine structure, crystal forms, dimensions, degree of orderX-ray diffraction- technique
, size of ordered regions, orientation factor, applications. 4 Infra
prepa ishes, latest
red absorption spectroscopy, general information spectrophotometer, sample ration, analysis of spectra to identify fibres, identification of chemicals in fin developments, multiple reflection method to analyze data.
5 Optical and Ultra-violet light spectroscopy application. 6 Engi
bendneering approach to textile structures-fibres, yarns and fabrics. Yarn structure-ing, buckling & torsional properties of yarn.
7 Tensicontrand eyarns
le behavior of ideal yarn, analysis of tensile forces, transverse and lateral action study for small and large extension, lateral compression, on-stress analysis nergy method, experimental verification for ring and open end. Filament and spun , tension built-up and breaking models etc.
8 Tensi ateral contrand eyarns
le behavior of ideal yarn, analysis of tensile forces, transveraction study for small and large extension, lateral compression, on
se and l-stress analysis
nergy method, experimental verification for ring and open end. Filament and spun , tension built-up and breaking models etc.
9 Twofabri
dimensional fabric structure, Pierce geometry, jamming conditions, non-plane cs, application of cloth geometry and problem solving.
10 Twofabri
dimensional fabric structure, Pierce geometry, jamming conditions, non-plane cs, application of cloth geometry and problem solving.
11. Tensile properties of fabric-buckling, analysis. 12. Shear& Drape -analysis.
324
13. eomefor
fabri
Gd
etry & mechanics of knitted fabrics, rare geometrical models, loop structures, mation under forces, Geometry of simple and complex knitted cs, loop under bi-axial tension.
14. Geom analysis under forces. etry of non-woven & composite structures- ssi
e relatewriteand o
ATh
gnments: en topics related to the subject. They will have to collect the students will be giv
d technical references from technical journals/books. They will have to submit a -up and present the topic in the seminar Marks are given on the basis of submission ral presentation together.
PRACTICALS: Nil RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Hea nics of fibres, yarns & fabrics’,
Willerle J.W.S., Grosberg P.-Structural mechay Interscience Pub, 1969
2 Mort& tex
on W.E. & Hearle J.W.S.-‘Physical properties of textile fibres’, Butterworth & Co. tile Institute, 1962
REFERENCE BOOKS 1 Rela
Merepubli ce Inc. N.Y. 1959
ted research work from leading textile magazines. dith R & Hearle J.W.S. – ‘Physical methods of investigating textiles’, textile book shing Inc. Division of interscien
2 Robe ified cotton cellu
rt T. Conner- Instrumental analysis of cotton cellulose and modlose’, Marcel Dakkar Inc. N.Y.,1972
325
M.TECH Semester BRANCH- I : Textile Technology Co Coursurse Code: e Title: Management System DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 agerial decision making such as Assignment problem. Quantitative technics for man2
theoTransportation problem, Linear programming, Inventory control, PERT, CPM & Game
ry. 3 Man
Contagement principles: Planning, Organizing, Staffing, Motivation, Directing and rol.
PRACTICALS : Nil REC ED TEXT BOOKS: OMMEND1 Orm xtile Production’. irod A.-‘Management of Te2 Priciples of Management—Kuchal REFERENCE BOOKS 1 Quantitative Technics—L.C. Jhamb 2 Operation Research—Taha.
326
M.TECH Semester BRANCH- I : Textile Technology Co Course Tiurse Code: tle: High Tech fibres DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 d, transition to new fibres. Birth of new fibres - backgroun2 l fibres,
stronhigh
Super fibres with new performance – two streams of super fibres, polyacetag vinyl RM, new liquid crystalline polymers, vectran-fully aromatic polyester , tech. Boats of carbon fibre, future of super fibres.
3 High fibres, skin-like fibre xceltech), chameleonic fibres, Photochroism-controlled fibres, Perfumed fibres, Powtexti
Touch fibres – Silk like fibres, challenge of ultra-fine s(Eer fibres storing solar energy, Protein plastics with feel of human skin, Iridescent les.
4 Biomtechnpolysaccharides in semi-conductors and medicines, new applications of silk, fibres prodfibre
imetic chemistry and fibres, applications, morphology/structure, Hybridization0 ology. Biopolymer frontiers – functions of enzymes & co-enzymes,
uced by bacteria, utilization of protein functionality. Progression of high-tech s. Unused sources.
5 Fibres and – biotechnology, electronics, cars, space, nuclear power, sports, geo-textiles 6 Vari
for rous types of high tech fibres, development of shin-gosen, specialist fibres, fabrics elaxation.
7 Cellu stems, new fibre derivatives, new environmental & cost
losic fibres – new solvent sysaving developments
8 Fibrebiomfor h
s in next millennium – high tenacity-high modulus, micro-denier (ultra fine)-imetics, super functional fibre material and super-biomimetic fibre material, fibres ealth
Asscolle m technical journals/books. They will have to submsubm
ignments: The students will be given topics related to the subject. They will have to ct the related technical references froit a write-up and present the topic in the seminar. Marks are given on the basis of ission and oral presentation together.
PRACTICALS: Nil RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Hon
U.K.gu Tatsuya & Phillips G.O. – ‘New Fibres’, Woodhead pub.Ltd., Cambridge, ,1997
REFERENCE BOOKS 1 “Studies in Modern yarn production” – 55th Annual Conference, Textile Institute, 1968
327
M.TECH Semester BRANCH- I : Textile Technology Co Course Ti
urse Code: tle: Advance Yarn Forming Technology
DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 fecting cl ning performance of opening machines – Critical study of factors af
Contea
inuous preparatory lines feeding to automated spinning systems. 2 Intimacy of mixing and blend variation, measures of blend variability 3 Eval
textuuation of spin finishes of modern fibres. Effect of processing parameters on red yarns
4 FracCuttvaria
tionating efficiency and its influence on Ring spun and Modern yarns. Combing & ing Ratio, hooking by digital fibrograph, projected length - influence of process bles.
5 OpenCom
End Spinning – Machine & process parameters. Dref spinning, Air-Jet spinning. for/ Compact and other state of art systems.
6 Fibri metallic yarns & applications, Metal yarns, glass fibre/yarns, Elastrubb
llated yarns, omeric yarns-(Lycra, spandex) – structures, properties, applications & uses, Natural er elastic yarns. Self-Twist & Twist-less yarns
AssiThe relatwrite en on the basis of subm entation together.
gnments: students will be given topics related to the subject. They will have to collect the ed technical references from technical journals/books. They will have to submit a -up and present the topic in the seminar. Marks are givission and oral pres
PRACTICALS: Nil RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Oxtoby Eric – ‘Spun Yarn Technology’, Butterworth Pub., London, U.K., 1987 Rece A Pub.,1995 nt advances in spinning technology’, Int. Conf., BTR REFERENCE BOOKS 1 ‘App tile production’, Int. Textile Engg. Symposium, ITME,
1964ropriate technology for tex
2 Lord P.R. – ‘Spinning in 70’s’, Merrow Pub.Co.Ltd., Herts, U.K., 1970 3 Gosw
& Appl ub., U.S.A., 1977
ami B.C., Martindale J.G. & Scardino F.L. – ‘Textile Yarn, Technology,Structure
ications’, Wiley Interscience, P4. ‘New
1971 Yarns in Textiles’, Fourth Shirley International Seminar, The Hague, Netherlands,
5. Gros1999
berg P. & Iype C. – ‘Yarn Production’, Textile Institute Int., Manchester, U.K.,
6. The Yarn Revolution’, Textile Institute Pub., Manchester(U.K.), 1976
328
M.TECH Semester BRANCH- I : Textile Technology Co Course Tiurse Code: tle: Garment Entrepreneurship DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 a garment , garment manufacturing techniques.
b)s,sewing threads. Thread properties and
Major steps in manufacturing Basic operation :
a) lanning,Drawing,Reproduction of Marker.Spreading Cutting:Objectives,Pof the fabric to form a lay.Methodas of spreading . The cutting operation, method of cutting.
Sewing: the properties of seam-seam types, stitch types, sewing m/c feed mechanism, sewing m/s needleseam performance ,testing of sewability and tailorability. Sewing problems and quality control,sewing machinery, mechanism and accessories.
2 Elements and pfigure analysis ,prhythm, sour
rinciples of fashion designing. Role of fashion designer, individual attern industry standards. Principle of proportions, balance , unity and
ce of inspiration.
3 The indu
work room teams and definitions:pattern making tools,Lay out preparation, strial forms, paper pattern, figure analysis , measuring techniques.
4 Meth rinciples, the bodice draft, the skirt draft, the selve ge draft, collar, fashioning, neck finish, selvedge insertion, hem lines, waist lines, cont
ods for drafting the basic pattern: pd
our of garments. 5 Advance knitting technology in context with garment manufacturing. 6 Event Management in relation to, fashion show. PRACTICALS : Nil RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 The t manufacturing- Harold Care & Barbar Latham, oxford
Blacechnology of clothing and
kwell scientific publication, London1984. REFERENCE BOOKS 1 Insid tion,U.K.,1989 e fashion design – Sharon Lee , Rorper Collins publica
329
M.TECH Semester BRANCH- II : Textile Technology Co Course Tiurse Code: 613060 tle: Advanced Fabric Manufacturing DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 , Theory of ballooning during unwinding. Design aspects of winding drum2 Yarn preparatory processes for shuttleless weaving. 3 Tech
aspenological aspects for selection of weaving machines, Desicts of looms.
gn and Engineering
4 TheoTech ttleless weaving, Principles of multi-phase weaving and prob
ries of weft insertion and checking for conventional and unconventional looms, no-economics of shulems associated with it.
5 Control of pick spacing and its effect on geometry of fabric. 10 Assignments :
students will be given topics relateThe llect the relat submit a
rite he topic in the seminar. Marks are given on the basis of subm
d to the subject. They will have to coed technical references from technical journals/books. They will have to
w -up and present tission and oral presentation together.
PRACTICALS: Nil RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Mark
Mans R. & Robinson A.T.C. – ‘Principles of Weaving’, Textile Institute Pub.,
chester (U.K.), 1986. 2 Gree bric Structure’, Merrow Tech. Library, Durham (U.K.),
1975n wood K. – Control of Fa.
3 PaliwMon
al M.C., Kimothi P.D. – ‘Process Control in Weaving’, ATIRA Silver Jubilee ograph, Ahmedabad, 1983.
REFERENCE BOOKS 1 ‘Winding’, BTRA Monograph Series, 1981. 2 Beve ory of Machines, Longman, London, 1960. n – ‘The3 Svaty – ‘Shuttleless Weaving Machines’, Elsevier Scientific Pub.Co. 4 Booth J.E. – ‘Textile Mathematics’, Textile Institute, Manchester (U.K.). 5 Talu . – ‘Weaving Mechanism & Management’,
Mahkdar M.K., Sriramulu & Ajgaoajan Pub
nkar D.B
330
M.TECH Semester BRANCH- II : Textile Technology Co Course Tiurse Code: 613070 tle: Technical Textiles DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 s with special reference to Transportation Textiles, Geo-
Pack
Studies on Technical TextileTextiles, Medical Textiles, Protective and Defence Textiles, Agro Textiles, Textiles in
aging, Textiles in Sports, etc. Assignments :
students will be given topics related to thThe e subject. They will have to collect the relat ces from technical journals/books. They will have to submit a writesubm
ed technical referen-up and present the topic in the seminar. Marks are given on the basis of ission and oral presentation together.
PRACTICALS: Nil RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Hand s And S C Anand, WoodHead
Publ London. book Of Technical Textiles Edited By A R Horrock
ishing Limited, Cambridge2 Hand lington Sears Company book of Industrial Textiles, Sabit Adanur, Wel REFERENCE BOOKS 1 Studies in Modern Fabrics’, Textile Institute, Manchester (U.K.), 1970. 2 Jone
Techs F.R. – ‘Hand Book of Polymer Fibre Composites, Polymer Science & .Series, Longman House, Harlow, 1994.
331
M.TECH Semester BRANCH- II : Textile Technology Co Course Tiurse Code: 613022 tle: Management Systems - II DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 Financial Management 2 ay-back period, DCF methods, make or buy
deciProject evaluation: PV concept, p
sion, 3 Budgeting, budgetary controls, balance sheet study and ratio analysis 4 Mark ment
Marketing Manageeting concepts, Selling & Marketing, Marketing Mix, New Product management,
5 PLC ng strategies, Brand-management. (Product Life Cycle) and prizi6 Sale Force management, Marketing research-demand forecasting, Advertising concepts Assi
collesubmsubm
gnments: The students will be given topics related to the subject. They will have to ct the related technical references from technical journals/books. They will have to it a write-up and present the topic in the seminar. Marks are given on the basis of ission and oral presentation together.
PRACTICALS: Nil RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1. Ormirod A. – ‘Management of Textile Production’, 2. Wheldon – ‘Cost Accounting & Costing Methods’ 3. Khan ement Accounting’ M.Y. & Jain P.K. – ‘Manag REFERENCE BOOKS 1 The c. 1981 Japanese way of doing business – E.Cliff, Boye, Prentice Hall In2 The 8 Kaisen wave circle the Globe – Tokyo Burmen, Today, May 44-3 Guide to Quality Control – White Plain, 1990 4 Anatomy of Japanese business, Ed.SatoKaz40 and Yas40, 1984-N4 5. The Hawey, N.40 1984 Japanese Management System –
M.TECH Semester
332
- II BRANCH : Textile Technology Co e T rical Analysis urse Code: 613080 Cours itle: Computer Programming & NumeDETAILED SYLLABUS 1
l overview, Variables, Constants, Operators & ExprFiles2. W3. ACons4. Po– Err5. Wpredinser6. StfuncSub-
Computer Programming 1. Introduction to ‘C’, Genera
essions. Programme control Statements, Functions in details, Input, Output &Disk , Pointers, Arrays, Structures, Unions and User –Defined Types riting ‘C programme, Common Programming Errors pplying C++ - Objects, Data Members, Function Members, Implicit objects, tructors, Destructors Pointers to Members etc. lymorphism, Programming Process, Object oriented program maintenance. Tacttics or handling, one-instance objects etc. orking with streams – stream insertion-extraction, formatting, flags, manipulators,
etermined streams, other in-puts streams, creating streams, Binary I/Q, Defining tion & extraction operators, buffering, manipulators ring Class – Design, Enumerated types, data members, error handling, utility
tions, constructors & destructors, Conversion, Assigned & Comparison operators, string searchers-deletion-extraction, string insertion, indexing, case conversion etc.
2 Num1. Emsquaof thequatroots2. SGausJaco3. FipropoperBess4. Indiffe , numerical differentiation & integdiffeequa5. NTayl hod, improved & modified Euler’s method, Runge-Kutta meth
erical Analysis perical laws and curve fitting, laws reducible to the linear law, principles of least
re methods. Curve fitting - Fitting parabola, exponential curve, Y = aX2 type, sum e square of residual, method of moments, relation between root & coefficient of
ation, reciprocal equation, forming equations with given ion, transformation of equ. olution of numerical algebraic and transcendental equations, Horner’s method, s elimination method, inversion of matrix, Triangularisation, Crout’method, Gauss
bi/Seidel method, relaxation method nite differences, first and higher order differences, forward & backward differences, erties of operator,, differences of polynomials, error propagation in difference table, ator E- relation between Δ and E and D, summation of series, , interpolation,, el’s formula, terpolation with unequal intervals, divided difference formula, Newton’ divided rence formula, Lagrange’s interpolation formularation, difference equations, Linear difference equations, Linear homogenous rence equations with constant coefficients – Non-homogenous linear difference tion with constant coefficients umerical solutions of ordinary differential equations, power series, solution by or series, Euler’s metods.
Assicollesubmsubm
gnments: The students will be given topics related to the subject. They will have to ct the related technical references from technical journals/books. They will have to it a write-up and present the topic in the seminar. Marks are given on the basis of ission and oral presentation together.
PRACTICALS: Programming in C & C++ RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Dale Nell – ‘C++ Plus Data Structures’, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 1999 2 Kutt ami – ‘C and Unix Programming’, Tata McGraw-Hill Co.Ltd., New
Delhi Narayanswi, 2001
3 Ladd Scott Robert - ‘Applying C++, BPB Pub., New Delhi, 1994 4 Intro
ductory Method of Numerical Analysis:S.S.Sastry,prentice-hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,
New-Delhi –110001,Second Edition ,Sep-94
333
REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Shar
ma K.D. – ‘Programming in FORTRAN IV’, Affiliated Ease-West Press, New
Delhi,1993 2 Stev Network Programming’, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt.Ltd.,
ens W.Richard – ‘UNIX
New Delhi, 1997 3 Schiidt H. – ‘C Made Easy’, Mcgraw-Hill Int. Ed., 1987 4. Num ana Technova
Publerical method (with programs in Pascal & c languages)- R.M. Bhphication ,first Edition 5th july 1996
5. NumEditi
erical Method –Nalini Karve (VJTI) Nandu printers & publisher pvt. Ltd. First on,1999
334
M.TECH Semester BRANCH- II : Textile Technology Co Course Tiurse Code: 613090 tle: Experimental Design DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 ory, Random sampling, sampling distribution,, small
distr
Elements of probability thesampling, large sampling, testing of hypothesis. Tests based on ‘t’, ‘F’ and Chi-square
ibution, confidence intervals. 2 Obje
appl ptance sampling, specifications and toler
ctives of SQC, some representative application of control charts. Different ications of control charts for variable. Acceance. Acceptance sampling by variable.
3 AnalcomDesiInco
ysis of variance, one-way classification, two-way classification and multiple parison tests. Basic principle of Design of Experiments, Completely Randomized gn, Randomized Block Design, Latin Square Design, Graeco Latin Square. mplete Block Design, Balanced Incomplete Block Design. Analysis of Variance
4 Factorial Experiments, Confounding in Factorial experiments for 2k and 3k. 5 Gene
MultRegr
ral Linear Model, Estimation and Testing of Model, Usual Regression Model, iple & Partial Correlation and Regression. Rank Correlation, Curvilinear ession.
6 DesiSam
gn of Sample Survey, Simple Random Sampling, Stratified Sampling, Systematic pling, Cluster Sampling
Assicolle chnical references from technical journals/books. They will have to submsubm
gnments: The students will be given topics related to the subject. They will have to ct the related teit a write-up and present the topic in the seminar. Marks are given on the basis of ission and oral presentation together.
PRACTICALS: Nil RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Koth
ari C.R. - ‘Research Methodology & Techniques’Wiley Eastern Pub., New Delhi,
1990 2 Edw Winston, N.Y., 1958 ard, Allen L. - ‘Statistical Analysis’, Holt Rinehart &3 Gran N.Y., 1964 t - ‘Statistical Quality Control’, McGraw Hill Pub. , REFERENCE BOOKS 1 Fede
rer Walter T. - ‘Statistical Design & Analysis for Intercropping Expt.’, Springer
series in Statistics, N.Y. 2 Lips rendra J. - ‘Statistical Design & Analysis of Engg.
on, Charles, Sheth, Na
Experiments’, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1973 3 Brew
er R.F., - ‘Design of Experiments for Process Improvement’, Narosa Pub., New Delhi, 1998
335
M.TECH Semester BRANCH- III : Textile Technology Co Course Ti sing urse Code: tle: Modern Techniques in Data ProcesDETAILED SYLLABUS 1 SPSS
1 rview – Statisti. Ove&
cal analysis with dialogue box, Data Editor, , Creating
2.
Editing charts,, data files, creating & opening files, , variables, tables & field, selecting subset of cases, defining variables, entering & editing data.
Output windows-Syntex windows, Text in Syntex windows and its use. Data transformation, ranking data, generating data variable, Finding & handling file transformation., Data tabulation.
3. 3. Examining data, summary statistics,, descriptive options, displaying data, evaluating assumptions, graphical representation of data, Bar/Pie
rts, High-Low charts, Box-plots, scatter plot & histogram, cha probability plot, search for discrimination, Multiple response analysis, Chi-Square test, ‘t’ test, testing hypothesis, One –way analysis, ANOVA, Linear association, Correlation, partial correlation, Multiple regression, curve fitting,
2 EXCEL: Spread sheet, data entry, arranging in order, interlinking of columns and rows. Designing of machine part/product – Drawing schematic/force diagram,
calculation of stres
4.5.
ses, assigning stress- properties of material, location of changing the design as per requirement.
6.stresses,
hsGrap – preparation of spread sheet, using data columns for plotting graph. PRACTICALS: Working on SPSS & Excel RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: Nil REFERENCE BOOKS 1 SPSS manual, release 6.0 2 Excel Manual Laboratory urse: Nil Sp l pur sign tool : SPSS Aca calendar and frame work: Res rch focus: Technical Textiles
facilities exclusive to the PG co
ecia pose software /de
demic
ea
336
LisS.N
t of typical research projects o Title Of The Project 1. Effec otal Draft On Blend Homogeneity In Ring Spun t Of Blending Drawframe T
Yarn And Other Yarn Properties 2. Appl nted Spinning Unit ication Of HVI And AFIS In Export Orie3.
iA Comparative Study Of Textile Fibre Reinforced Composite With Existing Veh cle Metal Roofs
4. TM With Z & S Twist In 100 % Cotton (30’s) Correlation Of Single Yarn Properties To Double Yarn Properties On Different
& Different Doubling Ratio5. Investigation Of Chitosan For Medical Textiles 6. Application Of Glass Fabric Composite For The Automobile Leaf Spring 7. uRed cing The Cost Of Composite Materials By Using Low Cost Fillers. 8. oA C mparative Study Of Glass Composite With Cotton Composite 9. To Reduce Within and Between Batch Variation In Elastane Fibre Denim 10. A Comparative Study of Woven Glass Fabric Composite with Other Fabric
Composite 11. A Comparative Study of Different Reinforcing Structures & Effect of Fillers in
Glass Fabric Composite 12. A St ffect of Melt Spinning Machine Parameters on the Soft udy on the E
Polypropylene Filaments 13. Millet Fibre For Textile Applications
IndustrS. No. Ind
y Linkage: ustry
1. 0606 Raymond Ltd., Pokhran Rd., Jekegram, Thane 402. - 400025 Century Textiles & Industries Ltd. Worli, Mumbai 3. Reliance Industries Mumbai 4. umbai Donear Suitings M5. mbai Spykar Jeans Mu6. nteSy x Corporation 7. ATE Enterprises LTD. 8. Priyadarshani Soot Girni LTD. 9. Kusumgar Textiles 10. Dicitex Pvt. Ltd. 11. Elite INC 12. Hytone Synthetics 13. Mont ai. ex Fibres Limited, Mumb
337
Publicat Placement status: Year (Y of
Compa
ions (if any ) out of research in last three years out of masters’s projects: Nil
) No. ny
Number of ude l
Average Salary Highest salary st nt se ected
200 08 01 3-04 Rs. 16,000/- Rs. 20,000/- 2004-05 14 01 Rs. 22,000/- Rs. 7,000/- 200 12 07 Rs. 14,000/- 5-06 Rs. 27,000/- Ad ission Procedure: Undergraduate In Textile Engg./ Manufacturing + Gate Score Fee Structure: HoContact addres NaAd
Chembur, Mumbai – 400 071 TelE-m
m
stel facilities: For first Few candidates s of coordinator of the programme:
me: Ms. Deepa Raisinghani dress: 808 B Wing, Chembur Heights,
Behind S. S. Gymkhana, Shindhi Society
ephone: 022- 65733039 ail.: [email protected]
338
6. Electric
Name o7.0
r.No
Hours Evaluation htag
ESE
al Engineering Department . f the course : 1. M.Tech. ( ELECTRONICS )
COURSE STRUCTURE: S C
. ourse Title Contact
weig e (Theory) Hours
L P/T
Total Cr TWA ESE
Sem ster I e1 Discrete Time Signal
& 3 2 5
ProcessingApplications
5 8 50 0 3
2 MicrSyst
oprocessors & ems
3 2 5 8 50 50 3
3 AdvCom
3 2 5 8 50 50 3 anced munication
4 AdvPrac
anced Electronic tice I
- 5 5 5 50 -
5 Elect 3 2 ive I 5 8 50 50 3 6 Elect 3 2 5 8 50 50 3 ive II Tota 5 l 15 15 0 3 4 - - Semester II 1 Proc 3 2 ess Control 5 8 50 50 3 2 Micr System
Desi3 2 ocomputer
gn 5 8 50 50 3
3 VLS 3 2 I Design 5 8 50 50 3 4 Electronic - 5 5 5 50 - Advanced
Practice II 5 Elect ive III 3 2 5 8 50 50 3 6 Elect ive IV 3 2 5 8 50 50 3 Tota 15 15 30 45 - - l Sem ter IIes I & IV 1 Sem 0 inar - - - 3 10
20 Stage I
Stage
II II
Stage I
2
Diss - -
5 0 ertation
-
2 25 5 Sem ster I es S Electi) D ation i) Data Communication ii) Elec ii mb ed Systems iii) er E ii od Digita naiv) obile mmunication M.T e
e Electiv emester II ives igital Design & Autom
tron neics in Mediciectronics
) E M
eddrnP
Mow l
coi) e
l Sig
l Processin
g
ech. (Electronics ) Sem I cours
339
Dis1.
ference equation
IR) systems
2. Region of Convergence (ROC)
Transform & mapping ransform
3. and Lattice
ate response calculations
inimum phase , maximum phase systems
5.
6. of Spectra Z transform, DTFT & DFT
signals 7. Filter D
8 MText- B ♦ I Publication ♦ ill Publication ♦ ♦ ions & Algorithms by Proakis
crete – Time Signal Processing Review of Discrete Time (DT) signals & Systems
♦ Signal classification ♦ Signal manipulations ♦ Periodicity in DT domain ♦ Concept of system ♦ System classification ♦ System representation as a dif♦ Impulse Response ♦ Finite Impulse Response (FIR) & Infinite Impulse Response (I♦ Convolution ♦ BIBO stabillity
Z Transform ♦ Two-sided Z Transform♦ Relationship with Laplace♦ One-sided Z T♦ Inverse Z Transform
Time Domain Analysis of DT Systems ♦ System Transfer function, System realizations techniques – usual
forms ♦ Impulse response, zero input & zero st
4. Frequency Domain Analysis of DT Systems ♦ Pole-zero diagram ♦ Frequency domain analysis using Analytical & graphical techniques ♦ System classification based on pass-band, as low pass, high pass, Band pass
band reject &♦ System classification based on phase response as M
phase , mixed phase or linear ♦ Stability Analysis
Linear Phase FIR Systems ♦ Condition for Linear Phase ♦ nitude& phase respo Mag nse for Four types of Linear Phase systems ♦ Location of zeros ♦ Tapped Delay line (TDL) & Frequency sampling structures
DT Signal Analysis & Computation ♦ Relationship between DTFT &♦ DFT Properties ♦ Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Algorithms ♦ Power and Energy Density spectrum ♦ DFT analysis of Sinusoidal
esign Techniques ♦ FIR Filter design ♦ IIR Filter design
ultirate systems ooks
Discrete – Time Signal Processing: by Oppenheim & Schaf-H
er , PHDigital Signal Processing: by S.K. Mitra, Tata McGraw
bardar Digital Signal Processing: by AmDigital Signal Processing: Applicat
340
Lab ratory Experiments: Inn ative experiments based on following topics 1. 2. based techniques
nd order IIR systems
5.
ur assignments using above programs or MATLAB
M. ch(Electronics) Sem. I
Su ssor and system Syl bus Ob concepts in Microprocessor and system -I Str or all students. Hence, the syllabus is divided into wo categories: 1) Common syllabus and 2) Research topics.
uction:
RISC rocessor
lookK- wproccoh processor & multiple processor systems), cache performance
o
ov
SC
ignals, Signal manipulation, periodicity etc. onvolution – Linear , circular, Using time domain & FFT-
3. Impulse reponse using difference equation for first and seco ( all possibilities) 4. Magnitude and phase response of IIR system
nse of Linear phase FIR systems Magnitude and phase respo6. DFT 7. FFT 8. filter design and analysis Plus At least fo
Te
b: Microprocelajective: To implement research orienteducture: - The basic theory is common f t
A) Common Syllabus 1. Introd
Concepts of microprocessor & microcomputer, Von numen and Harvard architecture, non pipelined, super pipelined, super scalar processors, interleaved memory, memory banking, big endian & little endian processor, CISC &p
2. Memory system design:
Principle of locality, cache system, cache architectures like look through and aside, unified cache, split cache, split line access, cache organization like direct, ay set associative, fully set associative, single processor system caches, multiple
essor caches, instruction cache, code cache, cache write policies, cache erency(single
3. Introduction to Pentium:
341
lrequwrit
4. Pentium hardware:
gram and function, state diagram and operation, timing diagram, various types of bus cycles like single transfer, burst, non pipelined, pipebit,
5.
Real ion set, address generation interrupts.
6. Pen
Protected mode register model, system registers, test registers, virtual memory
components like selector, descriptor table
s, gates, paging mechanism, paging
prote
Softw
progr
Book
(3) Pe
Features, interna architecture, caches, BTB, U & V pipelines super scalar irements, MMU, FPU pipeline, code cache architecture, data cache architecture, e buffers, write policies, branch prediction logic design, MESI model.
Hardware architecture, pin dia
lined, inquire, shutdown, aligned and misaligned transfers, data storing logic 8 16 bit & 32 bit interfaces, memory interfacing, IO interfacing.
Pentium real mode:
mode register organization, flags, control registers, debug registers,addressing modes, instruct
tium protected mode:
addressing, virtual memory addressing
e otection types, protection leveltc. pr
ction rules, single task system, multitasking, O S requirements,
are tasking, hardware tasking, protected mode interrupts, protected mode
amming, virtual 8086, system management mode.
s: (1) Computer architecture by Stallings
(2) Computer architecture by hennensy and Peterson
ntium system architecture by Tom shanley
342
M.Tech (Electronics) I se Advanced Communication
mester
. Block and Convolutional codes
• Linear Block codes
th constrained channels 2.
ization 5.
7.
• M.Tec Subject- Electronics in Medicine
Introduction to Human Physiology.
tric events and potentials.
ECG, EMG, and EEG. Tra ical events
ocessing.
Cardiac output.
1
• Convolutional codes • Coded modulation for bandwid
Signal design for band limited channels • Characterization of band limited channels
gna design for band limited channels • Si l3. Communication through band limited linear filters
• Optimum receiver for channels with ISI & IWGN • Linear Equalization • Design Feedback Equalization
4. Adaptive Equalization • Adaptive Linear Equalization • Adaptive design feedback equal
Multichannel and Multicarrier systems 6. Spread sp rect um signal for Digital communication
Digital communication through fading multipath channels
Reference: 1. Digital communication : John G. Proakis, McGraw Hill (1989) 2. Principles of Digital Communication coding: Viterbi & Omura, McGraw Hill (1979)
.
h Electronics-Sem I
• • Bioelec
• Recording of electrical activity
nsducers for the measurement of physiolog Bioelectrodes , Amplifiers and Signal pr•
• Measurements of Blood pressure, Blood flow and
Electrical impedance plethysmography.
Medical imaging systems.
.
Use of Computers in Biomedical Engineering.
Imaging : X-ray, PET scan, MRI &Gamma scanning.
iomedical
efe 1) K andpur-“Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation, TMH”. 2) P. trong-“Biophysical Measurements, Measurement Concepts, Tektronix”. 3)L. Principles of Applied Biomedical Instruments Jhon W 4)W S.De 5)W itz -“Biomedical Instruments:Theory & Design,Academic Press”. 6)R. ers for Biomedical Measurements: Principles & 7)G “Physics of Ultrasound &Applications”. 8)L. Measure 9)J.G.Webster -“Medical Instrumentation :Application &Design”.
343
• Measurements in Respiratory System.
•
•
P• rosthetic devices.
• Ultrasonography.
• Patient Care & Monitoring.
• Electrical Safety of Medical Equipment
•
•
In• troduction to virtual Instrumentation & it’s application in B
Engineering. R rence books:
h
S
A.Geeds & L.E.Baker -“
iley &Sons”.
.F.Ganong -“Review of Medical Physiology,Prientice-Hall4.W.Welkowitz and
utsch”.
elkow
S.C.Cobbold -“Transduc
Applications, Wiley &Sons”.
oldberg and Rose -
Cromvell, F.J.Weibell and E.A.APfeiffer-“Biomedical Instrumentation and
ment, prentice Hall”.
344
10)G 11)A.Macovski -“Medical Imaging Systems,Prentice-Hall”. 12)C r &Brown -“Medical Imaging Systems,Prentice-Hall”.
M.Tech (Electronics) I semester Mobile Communication ----- --------------- Introduction Th Freq apacity, Tracking and grade of service, Improving coverage and capacity in cellular systems. Mo io Propagation Reflection, Ground Reflection, Diffraction, Scattering, PraSm Typ Ricen distribution. Div Wi Air Digital cellular systems: GSM-services and features, system architecture, radio sub structure, signal processing, Typical call flow sequence in GSM uency and channel specifications, forward CD com Phone system) Mo cel Te
Prentice Hall of India Ad
Davi
.E.Donovan -“Medical Electronics Butterworth and Co.Pub.Ltd”.
ar
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Introduction to wireless communication systems
e concept uency reuse, Hand-off strategies, Interferance and system c
cellular
bile RadLarge scale path loss,
ctical link budget-Design using path loss models. all scale fading and multipath
Small scale multipath propagation, Parameters of mobile multipath channels, es of small fading, Rayleigh and
ersity Techniques.
re s and Standards Analog cellular systems: AMPS and ETACS, System overview, cell Handling,
Interface, N-Amps, N-Amps
less System
system channel types, frame
CDMA Digital cellular standard: FreqMA channel, Reverse standard channel
Cordless Telephone Standards: CT2 standard, DECT, PACS (Personal access munication system), PHS (Personal Handy
bile Data Communications: Specialized packet and mobile radio networks, circuit switched data services on
lular networks, Data over low power wireless and cordless networks.
xt Books: 1. Theodre s. Rappaport: Wireless Communication, Pearson Education (Second edition)
. Raj Pandya : Mobile and Personal Communication System and Services,2
ditional Reading: 1. d J. Goddman: Wireless Personal Communication Systems, Addison Wesley Publications
345
2. Joachim Tesal: GSM cellular radio ,John Wiley Publication ed Electronics Practice-IAdvanc
Sem-I M.Tech (Electronics)
1. Circuit simulator: - Study of circuit editor like ORCAD capture circuit maker to make circuit diagram using circuit editors, study of circuit simulator like PSPICE, ORCAD, and electronics work bench circuit maker. To simulate analog and digital circuits on circuit simulator.
2. PCB CAD: - Study of PCB, PCB design rules PCB
Multiboard, Gerb tools. To make layout of vari design software like ORCAD,
ous PCB’S using PCB design software.
3. Mathematical software tool: - Study of mathematical software like MATLAB. To
simulate control systems using Simulink tools. 4. Process control software tool: - Study of process control software like LabView
and vision. To simulate various process control systems on LabView.
5. SI ToolsVL : - Study of VLSI tools like Active VHDL and Xilinx ISE. Design of
o
(3) Mastering MATLAB by Duane C. Hanselman
digital (combinational & sequential) systems using VHDL.
B oks: - (1) PSPICE by Roshid PHI
(2) VHDL Primer by J.BHASKAR Pearson
Pearson
rt H. Bishop Pearson
(5)
1. Structures of Instrumentation systems for process control lications- Different types of processes in chemical petroleum, cement,
tiles, paper, w erage industry etc. Representation of a process w ols. Review of measurement of important proces rs like speed, velocity, acceleration, pressure, force, fluid flow. Den y, viscosity, PH and liquid level. Study of boilers, control valves, pressure
Cont
(4) Learning with LabView 7 Express Robe
ORCAD Manual Cadence Corporation
M.Tech (Electronics) Sem-II Syllabus For Process Control
Apptex ater treatment, food and bev
ith SAMA and ISA symbs paramete
sitvessels, actuators and pumps
2. rolling a process- Study of various control modes like ON/OFF, proportional, PD, PI, PID. split range, auto-select, ratio and cascade control. Criteria for selection of an appropriate control mode for a given process parameter. Introduction to Fuzzy logic control. Transmission of signals and signal controlling.
346
tal contro
using classical control theory, State space theory. Adaptive control system. Self tuning
ators. Vari
ntrol in power networks.
mulation s
BOOKS1. d II by Liptak 2. trol by Norman Anderson 3. Controller design by Doyle, Frana’s and Tanenbaum(Macmillan)
M.
u icroprocSyl bus Ob concepts in Microprocessor system design Str ure: - The basic theory is common for all students. Hence, the syllabus is divided into two categories: 1) Common syllabus and 2) Research topics.
7. Introduction:
RISC
:
rinciple of locality, cache system, cache architectures like look through and lookK- wproc(sin
3. Controllers- Study of pneumatic, hydraulic, electronic analog and digi llers. Programmable Logic Controller (PLC). Ladder diagram and logic diagram design. Simulation of real processes. General purpose interface bus (GPIB). Distributed control systems, supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA). Safety measure in process control.
4. Controller design- Preliminary construction of controllers
regul able structure scheme; basic principle and adaptive strategy, Design of variable structure controller. Design algorithm. H-infinity design approach and design procedure.
5. (i) Case studies of PLC Programs. (ii)Case studies of SCADA co
6. Si oftwares and virtual instrumentation
: Process Instrumentation Hand Book Volume I anInstrumentation for process measurement and con
4. Process control by Maured Morari
Tech (Electronics) Sem. II
S b: M essor system design la
jective: To implement research orienteduct
A) Common syllabus
Concepts of microprocessor & microcomputer. Von numen and Harvard architecture, non-pipelined, super pipelined, super scalar processors, interleaved
emory, memory banking, big endian & little endian processor, CISC &mprocessor.
8. Memory system design
P
aside, unified cache, split cache, split line access, cache organization like direct, ay set associative, fully set associative, single processor system caches, multiple
essor caches, instruction cache, code cache, cache write policies, cache coherency gle processor & multiple processor systems), cache performance.
9. I troduction to Pentium:
Fe ures, internal architecture, caches, BTB, U & V pipelines super scalar requwrit
10.
gram and function, state diagram and operation, imin cycles like single transfer, burst, non pipelined,
pipebit,
11. ystem architecture:
Features, PCI devices & functions, burst transfer, PCI bus cycle & timing, reflected wave switching, PCI signals, cache support signals, PCI bus arbitration,
rite transfers, memory and IO addressing, nfiguration registers, PCI to PCI bridge.
12. U
driverro ecovery.
tallings
em architecture by Tom Shanley
(5) Universal serial bus system architecture by Tom Shanley
B) Research One r archE ter
ll be he research
1) A tural Design & Analysis of VLIW processor
2) Ins for Superscalar microprocessor
347
n
atirements, MMU, FPU pipeline, code cache architecture, data cache architecture, e buffers, write policies, branch prediction logic design, MESI model.
Pentium hardware:
Hardware architecture, pin diat diagram, various types of busg
lined, inquire, shutdown, aligned and misaligned transfers, data storing logic 8 16 bit & 32 bit interfaces, memory interfacing, IO interfacing.
PCI s
bus porting, PCI bus masters, read and werror detection and handling, interrupts, co
SB bus:
Features of USB 2.0, USB paradigm, USB system and devices, USB client er, USB bus driver, USB host controller, USB transfers, packet & transactions r r
Books: (1) Computer architecture by S
(2) Computer architecture hennensy and Peterson
(3) Pentium system architecture by Tom Shanley
(4) PCI syst
topics: ese topic is allocated to each student.
valuation: Each student has to give presentations on the research topic. Afcompletion of all presentations one common test wiconducted on the basis of all research topics. Ttopics are given below:
rchitec
truction Fetching mechanism
4) Design & Implementation of Centralized instruction for a Superscalar
on
essor with dynamic Instructions
to General-purpose super scalar microprocessor.
15) Co phase Matrix to guide simultaneous multithreading.
urate and efficient simulation
VLSI Design
5. FET cap on and their variations 6. S tron effects 7. E tact resistance Pro reliability 1. S2. S3. T4. M5. P
348
3) Multiple Branch & block Prediction
microprocessor
5) Phase tracking & Predicti
6) VIPER: VLIW Integer Processor
7) Pinpointing Rep. Portion of large Itanium proc
8) Performance Enhancement of Desktop multimedia with multithreaded Extension
9) Design & Scheduling Unit for a DSP Processor.
10) Efficient Sampling Start up for sampled processor Simulation.
11) A 20 MHz Recorder buffer for Superscalar processor.
12) Multithreading on Superscalar processor
13) Performance study of Multithreading Superscalar microprocessor
14) Performance issues of a superscalar microprocessor
16) Sim Point 3.0
17) A Fine Grain Multithreaded Superscalar Architecture
18) Architecture of superscalar Digital Signal Processor
19) Using Simpoint for acc
ME (EC’) II SEMESTER SYLLABUS FOR VLSI DESIGN
1. Introduction 2. Physics g FET-General physical considerations 3. MOSFET Threshold voltage, flatband conditions 4. Threshold adjustments, Linear and saturated operation
acitance, mobility saturatihort channel effect and Hot eleclectro migration, Aluminum spikes and con
cessing scaling andilicon gate NMOS and CMOS process ilicon Patterning Mask generation and area definition ransistor formation, contact etallization, chip packaging
rocess limitations
349
6. S7. S8. D9. G Design1. P nd CMOS design rules 2. P3. N4. C5. I tacts MO1. M2. E hancement and depletion mode pull ups comparison 3. S rter 4. N5. T Sup 1. C2. N VIOS and CMOS super buffer 3. N r buffers and PAD devices 4. C5. D6. D7. D Spe1. N2. E3. W4. C ng 5. B sic Memory elements 6. S Des1. V2. D3. D4. R5. H6. A Des1. R2. T3. T4. F5. P ential circuits 6. E g
caling of MOS circuits, scaling factor, functional limitations of scaling caling of wires and interconnections, latch up in scaled CMOS circuits evice reliability, soft error, noise margin and lead inductance ate oxide reliability, polysilicon resistance and input protection
Rules and layout urpose of design rules, NMOS aassive load NMOS Inverter, Active load NMOS Inverter MOS NAND and NOR gates MOS Inverter, CMOS NAND and NOR gates
nterlayer contacts, buffing and burned con
S Inverter OSFET aspect and inverter ratio
ntandard CMOS InveMOS Threshold voltage and inverter ratio ransit time switching speed of NMOS and CMOS inverter
er Buffer
MOS and steering logic, RC delay lines IMOS tristate supe
OS gates Mynamic ratio less inverter, large capacitance load esigning pass transistor logic ynamic CMOS design
cial circuit layout and Tech Mapping AND-NAND, NOR-NOR and AOI logic xclusive OR structure, NMOS and CMOS barrel shifter ire routing module, layout
lock distribution and floor planniahift register, NMOS and CMOS PLAs
ign Automation erification of integrated circuit layout, symbolic circuit representation esign Rule check, circuit extraction igital circuit simulation, Timing analysis TL simulation ardware design language, EDIF and VHDL lgorithmic layout generation
ign for Testability equirement and cost of testing est pattern generation, Fault models est generation methodology an out and reconvergence, undetectable faults roblems with testing the sequnhancing testability, sequential circuit design built in testin
350
Boo
& Yu( Mc
• “VLSIl)
S M
Euge
Sorab( Wil
Dou Eshraghian ( Prentice Hall India)
ks: • “CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits Analysis & Design”
Sung Mo Kang suf Leblebici
Graw Hill) Technology”
S M Sze ( Tata McGraw Hil• “ Physics of semiconductor Devices”
Sze ( Tata McGraw Hill) • “ Introduction to VLSI Design”
ne D. Fabricious (Mc Graw Hill International )
• “ VLSI Fabrication Principles” K. Ghandhi ey- InterScience Publications)
• “ Basic VLSI Design ” glas Pucknell & Kamran
351
M.TecAdv Laboratory assignments Lab mentation using LabView 1.
om no. generated and their sum also plot the o/p generated (average value).
. crc (n,k) code encoder and decoder, system should be able 2. esign simple convolution encoder also design viterbi encoder for the same.
3.
equencies stop band attenuation pass band ripple type of window need to be
ry work for microprocessor 80386
d mode. Mini pr t
or
M.TecSu unication I. INet ork, Protocols and standards, Line configuration, Topology, Transmission modes, catPer edia, The OSI model, TCP/IP, DTE-DCE interface.
h (Electronics) semester II (2005 – 2006) anced Electronic Practice II
oratory work for virtual instru
Generate 500 random numbers and take their average. plot wave waveform of rand
2. create 6 option button with one stop button .when any one button of that 6 button
pressed then message will display that button no. …is pressed and this will is continue until the user press stop button, once stop button is pressed then program should stop.
Laboratory work for DSP and COMMUNICATION using MATLAB 1 Design generalize
to detect (1,3)error pattern .
D
lizDesign 3 tap and 5 tap zero forcing equa er implement the same and compare.
4. Write a generalize mat lab program for designing low pass or high pass filter the program should have option to select the type of frequency response cutoff frselected depending upon the specification determine the order of the filter.
Laborato 1. Write an assembly language program to switch from real mode to protected mode 2. Write an assembly language program to switch between multiple tasks in
protected mode. . Write an assembly language program to enter in to protected mode and then 3
switch to virtual 86 mode and again come back to protecte
ojec Design, develop and implement a project based on a microcontroller like 8051, 89c51. Document your work.
Design, develop and implement a project based on VHDL and port it to a FPGA board
h(Electronics) I – Year Sem-II bject: Data Commntroduction w
egories of networks, Internetworks. Transmission media, Transmission Impairments, formance of Transmission m
352
II. Musub III. Data Link Control:Flow control, Error detection-two dimensional Parity checks, InteHD IV. networks, circuit switches - space division switches, Time- space – time switches, Routing in circuit switching Networks, control sign V. net agram and Virtual circuits, Routing in packet networks, shortest pat rithms- The Bellman- Ford algorithm, Dijkstra’s algorithms, other Routing app VI.cellprot VIIStaMb VIII. IISD BO1. W Education, sixth 2. opics 3, 4, 5] 3. rouzan, Data Communication and Networking, Tata McGraw Hill, third edition Ad1. W 2. A
ltiplexing:FDM, Synchronous TDM, Statistical TDM, Asymmetric Digital scriber lines, XDSL.
rnet checksum, CRC. Error control, Transmission efficiency of ARQ protocols, LC, point to point protocol.
Circuit switching:Circuit switching
aling, SS7.
Packet Switching Networks:Network services and internal network operation, packet work topology, Dath algoroaches, congestion control.
ATM and Frame Relay:ATM protocol Architecture, Logical connection, ATM s, Transmission of ATM cells, ATM Adaptation Layer, Frame Relay, Frame Relay ocol Architecture.
. Local Area Network:LAN Application, LAN architecture, Bus LANs, Ring LANs, r LANs, Wireless LAN, LAN Bridges, IEEE 802.3 Medium Access control for 10 ps and 100 Mbps LAN, Token Ring and FDDI.
SDN:Architecture, ISDN channels, Users Access, ISDN Protocols, Broadband N.
OKS: Text Books: am Stallings, Data and computer communication- Pearsonilli
edition [Topics 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8] Leon Garcia and Widijaja, Communication Networks, Tata McGraw Hill, second edition [TFo[Topic1] ditional Reading:
unications and Networks – Thomas illiam A Shay – Understanding Data commLearning. ndrew Tenenbaum, Computer Networks, Prentice Hall of India.
353
M.TSub Syll bus Ob plement research oriented concepts in embedded system. StruintoA) 1)
ech. (Electronics) Sem II : - Embedded system (Elective)
ajective: To imcture: - The basic theory is common for all students. Hence, the syllabus is divided two categories: 1) Common syllabus and 2) Research topics.
Common Syllabus Introduction: - Features of embedded system, general architecture, classification, skills
req trade offs, hardware and software components 2) H
uired, parameters and metrics, ardware: - Embedded processor requirements, features, types, organization, selection
processors, microcontrollers, selection of microcontrollers, instruction set architecture, of RISmetradmo3)
C processors, Harvard architecture, super Harvard architecture, target boards, mory requirements, memory organization, parameters, types, selection of memory, e offs, 10 requirements, 10 devices like display, keyboards, ADC, DAC, UART,
dem, timer, pulse dialer, mechatronic devices, printers etc. Embedded software: - Structure, comparison with desktop software, requirements, ameters, software developments tools, cross platform development, programming guages like embedded C, embedded C++ and JAVA, device drivers, debuggers, ilers, code optimization, Real time O.S., features, architectures, kerne
parlanprofsempipemsoftStu4)
ls objects, aphore, mutex, shared data problems, schedulers, reentrancy, queues, mail boxes,
es, timers, event management, intertask communication, memory managements, bedded OS. Linux, RTLinux, Palm OS, Mobile OS like Symbion etc, multiprocessor ware developments, data flow graph, FSM model, petri net model, multithreading. dy and programming of RTOS like RTX5 1, VxWorks etc Embedded communication: - mobile devices communication interfaces like RS232, 422, USB, IrDA, Ethernet, IEEE 802.11, Blue tooth, development environment,
E, RFID system, DSP architecture, DSP based embedded system, embedded munication systems like smart phones, smart card, mobile, lap, global positioning
tem, set top boxes etc
RSJ2Mcomsys5) Embedded system design methodology: System development process, Requirements
ineering, reverse engineering, design tradeoffs, co design, SOC, implementation, egration, testing like testing on the host system, testing on target board, environmental ing, packaging, configuration management, embedded project management, bedded system fiascos, PC add on cards. Embedded processors:
engInttestem6) Application specific processor like network processors, mupro Ref
ltimedia processors, industrial processors etc. Digital signal processors, superscalar cessor, Advanced RISC processors, and ARM processors.
erences: -1) Raj Kamal “Embedded system” Tata McGraw Hill 2) Prasad “Embedded Real time systems” Dream tech Wiley Publication.
3) David Simon, “An embedded Software Primer” Pearson Publication
4) Frank Vahid, “Embedded system — A unified Hardware Software Introduction” John Wiley and Sons.
354
B) Research Topics: One to each student. Eval o give presentations on the research topic. After
on test will be
1) A Control Theory approach to D2) Vectorization of SIMD DSP Ar3) Arch ectural optimization for low power Real Time Speech Recognition
rable DSP core.
ocessor deployment.
for dynamically
th NAND XIP for Mobile Embedded Systems
research topic is allocated uation: Each student has t
completion of all presentations one commconducted on the basis of all research topics. The research topics are given below:
VS chitecture
it4) Software defined radio application on a Reconfigu5) Programmers Views of SOCS
) H6 ardware Support for the Real Time operating system 7) Reducing Code size for Heterogeneous Connectivity based VLIW DSPs through
Synthesis of ISEs 8) Programming challenges in the network pr9) Fast Parallel Reed Solomon decoder on reconfigurable architecture 10) AES Cryptonite the Crypto Processor 11) Design Space exploration of a hardware software co designed GF (2^m) Galois
Processor for FEC & CField ryptography. 12) RTOS scheduling in Transaction level Models 13) A Modular Simulation framework for architectural Exploration of onchip
Interconnection network 14) Architecture and Synthesis for Multicycle Communication 15) Hierarchical Approach for Energy Efficient Application Design Using
rogeneous Embedded System Hete16) System level power performance Trade offs in Task Scheduling
Reconfigurable Architectures 17) A low cost Memory Architecture wi18) Automatic Generation of Application Specific Processors
Lattice based memory allocation
355
SYSub + S Factorization
& systems
Partia e & ivlinimum delay property
Spect. .
+ Linear Estimation
of Signals ..... OI1hogonality & Normal equations
Sta
. Linear predict
+ Spectral Estim niques + Adaptive filters
Steep Sr. No
N SubjectsTeaching
LLABUS FOR M. TECH (EC) : Modern Digital Signal Processing
pectral
Minimum phase signals
l energy & Minimum delay Minimum phas
ral factorization theorem
of Signals
Linear & non-linear Estimation
tionary Wiener filters
ion
Levinson Recursion
Schur Algorithm
Lattice realization
ation by Parametric Tech
est descent Technique
SEMESTER 1
. ame Designation
1
Prof.Amutha Jeyakumar Lecturer(Selection Advanced munication
Grade) Com
2
Dr.M.S.Panse Professor Electronics in Medicine
3
Prof. Lecturer(SGrade)
icroprocessor Systems-I
P.B. Borole election M &
4
S. or e Time SiProcessing
Dr. C.Gadre Profess Discret gnal
5
Assistant P Mobile Commu Prof.S.J.Bhosale rofessor nication
SEMESTE Sr. No
Designati Subject Teac
R
. Name on hing
1
f. (S ommunic
356
Pro Amutha Jeyakumar LecturerGrade)
election Data C ation
2
Prof. P.B.Borole Lecturer(SGrade)
Microcomputer System E
Systems
election Design mbedded
3
Dr. S.C.Gadre Professor Modern DigitaProcessing
l Signal
4
Prof. S.J.Bhosale Assistant Professor Process Control
5
. N Assistant P esign Dr . P. Sarwade rofessor VLSI D
Nam of the course : 2. M.Tech. ( POWER SYSTEMS )
r wise details of Course Structure:
Sr. No
ory)
Hrs
e Semeste
. Course Title Contact Hours Evaluation
weightage ESE(The
L P/T Total Cr TWA ESE Sem r I este1 va em 5 - 70 Ad nced power syst 5 8 30 3 2 Power Quality 5 - 5 8 30 70 3 3 Adap ve Control 5 - ti 5 8 30 70 3 4 Adap ve relying concepts
A systems 5 - ti
and SCAD5 8 30 70 3
5 Elect ive-1 5 - 5 8 30 70 3 Tota - 0 l 25 25 40 15 350 - Elec
1
2 voltage
3 ion in
tive – 1 ) High voltage test
and measuring system
) High downbreak
) State estimatpower system
Semester II 1 Pow
and8 30 70 3 er system planning
reforms 5 - 5
2 Pow 8 30 70 3 er plant component design
5 - 5
3 Po 5 8 30 70 3 wer system 5 - stability 4 Hi
indu5 8 30 70 gh performance
strial drives 5 -
5 5 - 5 8 30 70 3 Elective-2 Tot 0 al 25 - 25 40 15 350 - Elec
1
2 l System
tive – 2 ) Power electro
nics
and drives. ) Contro
357
Design. nced Contr3) Adva ol
Theory. Semester III & IV 1 - - - 3 100 Seminar
20 S I
tage
e e Stag Stag II III
2 Diss
-
-
5
ertation
-
2 25 50
358
M. AD ANCED POWER SYSTEM 1 REVISION OF LOAD FLOW 2 A ATION IN POWER SYSTEMS
stimation
• Factors affecting power system security
ntingency ding algorithm
er onsidered The l
chronous machine
Equivalent circuit for direct and quartered axis
racteristics
ents
ystems
MOVERydraulic t
Tech (Power System) Semester-1, ELECTRICAL (2005)
V
N•
INTRODUCTION TO STATE ESTIM Introduction • Least Square estimation method • Weighted Least square e• Gross errors and their effects
• Observability 3 POWER SYSTEM SECURITY
Introduction • • Contingency analysis: Zbus and Ybus co• Concepts of Zbus buil• Detection of network problems
Correcting the generation approach 4 ECONOMIC DISPATCH OF THERMAL UNITS
• The economic dispatch problem • Th mal system dispatching with network loses c
ambda-iteration method •• First order gradient method • Base point and participation factors
5. SYNCHRONOUS MACHINE THEORY AND MODELLING
• Physical description yn• Mathematical description of a s
• The dq0 transformation • Per unit representation •• Steady-state analysis • Electrical transient performance cha• Equations of motion
6. EXCITATION SYSTEMS
• Excitation system requirem• Elements of excitation systems
s • Type of excitation system• Dynamic performance measures • Control and protective functions • Modeling of excitation s
7. PRIME S AND ENERGY SUPPLY SYSTEMS • H urbines and governing systems • Steam turbines and governing system
359
Tex
tion operation and control: Wood and Woolenberg
t Books: 1) Power genera
2) Power system dynamics and Stability: P. Kundur
360
M.
POWER QUALITY efining power quality,
ment principals and
reactive power control in electric transmission lines. mic performance of transmission
compensators like TCR-FC, TCR-SC, Shunt compensation,
Tech (Power System) Semester-1, ELECTRICAL (2005)
• Power quality: factors d• Harmonics: Analytical and experimental evaluation, measure
practices. • IEEE std.-512, detail study of important causes along with their theoretical and
lytical basis. ana• The theory of load compensators. • The theory of steady state• Reactive power compensation and the dyna
systems. • Principles of static compensators. • Reactive compensation and the electric arc furnace. • Study of various
Series compensation, UPFC, IPFC Text Books:1) Power quality By Haytt Miller 2) Reactive Power Control by T. J. E.
361
M.
ADAPTIVE CONTROL 1. A
ns
ristics
UNING REGULATORS g-Average Controllers
5. M
Theory Relations between MRAS and STR
E SYSTEMS
k
M. 5)
DIG
Tech (Power System) Semester-1, ELECTRICAL (2005)
DAPTIVE CONTROL • Introduction • eLin ar feedback • Effects of process variatio• Adaptive schemes • The adaptive control problem
2. REAL-TIME PARAMETER ESTIMATION
Least Squares and Regression Models •• Estimating Parameters in Dynamical systems • Experimental Conditions
3. DETERMINISTIC SELF-TUNING REGULATORS
• Pole placement Design Indirect self-tuning regulators •• Continuous-time self-tuners • Direct self-tuning Regulators • Disturbances with known Characte
4. STOCHASTIC AND PREDICTIVE SELF-T
• Design of Minimum-Variance and Movin• Stochastic Elf-tuning Regulators Linear Quadratic STR. •
ODEL REFERENCE ADAPTIVE SYSTEMS • The MIT Rule • Determination of the Adaptation Gain • Lyapunov Theory Design of MRAS using Lyapunov••
6. PROPERTIES OF ADAPTIV• Nonlinear dynamics
d Gain • Adaptation of a Feed forwar• Analysis of indirect Discrete-time self-tuners • Stability of direct discrete-time algorithms
Text Books: Adaptive control by Astrom and Wittenmar
Tech (Power System) Semester-1, ELECTRICAL (200
ADAPTIVE RELAYING CONCEPTS AND SCADA SYSTEMS
ITAL PROTECTION
362
ComandintediamaCasprot SCSca for industrial systems, substations, distribution systems and transmission network. Rem and setting of protection relays, data acquisition, signals. Cas Ref
posite protection of electrical machines, large industrial power distribution systems transmission lines, modular and architecture, integrated and remote user machine rface, data procession techniques and customization of control logic, switchgear
gnosis control and monitoring function capabilities, metering functions, network and chine diagnosis, communication protocol and capabilities. e studies of typical industrial system protection and application of numerical ection scheme.
ADA daote control
e studies of typical power systems and generating stations.
erences: IEEE Papers
363
M.Ele
STATE ESTIMATION IN POWER SYSTEM DefLin t square state estimation. Effect of gross errors on stat
dentification of gross errors using residuals weighted and normalized residuals for multiple interacting and non-interacting residuals.
usi atrix method. Identification of topology errors StaTra Te
d Wollenberg. d systems.
Tech (Power System) Semester-1, ELECTRICAL (2005) ctive-1
inition of measurements. ear least squares and non-linear lease estimation.
A. Detection and i
B. State estimation using network flow method, linear programming and least squares.
Observability problem in state estimation evaluating topology and algebraic Observability
ng graph theory and m
te estimation for the distribution system. cking state estimation and application to Scada.
xt books and References: 1. Power generation operation and control by Wood an2. IEEE transactions on power system and power apparatus an
364
M.Ele
HIGH VOLTAGE TEST AND MEASURING SYSTEMS
. STUDY OF CONDUCTION AND BREAKDOWN
• SF Insulation,
• Liquid dielectrics,
2. GENERATION HIGH VOLTAGES AND HIGH CURRENTS
• High Voltage AC Generation High Voltage Impulse Generation
• Generation of Impulse currents
S AND HIGH CURRENTS
•
s rs, isolators, circuit breakers, cables,
Tech (Power System) Semester-1, ELECTRICAL (2005) ctive-2
1
• Gas Dielectrics,
• Air Insulation,
6
• Solid Dielectrics,
• Vacuum Dielectrics,
• Composite Dielectrics
• High Voltage DC Generation
•
• Tripping and control of impulse generators 3. MEASUREMENT OF HIGH VOLTAGE
• High voltages a.c, d.c and impulse • High currents D. C., a.c and impulse • High frequency measurement
igital Impulse Recorders D• Digital Techniques in HV Tests • Electric Field Measurement • Electro-Optic Sensors • Magneto-Optic Sensors • Measurement of Very Fast Transients In GIS 4. TESTING • Relevance and importance of standard• Testing of insulators, bushings, transforme
surge arrestors etc. • Partial Discharge Test • Dielectric Loss Test • Electrostatic Hazards
365
5. H•
c system interaction
araju and Naidu b. High voltage engineering by Knffel and Abdullah
sulation in power system, by Qureshi, Malik and Alaraine
IGH-VOLTAGE DIRECT CURRENT TRANSMISSION HVDC system configurations and components
• Converter theory and performance equations • Abnormal operations • Control of HVDC systems • Harmonics and filters
n ac/d• Influence of as system strength o• Response to dc and ac system faults • Multi-terminal HVDC systems • Modeling of HVDC systems Text books:
a. High voltage engineering by Kam
c. Electrical ind. High voltage direct current transmission system by Padiyar e. Power system dynamics and stability by P. Kundur
vf. High oltage direct current transmission system by Arillage
366
M.Te
Elective-3
HIGH INSULATION ENGINEERING 1 E ROSTATIC FIELDS, THEIR CONTROL AND ESTIMATION
Electric field intensity
ensity
US DIELECTRICS IN ELECTRIC
Breakdown in uniform and weekly uniform fields
LTAGE
•
4 GH VOLTAGE APPLICATIONS
lating oils
aterials
n solid dielectrics
Text book: High voltage insulation engineering by Morsh and Arora
ch (Power System) Semester-1, ELECTRICAL (2005)
VOLTAGE
LECT• • Electric strength • Classification of electric field • Control of electric field int• Estimation of electric field intensity
2 BEHAVIOR OF AIR AND OTHER GASEO
FIELD •• Breakdown in extremely non-uniform fields and corona • Electric arc discharge • Breakdown of gaseous dielectric other than air
3 ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF VACUUM AS HIGH VO
INSULATION • Prebreakdown electron emission in vacuum Spark breakdown in vacuum • Conclusions
LIQUID DIELECTRIC IN HI
• Classification of liquid dielectric • Dielectric properties of insulating liquids
• Breakdown in liquid dielectrics Ageing of mineral insu•
5 SOLID DIELECTRICS AND THEIR BEHAVIOR IN ELECTRIC FIELDS • Classification of solid insulating materials • Sources, production and properties of solid insulating m• Partial discharge in solid dielectrics • Breakdown and prebreakdown phenomenon i
367
M.T
POWER SYSTEM PLANING AND REFORMS Loa niques Relsys reliability, time dependence of reliability, two state model, forced and planed out CoIntRe rms in power sectors restructuring of system, deregulation, IPPs, captive power pla er tari Ele Text books: SEMESTER I SerNo
Name Designation Subject Teaching
ech (Power System) Semester-2, ELECTRICAL (2005)
d forecasting problem formulation and different solution tech
iability in power system; review of probability theory, binomial distribution, generator temages availability and unavailability, reliability indices LOLP epsilon DNS, etc.
ntingency evaluation using YBUS, ZBUS, multiple contingencies. erchange capability evaluation. fonts, project financing alternatives, modes of contracting (BOT etc.), trading of powff.
ctricity act-2003, Metering concepts, time of day metering.
. .
1 High Voltage Test & Measuring Instrumentation
Dr.H.A.Mangalvedekar Professor
2 Dr.S dkar Visiting Pr Advanced Systems
.D.Varwan ofessor Power
3 Prof. t Pr Adaptive Techniques & Systems
C.G.Barbole Adjunc ofessor Relaying SCADA
4 Prof. cturer(Sade)
Quality A. K. Mahaley LeGr
election Power
5 Dr. N.M.Singh Assistant Professor Adaptive Contro
l
SEMESTER I Ser. No
Name o t Teachin.
Designati n Subjec g
1 Dr.H.A.Mangalvedekar Professor Insulation Systems
368
Design
2 Dr.S.D.Varwandkar Visiting Professor Power System S bility ta
3 Prof.A.K. Mahaley Lecturer(Selection rade)
High Performance ial DriveG Industr
s
4 Dr.M.S.Panse Professor Power System P
lanning
5 Prof. Lecturer(SGrade)
Power Plant CoDesign
H.B.Choudhary election mponent
369
Nam
r wise details of Course Structure: Control Systems (CS) Sr. No
Coghtag s
e of the course : 3. M.Tech. ( CONTROL SYSTEMS )
Semeste
. urse Title Contact Hours Evaluation ESE
wei e (Theory) Hour L P/T A E Total Cr TW ES Sem I ester 1 Finit mensional Linear 5 - e Di
System 5 8 30 70 3
2 A daptive Control 5 - 5 8 30 70 3 3 Opti mal Control 5 - 5 8 30 70 3 4 Dyn 5 - 7amical Systems 5 8 30 0 3 5 Elect 5 - ive 1 5 8 30 70 3 Tota 25 - 0 l 25 40 15 350 - Elec
4.
5 l. Syst
tive – 1 n
) Optimizatio
niquesTech) Digital contro
em Identification
Semester II 1 Mu - 5 8 30 70 3 lti Variable Control. 52
Anal- 5 8 30 70 3 Non Linear System 5
ysis. 3 N - 5 8 30 70 3 on
Design. Linear Control 5
4 Stoc - hastic Control. 5 5 8 30 70 5 Elect ive 2 5 - 5 8 30 70 3 Tota 5 0 3l 25 - 2 40 15 50 - Elec
4es.
5
6 ontrol
tive – 2 ) Power electronics
and driv
) Control System Design.
nced C) AdvaTheory
Sem ster IIe I & IV 1 Sem - 3 100 inar - -
20 Stage I
Stage II Stage III 2 Dissertati - - -
25 25 50
on
370
FIR A) Finite Dimensional linear Systems
troduction to basic algebraic structures like group, rings and fields, Finite
squa
Refe) Linear Algebra-Vol-I by N.Jacobson, East-West Press
2) Vol-II by N.Jacobson, East-West Press
sons, inc,
tive control, Real-Time Parameter Estimation, Deterministic
Stochastic and predictive self-tuning regulators, Model s, Properties of Adaptive systems.
Ref1) 2)
C) Opti
imum principle and ties of s, The
stems, The design of optimal linear system with quadratic roblems when the control in constrained.
Refe1)
D) Dyn
lements of topology, Vectors and matrices, Existence Theorems General properties of t inear Systems, Stability, The differential Equation, The general
ST YEAR M.TECH. (CONTROL SYSTEMS) SEMESTER I
InDimensional Vector spaces, Linear differential equations, Linear systems, Least
re theory, Stability of linear systems.
rence: 1
Linear Algebra-3) Finite Dimensional Vector Spaces by P.R.Halmos 4) Finite Dimensional Vector Spaces by Roger W Brocket, John Wiley &
New York B) Adaptive Control
troduction to AdapInSelf-Tuning Regulators, Reference Adaptive system
erence: Adaptive Control by Astrom and Wittenmark. Adaptive Control Model Reference Approach by Landau.
mal Control
Mathematical preliminaries, Condition for optimality: the maxHamilton-Jacobi equation, Condition of optimality, The structure and proper
timal systems, Boundary conditions, The design of time optimal systemopdesign of fuel optimal sycriteria, Optimal control p
rence: Michael Athans and Peter L. Flab,: “Optimal control”, McGraw Hill Book Company
amical Systems
Ehe solutions, L
non-analytic system, The method of Poincarre, The direct stability theorems of Lyapunov.
371
Refe1)
Step
EL T E) ques
ogramming, Unconstrained optimization methods, nivariate and pattern method, Descent methods: Steepest, conjugate gradient, on
direProg
Refe1)
) O
F) Digit
ntrol, Discrete systems analysis, Sam led data systems, Discrete equivalence, Design using transform techniques,
e methods. efer
1) 2)
G) System I
Refe nce: oderstrom and Stoica. . Eykhoff.
rence: Differential Equations: Geometric Theory by Solomon Lefschetz.
2) Introduction to applied Non Linear Dynamical Systems and chaos by hen Wiggins.
IVES 1 EC
Optimization Techni
Linear Programming, Nonlinear PrUC strained Optimiztion, Complex method, cutting plane method, method of feasible
ction, Inter Programming, Gomory’s cutting plane method, Quadratic ramming, Transportation problem.
rence: Optimization methods by S.S.Rao.
ptimization methods by H.A.Taha. 2
al Control.
Review of continuous control, Introductory digital cop
Design using state spac
R ence: Digital Control of Dynamic Systems by Franklin, Powell, Workman. Discrete Time Control System by Ogata.
dentification
Non Parametric methods, Linear regression, Input signals, Model parameterization, Prediction error method, Instrumental variable methods.
re1) System Identification by S2) System Identification by P
FIR A) ultivariable Control
athematical Preliminaries, Introduction to Controllability, Controllability Feedback d
and Non
Refe
) Walter Murray Wonham, “Linear Multivariable control, A.Geometric Approach”,
Lya v Stability, Input-Output Stability, Passivity, Frequency Domain Analysis of lity Analysis, Stability of Perturbed system, ngular Perturbations.
Ref1) 2) lffs, NJ,
Second Edition, 1993. Systems: Analysis, Stability and control, Spriger, New York,
) H.Khalil: Nonlinear Systems, Third Edition, Prentice Hall, NJ, 1996. 2) S
13) A
14) H.Nijmeijer and A.J.Van der Schaft: Nonlinear Dynamical Control Systems,
, New York, 1990.
performance analysis, Extended Kalman filter.
y Peter S Maybeck. variables and stochastic processes by A. Papaoulis.
EL E) Powe
372
r Electronics and Drives.
ST YEAR M.TECH. (CONTROL SYSTEMS) SEMESTER II
M
Man pole assignment, Observability of Dynamic Observers, Disturbance Decoupling
Output stabilization, Controllability Sub spaces, Tracking and Regulation, interacting Controls.
rences:- 1
Springer Verlag.
B) Nonlinear System Analysis
punoFeedback systems, Advanced StabiPert bation Theory and Averaging, Siur
erences:- H.Khalil: Nonlinear Systems, Third Edition, Prentice Hall, NJ, 1996. M. Vidyasagar: Nonlinear Systems Analysis, Prentice Hall, Englewood c
3) S.Sastry: Nonlinear 1999.
C) Nonlinear Control Design
Feedback Control, Feedback Linearization, Nonlinear Design Tools: Sliding mode Control, Lyapunov redesign, Back stepping, Passivity based Control, High Gain
server. Ob
References: 1
.Sastry: Nonlinear Systems: Analysis, Stability and control, Spriger, New York, 999. .Isidori: Nonlinear Control Systems, Springer Verlag, Berlin, Third Edition, 995.
Srpinger Verlag D) Stochastic Control
ction, DeIntrodu terministic system models, Probability theory and static models, Stochastic processes, Linear dynamic system models, Optimal filtering, Kalman filter, Design and
Reference:
1) Stochastic Models, Estimation and Control b2) Probability, Random
ECTIVES 2
373
odel
motFreqdriv Refe1) Drives Modeling Analysis and Control by R Krishnan. 2) Drives by B K Bose.
Sys properties, Feedback ,Interconnected Input/Output Sys d systems, Feedback for Input/Output systems ,The PID control law, Characteristics of the PID control law, Ziegler-Nichols tuning for PID conBodfeecon Ref1) 2) 3) G)
e Domain description of Linear lity, Stability Theory, variant systems, Pole
es & Dynamic Compensators.
eference: 1) J.W
SEMESTER I SerNo
M ing of Dc machines, Phase Control Dc Motor Drives, Chopper controlled DC or Drive, Polyphase induction machines, Phase controlled induction motor drives, uency controlled induction motor drives, Vector controlled induction motor es, Permanent Magnet synchronous and brushless Dc motor drives.
ence: rElectric Motor Power Electronics for AC
F) Control System Design
tem representation and their tems, Stability for interconnecte
trollers, The Nyquist criterion, The relationship between the Nyquist contour and the e plot , Robust stability, Performance of the control systems, Design limitations for
dback control, Stabilisibility and detectablility, Frequency response methods for troller design, Controller design for robust performance
erences: Feedback control system – Ozbey Mathematical Control Theory –Sontag
eedback control theory –Francis & Tanenbaum F
Advanced Control Theory
Dynamical Systems, System defined by L.D.E, TimSystems, State space Models, Controllability and Observabi
ime & Frequency domain characteristics of linear time inTplacement by static feedback, Observ
RIntroduction to Mathematical System Theory- A behavioral approach, .Polderman & J.C.Williems, Springer-Verlag, New York, Inc., 1998.
. .
Name Designation Subject Teaching
1 Dr.B.K.Lande Professor & Head Finite Dimensional Linear Systems
2 Dr.B.K.Lande Professor & timal Control Head Op
3 Dr.M.S.Panse Professor Optimization Techniques
4 r.N Assistant P Dynamic SystemD .M.Singh rofessor s
374
5 Dr.N.M Assistant Pr ve Contro.Singh ofessor Adapti
l
II SerNo
Subject Teaching
SEMESTER
. Name Designation .
1 r.B Professor & Multivariable C
D .K.Lande Head ontrol
2 B.K. Professor & H ontr
Dr. Lande ead Advanced CTheory
ol
3 Dr.N Assistant P near sis
.M.Singh rofessor Non-LiAnaly
System
4 Dr.N.M Assistant Pr near
.Singh ofessor Non-LiDesign
Control
375
Nam of the course : 4. M.Tech. ( ELECTRONICS & TELECOMMUNICATIONS ) e
376
Proposed Scheme for M.E.( Electronics and Telecommunication
Engineering) Four Semester Course
Scheme for Instructions and Examination (Revised from academic year 2002-03)
1 hour periods / week
Marks
Subject Title
Lecture Practical / seminar
Duration of
Paper
Theory Paper
Internal Assessment
MESTER I StatCo
istical Theory of mmunication
3 2 3 hrs. 100 50
Communication Networks 3 2 3 hrs. 100 50 Microwave Integrated
cuits 3 2 3 hrs. 100 50
CirError Correcting Codes 3 2 3 hrs 100 50 Elective I 3 2 3 hrs 100 50
TOTAL 15 10 500 250 MESTER II
Miampl
crowave devices and ifier design
3 2 3 hrs. 100 50
SaSy
tellite Communication stem
3 2 3 hrs. 100 50
AdCo
vanced Digital mmunication
3 2 3 hrs. 100 50
MSy
obile Communications stems
3 2 3 hrs 100 50
Elective II 3 2 3 hrs 100 50 TOTAL 15 10 500 250
MESTER III # Seminar on Special topics * 50 Dissertation Seminar 50
TOTAL 100 MESTER IV #
PreSe
-synopsis Dissertation minar
- 50
Dissertation & Viva Voce 100 100 TOTAL 100 150
AND TOTAL 1100 750
377
Elect
i) Fiber Opti i) Advanced Digital Signal Proii) A and design ii) Data Compression Methods iii) imulatiosys * Seminar on Special Topics – Each candidate should be assigned the seminar topic righ in the beginning of the semester, and the student has to do exhaustive literature surhas predep # 1
2. emester will be 2 hrs./ teacher/week.
ive I Elective II
c Communication cessing ntenna Theory
S n of communication tems
t vey, case studies etc. which has to be presented at the end of the semester. The student to be in association with staff member for conducting the seminar. The student should
sent the seminar in front of the committee consisting of the faculty member of the artment and has to be evaluated by the committee combinedly.
. During III & IV semesters, the student should work full time his/her semester and dissertation work. Student teacher contact hours for dissertation and seminar during III & IV s
STATI
. A Review Of Scalar Random Variables as of random variables,
2nd c
2. SecoTwo imensional random variable, 2 order properties, random vectors,
random variables, Hilbert spaces
3. Mul
Intro conditional expectations, functions, ments and cumulates, normal random vectors, convergence of random
4. StatiFamilinea random signals, periodicity, continuity of continuous time signals, point processes, second order random signals.
iIntrowith
. Mean Square Estimation:
without constraints,
causasigna
oshotnspect
Text and Re
378
STICAL THEORY OF COMMUNICATION
1The concept of random variable, distribution formulexpectation and moments, examples of random variables, characteristics function,
haracteristic function, function of random variables.
nd Order Random Vectors : nd-d
covariance matrices, sequences of second orderof 2nd order random variables.
tidimensional Random Variables: duction, conditional distributions
movariables.
stical Description Of Random Signals: ly of finite dimensional distribution, expectations, stationary random signals, r filtering of
5. Stat stical Models For Random Signals:
duction white noises, random walks and Brownian motion, Gaussian signals stationary increments, spherically invariant and circular signals.
6Introduction to statistical filtering, Linear statistical filteringsampling as estimation problem, Linear statistical filtering with constraints,
lity constraints, Wiener filtering, Statistical filtering of continuous time ls, Taylor expansions and estimations.
7. Queuing Theory : Pois n points in Random Intervals, Arrivals & Departures, single server Quere,
oise, markoff processes, Discrete and continuous time markoff chains, ra of stochastic FM signals.
ference books:
Bernard Picinbobo
2. Prob
McG ternational Ediiton.
1. Random signals and systems – 93 edition, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ 07632
ability Random variables & stochastic processes by A. Papoulis
aw Hill Inr
379
COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
. Delay and loss performance in network
rriv
2. BasicArrival processes, service time queuing system clarification M/M/I queue &
dy state probabilities and notion of stability, ct
modeM/M/
3. Comm
Netw ign, key factory in comm
ExamArcch cols and TCP/IP utilities.
he Ttransmproto
Why ATM
7. Adva cture:
Overplay Model, MPLS, Integrated service in ial service.
8. SecurSecur urity Protocols, Cryptogrithm.
LosslDigitr for increasing Comp on control Protocols.
1Delay analysis A ad definition Little’s formula al rates and traffic lo
queuing models
basic multiplexer model M/M/I steeffe of scale on performance, average placket delay via network. The M/G/I
l, service time variability and delay M/M/I system. Erlang formulas and c/e system priority queuing system.
unication network and service : ork and services, Approaches to network desunication Network evolution.
4. Application and layer architectures : ples of layering. OSI reference model, overview of TCP/IP itecture. The bazkley API Application proto
5. TCP/IP T CP/IP architecture, Internet protocols. IPV6, user datagram protocols,
ission control protocols. DHCP and Mobile IP. Internet routing cols routing.
6. ATM network ATM? BISDN reference Model. ATM layers, ATM adoption Layers, signaling PNNI routing.
nced Network Archite
Internet, RSVP, Different
ity protocols ity and Cryptographic Algorithms, Sec
9. Multimedia Information and networking ess data compression.
echnique al representation of analog signals. Tression. The real time transp;ort protocol. Sessi
Text and Reference Books: 1. Comm
Newgrahill Edn.
4. ATM5. ATM6. Brodb
unication network 2000 – Lession Garcia – Available in TATA
2. TCP/IP protocol smile – Forouzan – Me Grahill 3. Netw ommer- PHIL – Prantice Hallorking with TCP/IP Vol.I,II,III – C
solutions for Enterprise Internetworking Addition – Ginburg – Wesky. Network – Rainer Handel – Addition Weskey and Communication – Balaji Kumar – MaGrill Hll
MICROWAVE DEVICES AND AMPLIFIER DESIGN
. Avalanche Devices And Circuits: al analysis, small signal analysis
effic
2. GunRidley-W formation, operating modes, larges,
s, current –field characteristic, noise in Gunn
3. Rep
Intro pedance, admittance, hybrid and ABCD matrices, traveling waves and t ine concepts. Scattering matrix and the chain scattering matrix,
arameters, generalized
para
4. MatIntroimpeappl
Introunilacasecircl
Introampdesig
7. Mic sign :
Introduction, one part negative –resistance oscillators, two part negative-resistance oscillator
8. S-Pa
Netw ement of scatting parameters, amplifier noise factor measurement, characterization of the spectral purity of
Text and R1. Mic
Coo. Microwave Amplifiers And Oscillators – Christian Ceentili (Test)
380
1IMPATT diode operation, Read Diode large signof the Read diode, Temperature effects, spurious oscillation, IMPATT noise
iency, TRAPATT mode.
n Effect Devices : atkins-Hilsum mechanism, domain
large signal dipole domainanalysidevice.
resentation Of Two-Port Networks : duction, imransmission l
shifting reference plans , properties of scattering pscattering parameters, two-port network parameters conversions, scattering
meters of transistors, characteristics of microstrip transistors.
ching Networks And Signal Flow Graphs : duction, smith chart, normalized impedance and admittance smith chart dance matching networks, microstrip matching networks, signal flow graph,
ication of signal flow graphs.
5. Microwave Transistor Amplifier Design : duction, power gain equations, stability consideration, constant gain circles teral case, unilateral figure of merit, simultaneous conjugate match bnilateral
, constant gain circles-bilateral case, operating and available power gain es. DC bias networks.
6. Noise Broaband And High Power Design Methods : duction, noise in two port networks, constant noise figure circles, broadband lifier design, amplifier tuning. Bandwidth analyses, high power amplifier n, two stage amplifier design.
rowave Transistor Oscillator De
oscillator, oscillator design using large signal measurements, configurations.
rameter And Noise Measurement : ork analysis and be automatic measur
oscillators.
eference Books rowave Transistor Amplifiers – Analysis And Design - Couillermo nzalez (Text )
2
381
r and Non-Linear Techniques.-George D.
3. Microwave Semiconductor Circuit Design - W.Alan.Daris – Van Nostrand Reinhold Company (Test )
4. Microwave Circuit Design Using LineaVendelin, Anthony M.Pano, Ulric L Rohle (Reference )
5. Design of Amplifiers And Oscillators By Th S-Parameter Method – George
382
ERR
1. Introduction to Algebra o Galois fields
2.
Stru es decoding – Hamming Coca – Perfect and Quest-
3.
Polynomial description – matrix description – bamming Codes as cylic Codes for correcti codes for Correcting burst errors – The binary Gola
4.
Enco mon Codes – The Berlecamp Massey algorithm – accelerated Berl;ekamps Massey algorithm – MDS Codes – nest
5. SpecBCH odes – Preparata Codes – Product Codes.
ConvCorralgo e 7 ano and the stack algorithms.
odes
Weigerror
Text
OR CORRECTING CODES
Gr ups-rings-Galois field – Two arithmetic of
Linear Block Codes cture matrix description – Syndrom
rfect Codes – Reed – Muller Codes Pe
Cyclic Codes
ng double error – cyclicy Code – Shortened cyclic codes.
BCH and Reed – Solomon Codes ding and Decoding of BCH and Reed – Solo
ed Codes – Justeen Codes
Codes based on Spectral Techniques tral description of cyclic codes Extended Reed – Solomon Codes – Extended Codes – Alter ant Codes – Goppa C
6. Convolutional Codes
olutional encoders – Tree and Trellis diagram – Convolutional Codes ecting burst errors – The Vierbi Deconding algorithm – Sequential decoding rithms – Th
7. Performance of Error Control Cht distributions – The Mac-Williams identities – Probabilities of decoding s – Bounds on minimum distance for Block Codes and Convolutional Codes.
and Reference Books: 1. Theory and Practice of Error Control Codes - Richard E.Blahut Addison
2.
3. B.Wicker, Prenticel Hall
4. es – FJ Mac Williams & N.J.A. Solve
Wesley Publishing Errors Control Coding – Fundamentals and applications - Lin and Costelk Prenticel Hall Error Control Systems for Digital Communication and Storage - Stephen
Theory of Error Correcting Codorth N Holland 1977.
383
FIBRE OPT 1. Propogation of light in planar and circular optical waveguides, chracterization,
2. Coup , directional couplers, electrooptical sources and photo detectors.
3. Optic
IC COMMUNICATION
fabrication and materials, dispersion and attenuation.
led mode formulation, fibre wave guide and waveguide caupling
al fiber links, non linear fibre optics.
Text and Reference Books:
1. Fiber Optic Communication - J.Keiser , McGraw Hill
n -J.E.Midwinter, John Whiley
,Academic Press
2. Optical Fibers for transmissio
3. Optical Communication systems - J.Gowar, Prentice Hall
4. Optical Fibers Telecommunications - S.E.Miller and A.G.Chynoweth
5. N linear fibers optics - G.Agarwal , Academic Press. on
ANTE 1. Fundamental parameters of antennas :
ntensity, directivity, gain efficietc.
2. ntenna: Small circular loop, loop with constant current and non uniform current, ground
ular loop, polygonal loop antennas ferrite loop, mob
3. LineN elements linear array: uniform amplitude and spacing & directivity for brad
, Hansen Woodward end fire array. design eledirec
4. and continuous sources : Schemeth
ectrically smal
6.
esign considerations,
7. E.Plane & H.Plane sectoral horn, pyramidal horn, conical horn, aperature matched
8.
Rect
Plane re
10 Dielectric Antennas :
n mechanisms. Dielectric wave guide,
384
NNA THEORY AND DESIGN
Radiation pattern, radiation power density, radiation iency beam width, bandwidth, beam efficiency, polarization, input impedence
Loop A
and earth curvature effects for circile communication systems antennas.
Arrays : ar arrays, planner arrays and circular arrays.
ride, end fire, phased arrayn procedure ment linear array for uniform spacing and non uniform amplitude. Super tivity, planar and circular array.
Antenna Synthesislkunoff ploynomial method, fourier transform method, Woodward law on od Taylor line source, amplitude and phase distribution.
5. Frequency Independent Antennas : Theory, equiangular spiral antennas, log periodic antennas, limits of el
l antennas.
Aperture antennas : Huygen’s principle, rectangular & circular apertures, dBabinet’s ciple, fourier transform in antenna aperature thprin eory.
Horn antennas :
horns.
Microstrip antennas : angular & circular patch, circular polarization and feed network.
9. Reflector antennas : flector, corner reflector, parabolic and spherical reflector.
Principles, design criteria, procedures. Radiatiodielectric resonator, dielectric horn antenna.
Text and Reference Books: 1. Antenna Theory - Constantine A.Balanis ,Wiley Publication 2. Antennas - John D.Kraus , McGraw Hill Publication 3. Antennas Engineering Handbook - R.C.Johnson and H.Jasik
385
4. Antenna Theory – Robert S. Elliott. PHI 5. Dielectric Antenna – Mrs. R. Chatterjee
386
ADV 1. Design of Digital filter :
tisymmetric, linear phase, optimum, rip
– Impfrequefilters
2. Multir
Decimation by a factor D, Interpolation, filter design and implementation, al processing.
3. Power
Paramminimum variance.
ffect
Effectcompu ters, its applications, application of DSP to speech processing.
adar
6. Applic
Text and Reference Book
is, Prentice Hall 2. gital signal processing - A.V.Oppenheim & R.W.Schafer, Prentice Hall
R.Rabiner and
ANCED DIGITAL PROCESSING
Design of FIR filter, symmetric and anequi ple, FIR differentiators, Hilbert – transformers, design of IIR filters
ulse invariance bilinear transformation, matched transformation, ncy transformation, in analog and digital domain, design of digital based on least square method.
ate digital signals processing :
sampling rate conversion, applications of multirate sign
Spectral estimation : etric and non parametric method for power spectral estimation,
4. E of finite register length : on quatization, realization of FIR & IIR filters and fourier transfor tation adaptive digital fil
5. R Signals Processing
ation of DSP to speech processing.
1. Digital signal processing - John G.ProakDi
3. Theory and application of digital signal processing - L.B.Gold, Prentice Hall.
SATELLIT1.
ication, Development, Space segment Ground segment,
2.
Comratio
3. Tran
OrbiKepUse
orbits.
Stat Antenna subsystems, Radio freq
6. the payload, Transparent repeaters, Multibeam satellite
pe7.
ric power supply,
8. Inst
uring installation.
Sate
Prinacce
. S tury of service- David W. E. Rees, John Wiley and Sons.(Ref)
4. Satellite Communications Systems Design Principles – Richaria M., McGraw Hill (Ref )
ectrum Communication – Andrew J. Viterbi,
387
E COMMUNICATION SYSTEM Introduction :
Origin of satellite communTypes of orbit, Evolution of satellite communications, Development of service.
Link Analysis: racte an antenna, Received signal power at receiver input, Cha ristic parameters of
Carrier to noise ratio fat the receiving input, Influence of the propagation medium, pensation for the effects of the propagation medium constraints, Signal to noise for a station-to-station link.
Regenerative Satellite Networks: sparent and regenerative repeaters, Comparison of link budgets On board essinproc g, Impact o the earth segment.
4. ts : lerian orbits ful orbits for satellite communication
Perturbations of the 5. Earth Stations :
ion organization, Radio frequency characteristics,uency subsystem, Communication subsystem. Communication Payload :
Mission and characteristics of re aters, Regenerative repeater, Antenna coverage, Antenna Characteristics.
Platform : syste n subsystem, ElectSub ms, Attitude control, Propulsio
Tele y, tracking and command, Thermalmetr control and structure. Satellite Installation And Space Environment : allation in orbit, Vacuum, Mechanical environment, Radiation flux of high energy
particles, Environment d9. Satellite Installation And Space Environment:
llite system availability ponent reliability Com
10. Multiple Access: ciple of multiple access Time division multiple access, Code division multiple ss d anFixe d on demand assignment ,Random access
11. Introduction To Vast Networks
Text And Reference Books 1. Satellite Communication Systems Techniques and Technology (3rd edition), G.
Maral and M.Bousquet. John Wiley and sons. (Text ) 2. VASAT Networks G. Maral, John Wiley and sons (Text) 3 atellite Communications: First quarter cen
5. CDMA, Principles of Spread SpAddision – lWesley 1995 (Ref).
388
ADVA
1. Source Coding :
rmation and enliopy – coding for discrete sources – The
speci 2. Digital m
Review of various FSK, PSK and QAM techniques, linear modulation with Linearly modulated
Non.- - receiver for CPM Signals
qui gnals with controlled
4. O
Optifeed
5. S
applSign
Te
2. 3.
es by Dr.Kamilo Feher Poentia Hall.
NCED DIGITAL COMMUNICATION
Average mutual infolempel – algorithm – coding for analog sources – Temporal waveform coding –
al waveform coding – Model – based source coding.
odulation – demodulation techniques :
memory – Markov Chain – Miller Code – Power Spectra &signals.
Linear modulation methods with memory CPM, CPFSK, MSK - Power Spectra Optimum
3. Signal design for Band limited channels : siNy st – Criterion for Zero ISI – Design of band limited
ISI – data detection for controlled ISI.
ptimum receiver for channels with ISI of AWGN : mum maximum likely load receiver - Linear equalization – Decision back equalization – Adaptive equalization.
pread spectrum signals for digital communication : Direct sequence frequency – hoppeol spread spectrum signals – performance and
ications – generation of PN sequences – Synchronisation of Spread Spectrum als.
xt & Reference Book 1. Digital Communication by John G Proakis McGrill Hill
Digital Communication techniques by Simon, Himdi, Lindsey, PHI Advanaced Digital Communications Systems & Signal processing techniqu
MO
. Digital Cellular Mobile Systems :- GSM, IS – 136, PDC, IS – 95
2.
troduction, IMT – 2000 radio aspects, IMT – 2000 network aspects , Summary
4. Univ
UPT itecture for UPT, Numbering, d location of service
TS.
5. Privaintro
configur
7.
Basic Service rcuit mode logical channel hierarchy, mode, Special features of mode, Direct mode.
8. T rvices : -
IntrointerPeripservi
Introconn
10. OpeIntroTETRA network management
1. DigiJohn ma, James Irvine, John Wiley & Sons Ltd.
2. Mobile & Personal Communication Systems and Services
3. MobiWill
. Univ em U re,
389
BILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
1
owLow P er wireless communication systems : - CT2, DECT 3. IMT – 2000, Third Generation Mobile Communication systems :-
Inof regional initiatives on IMT – 2000.
ersal Personal Telecommunication : - oncepts and service aspects, Functional arch c
inRout g and Billing aspects, Scenarios for partitioning anprofile information, Access Security requirements for UPT, UM
te Mobile Radio Environment :- duction, PMR user community, Requirements of PMR services, PMR
ions, PMR standards. at
6. intelligent Cell Concept and Applications.
An Overview of TETRA System : - s, Network architecture, Ci
mapping of logical channels Operation of TETRA V+D V+D mode, Voice coding TETRA, Data services in V+D
TE RA System Architecture, Components and Seduction, TETRA user groups, System architecture and components, system faces, TETRA reference configuration, Subscriber Access interface, heral equipment interface, Addressing and identities, TETRA network ces, TETRA inter-system interface, TETRA comparison with GSM.
9. TETRA Network Layer Protocol :- duction, Concept, Overview, Mobile to base link entity, Circuit mode ection entity.
rational Aspects of TETRA Network :- duction, Network security management, TETRA inter-system signaling,
Reference Books : tal Mobile Communication and TETRA Systems Dunlop, Demessie Gir
Raj Pandya, Prentice Hal of India Pvt. Ltd. le Cellular Telecommunications
iam C.Y.Lee , McGraw Hill, Inc. ersal Mobile Telecommunication Syst4
MT edited by Flavio MuratoJohn Wiley & Sons Ltd.
MI
. Hybrid MICs : Comparison with conventional circuits, fields of
app ifilm photo
2. MonDefin
ielectric second level metal, dielectric and air bridge via ,
3. MicrPlana
c trip open circuits and hanges in width, dispersion analysis, microstrip
charaproprelatirelatifunct
4. CoupWavcoupcoup
ine pair
resonsusp
5. Slot Anal
6. CopAnal
7. DeviGaA
1. Micr Jersey
2. MicrH
3. MIC d Oscillator Circuit Design 1990 edition, Allen Sweet, Artech House.
EMTs, Peter Ladbrooke , Artech House. d Circuits Reinmut K. Hoffman , Artech House.
390
CROWAVE INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
1Definition, Characteristics,
l cation and limitations and criteria for the choice of substrate material, thin hybrid circuits, thick film hybrid circuits, artwork, mask making, lithography, resistor stabilization, sawing, brazing process, wire bonding.
olithic MICs: ition, substrate structure, doping by ion implantation ohmic contact, metal
resistive layers, gate metal, ds substrate vias, final wafer process steps.
ostrip Lines: r wave guides, non-TEM propagation, line impedance definitions, quasi- approximations, quasi-static line parameters, micropsstati
gaps, microstrip corners, step ccteristic impedance, symmetric T junction, full wave analysis of microstrip
agation, LSE and LSM potentials, spectral domain analysis, dispersion on for open microsrip, spectral domain impedance analysis, dispersion on for open microstrip, spectral domain impedance analysis, Green’s ions, millimeter wave modeling of microstrip lines. led Line Propagation:
e equations for coupled lines, propagation models, coupled line parameters, led line parameter variations with frequency, directional couplings, Lange ler coupled line pair treated as a four port, coupled line pair operated as a two
sign assuming 0e =0o, coupled lport assuming 0e = 0o, low pass filter deanalysed to a two port 0e not equal to 0o, narrow band filter using coupled
ator, narrow band coupled line filters, suspended substrate strip lined filters, ended substrate strip line filter design using method 1 and method 2. Lines : ysis, design consideration, transitions and applications. lanar Waveguide: ysis, design considerations and coplanar line circuits. ces: s FET, Bipolar Transistors, Varactor diodes, PIN diodes, YIC resonators,
Dielectric resonators.
Text And Reference Books ostrip Circuit Analysis – David H. Schrader , Prentice Hall PTR, New
07458. ostrip Lines and Slot Lines, K.C. Gupta, R. Garg and I.J. Bahl , Artech ouse.
nd MMIC Amplifier an a
4. MMIC Design : GaAs FETs and H5. Handbook of Microwave Integrate
6. Foundations for Microstrip Circuit design T.C. Edwards, John Wiley and Sons 8. Design Considerations of Monolithic MICs Robert. A. Pucel, IEEE Trans
Microwave Theory and Techniques Vol. MTT-29;NO.6 June 1981.
DATA
1. Introduction : , Loss less and lossy Compression, Modeling,
Codin
2. Mathemati
Introduction to information theory, Conditional Energy, Differential , Markov Models, Random
ariab
3. Huffm Huffman Cod
Non-binary Huffman codes, Adaptive Huffman coding, Updating
4. Arith
CodinHuffm ng, Application of Arithmetic Coding to Image Compression.
State Applicbis sta
TransmModelModel
Unifor: Lind quantizers, Structured Quanti
8. Codin
dulation, Speech Coding Standards, G726. Sub b FilteriMPEGCompTrans Discrete cosine transform, Application of Transform, discrete Sine
e walsh-Hadaward transform, Application of Transform Codin on, Standard.JPEG
391
COMPRESSION METHODS
Compression Techniquesg, Measures of performance of compression techniques.
cal background :
Energy, Modeling : Physical, StatisticalV les, distribution Functions, Stochastic Process, Matrix Operations.
an Coding : ing Algorithm, Minimum variance codes, extended Huffman codes,
Procedure. Encoding/Decoding, Application of Huffman Coding to Image, Text and Audio compression.
metic Coding : g a sequence, Tag, Generating Binary Code, Comparison of an and Arithmetic Codi
5. Dictionary Based Compression : Dictionary, Adaptive Dictionary, L777 and L778 algorithms. ation of dictionary Techniques to File and Image compression, V.42 ndard.
6. Lossless Image Compression : Run Length coding, Facsimile Coding Standards, Progressive Image
ission, Image Compression. s : Linear Prediction Model, Context Model, Multi – resolution s.
7. Quantization : Scalar Quantization : Uniform quantization, Adaptive quantization, Non-
m quantization, Entrophy Coded Quantization, vector Quantization e-Buzo-Gray Algorithm. Tree-Structuredzers.
g : Differential Coding : DPCM, ADPCM, Data mo
and Coding : ng, Sub Band Coding Algorithm, Speech Coding Standard G.722, Audio Coding, Application of sub band Coding to Image
ression Wavelets. form Coding :
Transform, Discretg to image and Audio compressi
392
9. Analysis/Synthesis : Speech Coding : Channel Predictive Coder, Code Excited Linear Predic
10. Video
for Video Conferencing MPEG Video
Text and Reference Books
1. Introduction to Date Compression Book-Khalid Sayood, Morgan Huffman
2. The Data Compression book-Mark Nelson, BPB Publication (Undo
Vocoder, Lineartion, Sinusoidal Coder, Fractal Image compression.
Compression :
Motion Compensation, AlgorithmStandards, Packet Video.
Publishers.
arrangement with M&T Publishing Inc.)
3. Data Compression : The Complete Reference Davids. Saloman springer –
Verion New York Incorporated.
393
Sim
1. REVIEW TOPICS : inuous linear and non-linear
conceptsrandom
2. Discrete tion, simulation of single server
, models of arrival processes, Input modeling,
3.
Channels C. Estimation of parameters in simulation and performance
measures.
uages
b lizers, transmitting and receiving filters and synchronization
io hilip Balaban and K. Sam
Y
rey Gordon , PHI Publication.
3. Contemporary Communication Systems using MATLAB
ulation of Communication Systems
Modilling and simulation of contsystems. Random variables, stochastic processes and probability
in simulation. Monte carlo simulation, generation of numbers.
event system simulaQueuring systemsele gctin distributions, Error probabilities in digital systems, simulation of output data, Estimation and analysis of result, verification and validation of simulation models.
Simulation languages : GPSS, SIMSCRIPT and object oriented simulation.
4 . Modelling of Communication Systems : a. Transmitter and Receiver subsystems
b. Communication
5. Case studies in simulation using MATLAB or ota. Digital modulation techniques
her Lang
. Source and error control coding c. Equa
.
Text and Referen
ce books :
1. Simulat n of Communication Systems byMichel C. Jeruchim, PShanmugam, Plenum Press N.
2. System Simulation by Geoff
by John P. Proakis
394
SerNo
Name Designation Subject Teaching
SEMESTER I
. .
1 rof. Visiting Statistical TheCommunication
P S. Lonkar ory of
2 Dr.N.P.Sarwade Assistant Professor Microwave InCircuits
tegrated
3 Prof. Assistant P cation
Networks
S.J.Bhosale rofessor Communi
4 Dr.B Professor & orrecting
.K.Lande Head Error C Codes
5 Dr.S.K.Narayankhedkar Adjunct Professor Fibre unication
Optic Comm
SEMESTER II SerNo
Name Designation Subject Teachin. .
g
1 Dr.N.P.Sarwade Assistant Professor Microwave Devices & mplifier Design
A
2 rof. le Assistant P Satellite CommuSystems
P S.J.Bhosa rofessor nication
3 Dr.B Professor & ed
Communication
.K.Lande Head Advanc
4 Dr.S Adjunct Pr Commu.K.Narayankhedkar ofessor Mobile
nication
5 Dr.A.N.Cheeran Lecturer(Selection Grade)
Advanced DigitProcessing
al Signal
6 Dr.B. Meshram Assistant Professor Data Com
Methods pression
Brief Biodata of each faculty : Biodata of all t members is given abov La tory to the PG ecial rese for P cilities are sh n the inst
he faculty e
borarved
facilities exclusiveG courses. All the fa
course: There are no spared by all the students i
facilities itute
395
Spin t Aca emic calendar and frame work:
Res rch focus: List jects 1. Power Modulator 2. btaining and validating the model for inductively coupled plasma
Siemens India Ltd. 2. Crompton Greaves
earch Center (BARC) Science (BRNS)
masters’s projects: Nil
All the students appearing for the campus interview are selected for being placed in desAd
Fee
Ho
Co rogramme Nam .: Prof. B.K.Lande Ad ess: EE Dept. VJTI, Matunga, Mumbai-400019 Tel 0 E-m .in
ecial purpose software /design tool : Softwares like COMSIM, ETAP are available he department
d
ea of typical research pro
Design and Fabrication of 400 kV Pulse O
Industry Linkage 1.
3. Bhabha Atomic Res4. Board of Research in Nuclear
Publications (if any) out of research in last three years out of Placement status :
various industries under campus selection. Almost 90 % of the students who are ous are thus placed. ir
mission Procedure
Structure:
stel facilities:
ntact address of coordinator of the pe
drephone: 022 2419817ail. [email protected]
396
i Title of the progra : Post Graduate in Production engineering ii C rricula and syllabi :
6. Production Engineering Department.
mme
u
397
M BRANCH(Producti
.TECH Semester I : Production Engineering. on Engineering)
Co Course TCosting,
urse Code:612010 itle: Managerial Economics, Finance and Corporate Planning.
DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 ICS:
eering Practice. DisDeassEleowOu
MANAGERIAL ECONOMThe Principles and use of Economic Analysis in Engin
counted cash flow Analysis corporate tax and investment. preciation and economic studies. Replacement analysis. Valuation of ets. Economic analysis of projects. Analysis of risk and uncertainty. ments of demand analysis and forecasting. Theory of firm as an ner and as the producer. Economics of scale. Production function. tput and pricing decisions. Long run and short run cost curves
2 COReTriexp alysis. Analysis and interpretation of finaccvarconcap
STING AND FINANCE: view of double entry book keeping, Preparation of ledger account. al balance, profit and loss account, balance sheet, income and enditure account. Fund flow an
al accounts. Ratio analysis and interfirm comparison. Cost ounting material Human resource accounting, overhead fixed and iable costs, marginal costing. Process costs. Cost estimation and cost trol. Corporate finance cost of capital and sources of funds. Working ital management. Budgeting and budgetary control
3 COCoSWevacom te pla strategies, business plans, resource pla
RPORATE PLANNING: rporate objective, goals and policies, process of corporate planning, OT analysis, gap analysis, strategy formulation. Investment luation, capital budgeting, risk analysis. Industrial dynamics, puter modeling and simulation. Organization for corpora
nning, implementing corporatenning management control and information system
PRACTICALS 1 At least five assignments based on above topics. 2 Analysis and presentation of case studies. 3 Preparation and presentation of at least one seminar RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 I.M as
Pu t.Ltd. .Pandey; Financial Management Ninth Edition 2004; Vikblishing House Pv
2 Jaw raw Hill Pu
aharlal ;Cost Accounting Third Edition Tata McGblishing2004
3 Varshney ; Managerial Economics Sultan chand Publishers 4 Thusen and Thusen, Engineering Economics, Prentice hall of India. 5 Hu ng, Pergamon Press NY ssey D. D., Introducing Corporate Planni
398
M.TECH emester I BRANCH : Production Engineering (Producti
Son Engineering)
Course Code:612020 Course on System A
Title: Management Informatind E.R.P
DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 M ATION SYSTE
, importance, evaluation. Computer and MIS org f MIS.
ANAGEMENT INFORMIntroduction: definition
M:
anizational structure. Logical foundation. Future o2 Or
Infsysinfof Ab
ganizational system: nature and characteristics of organizations ormation systems and organization: organizational and information tem structure. Information, data information, management and ormation system, informational support for functional areas. Impact business and information system. Organizing information system. sorption of MIS in organization
3 CoanCone
mputers and information system: Evolution of computer hardware d software. mmunication Technology: Telecommunication and computer tworking
4 Dapro database approach and its architecture, DBMS, modat
tabase technology: Database & enterprise management. File cessing system, dels, RDBMS, SQL, 4GL, data administration. Current development abase
5 GeapExlimEff t and intranet on business process. Information systems Au
nerators tools. Software and cost benefits and simple example of plication. pert System: Basic concept, structure. Developments, benefits and itations. ect of internedit/Policy
6 E com
R P : Enterprise Resource Planning. Modules of E R P, ERP software- parative study- implementation of ERP-Preparation , training needs
PRACTICALS 1 At ments based on above topics. least five assign2 Analysis and presentation of case studies. 3 Pre esentation of at least one seminar paration and pr RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Ke
Eig nneth Laudon and Jane Laudon: Management Information System
hth Ed.Pearson Prentice Hall Publication 2 Al emystified Tata McGraw Hill Publications ex Leon; E.R.P. D3 Ja 2004Tata
Mc
vadekar Management Information System Third EditionGraw Hill Publications
399
M.TECH emester I BRANCH: Production Engineering. (Producti
Son Engineering)
Course Code:612031 Course TTechnolo
itle: Advanced Production gy- I
DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 WELDING TECHNOLOGY:
lding processes. Design of weldament. Selection of umables. Selection of parameters. WeintWewe
Overview of various weprocess. Equipments and conslding productivity and quality assurance. Preheat, post-heat and er-pass temperatures. Residual stresses and distortion control. lder certification –knowledge of codes for welding. Recent advances in lding technology
2 CADeinvDis for Die Castings. ProCa
STING TECHNOLOGY: sign of casting. Uniform sections. Unequal section. Design problem olving junctions. Design for economic Moulding and Coring. tortion and residual stresses in Castingductivity in Casting and Quality assurance: Recent advances in sting Technology
3 FOAnApLu
RMING TECHNLOGY. alysis in Metal Forming. Plane Strain and Slip line Field theory. plication in Rolling, Forging and Extrusion. Effect of Friction and brication in Metal Forming. Metallurgical Factors in Metal Working
PRACTICALS 1 At n above topics mainly containing
nu least five assignments based o
merical problems and designs. 2 Study and analysis of research papers. 3 Preparation and presentation of at least one seminar RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Ge
Intorge Dieter : Mechanical Metallurgy Fourth Ed, McGraw Hill ernational
2 Na Company, New Delhi rayanswamy : Metal Forming Ahuja Book3 Na dkarni : Modern Arc Welding- Advani Orelikon 4 Pa ition
19 rmar R.S: Welding Engineering and Technology , First Ed
97;Khanna Publishers,Delhi 5 Parmar R.S: Welding Metallurgy and Design, First Edition 1997;Khanna 6 Gr ay Spence & Norton - Rational Welding Design-Butter worth M.TECH BRANCH: Production Engineering. Semester I
(Production Engineering) C se C roduction our ode:612032 Course Title: Advanced P
Technology- II D ILEETA D SYLLABUS 1 CA
De&D
D/CAM finition. Rational for CAD/Cam. Historic Development. Computer esign. CAD-to-CAM interface. CAD/CAM Hardware. CAD/CAM
CAD/CAM. GroSoftware. Animation & up Technology 2
l developmenconversion. MDI
Numerical Control Overview of NC. HistoricaPros & Cons of NC
t. Pros & Cons in justifying NC. control. Computer assisted NC
400
proHiDaCNin
gramming. Benefits & gains form NC. Overview of Direct NC. storical development for DNC. Direct Computer & Distributed NC. ta Transmission in DNC. Advantages & Best applications. Overview of C elements. Historical development. CNC Vs DNC. Operator interface CNC
3 Automated Assembly. De nal for AA. Criteria for Assembly Process. InhsysTraInt
finition, current stage, Ratioibitors of AA. Advantages of AA. Impact of Design on AA. Control of A tems. Principle components of Robot Assembly System. Part Feeding. nsfer lines. Joining 7 Fastening AGV’s. Machine Vision. Artificial elligence
4 Automated Guided Vehicles. finition. Historical development. Rational of using AGV, Types. idance. AGV S
DeGu nt. Vehicle Dispatch, Monitoring. Saf g Methods
ystems Managemeety Trends. Other Material Handlin
5 Programmable Logic Controllers finition. Programmable Logic Controllers Vs Personal Computers. storical development. Configuration of PLC. Operation. Application
DeHi
6 FleDeCoCe
xible Manufacturing Systems (FMS) finition. Overview. Historical Development. Rationale of FMS. FMS mponents. FMS cells. Artificial Intelligence & FMS. Machining nters
7 CoDeCIM
mputer Integrated Manufacturing (CIM) finition. Overview. Historical Development. Problems Associated with
, The CIM Wheel. Benefits of CIM PRACTICALS 1 At ssignments based on above topics. least five a2 Analysis and presentation of case studies. 3 Preparation and presentation of at least one seminar RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 lexible Manufacturing
ons.) Charles Stark Systems Handbo
Draper Laboratory Inc –Fok- Cambridge, Massachusetts (Noyes Publicati
2 Da r Pub. Inc. Ne
vid Goetsch –Advanced Manufacturing Technology- (DelmawYork,1990)
M.TECH Semester I BRANCH : Production Engineering (Production Engineering)
Cour Course Title: Advanced Total Quality Management
se Code:612040
DETA ED SYLLABUS IL1 Quality Circle:
Introduction, Implementation, Formation, Intangible impact of Quality Circle, Inhibiting factors.
2 g : e for imple
s tools and Misco
Concurrent EngineerinIntroduction, Rational mentation, Benefits, Teams, Communication model nception and pitfalls
401
3 Kaizen : oduction, Intr
Impthe Japanese style of management & kaizen,
lementation, modeling kaizen process & benefits 4 Just-In-Time Manufacturing & Business Process Re-Engineering :
IntrJITdefInctecvisi
oduction, advantages, approach to quality, Importance of kanban in , problem solving methods, Introduction to BPR, Re-engineering, inition, strategic value added process, Re-engineering, trends, remental improvement program, Differentiation of BPR and TQM hniques & JIT stages of re-engineering, preparation, Identification, on, technical & special design transformation
5 Quality Function Deployment : oduction, The QFD team, Benefits of QFD, the voice of customer,
lity, Building of houseIntrorg of qua
anization of information, House of Quality, AFD process FMEA
6 Taguchi’s Quality Engineering : osophy of loss, System Design, Parameter Design, Tolerance Design,
nal to noise ratio, On-line and off-lPhilSig ine quality control methods
PRACTICALS 1 At least five assignments based on above topics. 2 Analysis and presentation of case studies. 3 Preparation and presentation of at least one seminar RE XT BOOKS: COMMENDED TE1 – Prentice Dale H. Bestefield and others Total Quality Management
Hall 1995 2 T.Q.M by Juran 3 hi – N. Logothetis, Managing for Total Quality – PHI Pvt. Ltd., New Del
1997 4 Kance A. Ealey, Quality by Design – ASI press 1994 5 Jayant Sharma, Excellence Through Quality Circle – RBSA Pub.
1998 6 Madhav Phadke Quality Engineering with Robust Design 7 Michael Hammer & James Champy Re-Engineering the Corporation 8 Raym angenelli & Mark M Kilen The Re-engineering
Handbond L. M
ook
M.TECH Semester I BRANCH : Production Engineering (Production Engineering)
Co Course TiMaterials
urse Code:612060 tle: & Logistics Management
DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 MATERIALS MANAAGEMENT :
d Scope. Organizing for Materials Function, Concepts. Objective anvarious administrative practice
2 DEMInteBud alysis standardization. Make and
AND FORECASTING raction with production and sales. Material Management Planning & geting. Various techniques A B C an buy decisions
3 PURPre-andeval and pricing. Purchasing of Capital Equ Lease. Import Substitution. Import Reg
CHASING SYSTEM: purchase System. Ordering. Post purchase activity. Price forecasting analysis. Purchasing under uncertainty vendor development and uation. Purchase negotiation ipment. Tendering. Purchase Vsulations and procedures Legal aspects of purchasing
4 PUBBuyD.GInd
LIC BUYING : ing procedures related to various Governmental organizations like .S&D Registration of suppliers. Rate and Running Contracts. enting procedures
5 WAPur and layout. Various types of stores. Stores ProScr
REHOUSING AND SOTRESS MANAGEMENT : chase of Stores locationcedures. Stores Accounting and Stock checking Management of ap : Obsolete, damaged & unwanted stocks
6 INVVar es on Mat
ENTORY MANAGEMTN: ious Inventory Model. Peculiarities in India. O.R. techniquerials Management.
7 COComMat
MPUTER APPLICATION : puter Applications in Materials Management Systems. Evaluation of
erials Management Systems 8 LOG
GenPoliOrg
ISTICS MANAGEMENT : esis of Logistics – Logistics Decision on facility location, Inventory ty, Transportation, Storage and material Handling Logistics anization & Control
PRACTICALS 1 At least five assignments based on above topics. 2 Analysis and presentation of case studies. 3 Pre e seminar paration and presentation of at least on RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Dobler, Lee Burnt, Purchasing & Materials Management – TMH 2 Heinntz :Purchasing Principles & Applications – Prentice Hall of India 3 Sm f Manufacturing – Van Nostarand olik : Material Requirements o4 Gop hasing & Materials Management
– PHalakrishnan & Sundareshan :PurcI
5 Ranald Ballau : Business Logistics Management, PHI
402
M. BRANCH: (Productio
403
TECH Semester I Production Engineering. n Engineering)
Course Code:612050 Course TiResearch
tle: Advance Operations
DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 :
formulation, decision options, det situation, criteria for evaluation andOrig
Definition, Need and scope Real life problem analysis and
erministic and probabilistic problem optimization. Methodology in approach; in, growth and major contributions
2 LineForm les; types of solu e/non degenerate, opti lternate/infinite optimal, bounded/ unbprogAlgo
ar programming : n variabulation, objective function, constraints, decisio
tion such as feasible/infeasible, degeneratmal/suboptimal unique/aounded value and solution parametric programming, goal ramming, Integer linear programming, Branch and Bound rithm. Cutting plane Algorithm. Decomposition Algorithm
3 NonSepsuffProg
– linear programming arable programming. Stochastic Programming. Kunh – Tucker iciency conditions. Quadratic Programming. Geometric ramming
4 DynBellspaOpesequ oblems
amic Programming : man’s principle of optimality. Bayesian Paradigm. Howards Policy ce Technique. Markov Process approach. Value Determination ration (VDO) Policy Improvement Routines (PIR) for solving ential decision pr
5 QueM/Mstat
uing Theory /S and M/G/1 queues – Queues in series and parallel servicing
ions. Pollaczek – Khintchine Formula 6 Job
PalmBou n m machines. Sequencing of jobs are different for jobs
Sequencing : er’s Algorithm Gupta’s Algorithm. CDS algorithm and Barrel and
nd method of sequencing ‘n’ jobs o when machine orders
7 ReliReliavai
ability : ability engineering including maintainability, serviceability and lability
8 PERRes
T – CPM ource allocation and least cost planning spanning tree problem.
MaxNetw
imal Flow Problem. Minimal cost Network Flows Generalized ork problem
PRACTICALS 1 At least Eight assignments based on above topics. 2 Analysis and presentation of application of OR to real life Problems 3
Prep resentation of at least one seminar aration and p
RECOMMEBDED TEXT BOOKS 1 H.A
New.Taha – Operations Research – 6th edition – prentice Hall of India, Delhi
2 B.B tions Research, Techniques for Management – anerjee – Opera
404
Business Book Publishing House, Mumbai – 400 071 3 J.K.Sharma: Operations Research McMillan Publication,India 4 B.M.Naik – Project Management – Vani Educational Books – New Delhi 5 M.S
Flow.Bazarra, J.J.Jarvis, H.D.Shelari – Linear Programming and Network s – John Wiley & Soles, New York.
M.TECH emester I BRANCH : Production Engineering. (Producti
405
Son Engineering)
Cou Course Technolo
rse Code:612070 Title: Advance Machining gy
DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 Tool Technology
Mechanism of tool wear, measurement of tool we ia, effect of process parameters on tool life, tool lifein comtre
Tool Wear and Failure: ar, tool failure criter tests. Tool life improvement by various coatings. New Developments tool materials: cemented Carbide, Ceramics, Diamonds, CBN, posite tool materials. Metallurgical aspects of tool materials. Heat
atment of tools and ides. Cryogenic treatment of tools 2 Non Conventional Machining.
roduction: Need for non traditional machining processes-process ection- classification-comparative study of different processes.
ing –Definition-Mechanism of
IntselMememeAb
chanical Process: Ultrasonic machintal removal elements of the process- Tool feed mechanism, theories of chanics of cutting- effect of parameters, applications. rasive Jet Machining: Principles- parameters of the process,
applications- advantages and disadvantages 3 Th
priCircir– p odes for spark ero
ermal Metal Removal Process: Electric discharge machining - nciples of operation – mechanism of metal removal basic EDM cuitry – spark erosion generators – Analysis of relaxation type of cuit – material removal rate in relaxation circuits – critical resistance arameters in Ro circuit – Die electric fluids – electrsion – surface finish, applications
4 Ele(ECECad
ctrochemical And Chemical Processes: Electro chemical machining M) – classification of ECM process – principle of ECM – chemistry of M process – parameter of the process – polarization – tool design – vantages and disadvantages – applications
5 EleDeChchdis
ctro chemical grinding – electro chemical honing – electro chemical burring. emical Machining: Introduction – fundamental principle – type of emical machining – maskants – etchants - advantages and advantages, applications
6 Plasma Arc Machining: Introduction – plasma – generation of plasma d equipment – mechanism of metal removal, PAM pan arameters –
pro
cess characteristics – types of torches, application
7 ELprothe
ECTRON BEAM MACHINING (EBM): Introduction – equipment for duction of electron beam – theory of electron beam machining –rmal and non thermal type – process characteristics – applications
8 Laser Beam Machining(LBM):Introduction – principles of generation of lasch
er, equipment and machining procedure – types of lasers – process aracteristics – advantages and limitations- applications
9 Ion Beam Machining: Introduction – mechanism of metal removal and sociated equipment – process characteristics – applications as
406
PRACTICALS 1 At
nu least five assignments based on above topics mainly containing
merical Problems. 2 An esearch papers. alysis and presentation of r3 Pre paration and presentation of at least one seminar RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Bh e of
En attacharya : Machining Of Metals N
gineers, India ew Technology Institut
2 HMT :Production Technology Tata McGraw Hill 3 P. han “Modern machining Process” Tata McGraw
HiC. Pandey & H. S. Sll.
4 Me tal Cutting: P.N.Rao TMH 5 M. C. Shaw Metal Principles, oxford IBH. 6 Ad ods ithan :Modern manufacturing meth7 ASM “ Metal hand book” VOL.3
M. BRANCH :
(Productio
407
TECH Semester I Production Engineering n Engineering)
Course Code:712110 Course Ti
tle: Industrial Product Design
DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 C ELEMENTS STUDIES IN FORM:
comanddesi
INTRODUCTION TO BASIForm, balance, proportio
&ns, size, shape, mass. Spatial relationship and
positions in two and three dimensional space, radii manipulation form transition. Form elements in the concept of the product gn, modular concepts in design
2 COLConclas e, value and chroma rela f colours. Psychological use
OUR & COLOUR DYNAMICS: cept of Colour, texture, Colour as an element of design. Colour sification and dimension of colour, hutionship. Colour dynamics and interaction o of colours
3 ROLVertdyn
E OF CREATIVITY IN PROBLEM SOLVING ical and lateral thinking, brainstorming, synectics, group working amics
4 PROMar standing of probAna from various angles of design – methodologies to fit it to th
DUCT DESIGN PROCEDURE: ket research, planning and positioning of product, underlem areas and limitations. User group and their background.
lysis of idease user
5 DESProcmai
IGN FOR PRODUCTION: ess consideration in design – design for easy assembly – ntenance –convenience – operation and safety
6 MATUsa and thermo-set plastics. FRP, its application and prop Moulding, extrusion, vacuums formsnamet l.
ERIAL SCIENCE AND PRODUCT DETAILLING: ge of thermo erties. Injection, blow. Compressioning & FRP forming. Machining of plastics. Components designs,
p fits, gluing, welding, inserts in Moulding, painting of plastics and als. Design for productivity, serviceability, safety and disposa
7 PROVisulayomansket
DUCT PRESENTATION: al communication skill related to product and service. Typeface, uts, sketches for leaflets and instruction. Exploded view for service uals. 2D & 3D presentation, concept drawings, renderings, ches, computer generated images
8 APPGroillum Psychological aspects of design. Anadispdispand
LIED ERGONOMICS IN PRODUCT DESIGN ss human anatomy, anthropometry, environmental conditions,
ination, noise, thermal, vibration.lysis and organization of control panels and displays, function, lay elements, dials, knobs, push buttons, handles and electronic lays. Visual, functional and ergonomical requirements of controls display elements. Study of product graphics and textures
9 RAPPrin
ID PROTOTYPING ciples, methodology, tools and materials, applications
PRACTICALS 1 At least five assignments based on above topics. 2 Analysis and presentation of case studies and research papers. 3 Preparation and presentation of at least one seminar
408
RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Product Design & Manufacturing by John Lindbeck –P.H.I. Publications 2 Product Design & Manufacturing by Boxter 3 Industrial Design by Van Doran Herold.-T.M.H. 4 Fittin omics
– by g the Task to The Man-A Textbook of Occupational Ergon
Etienne Grand Jean.- 4th Edition- Taylor & Francis London. 5 Mea
Psych, A.G
urement of Man At work & appraisal of Pyssiological & ogical criteria in Man- Machine System Ed. By W.T. Singleton ol
.Fox , Taylor & Francis London 6 Product Design & Manufacturing by John Lindbeck –P.H.I.
Publications
409
M. BRANCH :
(ProductioTECH Semester I Production Engineering
n Engineering) Course Code:712020 Course Ti
Project Matle: nagement
DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 nt Scenario
ternal causes of delay, Inte aspects, financial and econ
Indian Project ManagemeProjects and Development, concept of project, Ex
rnal constraints, overruns, contractual/legal omic issues, social and human aspects
2 TimTimmon of individual fund
e value of money : e value, Future value of money, (compounding), Present value of
capital, discounting, costey (discounting), cost of s, rate of return
3 NPVMarviab rs, Demand forecasting techniques
Project feasibility study : ket feasibility, Technical feasibility, financial feasibility, economic ility, critical success facto
4 ProjIdenrisk
ect risk analysis : tification of critical sources of risk, measuring risk, incorporating in decision making, types of risks
5 ProjNee in project life cycle, Project construction altecont
ect Planning & Control : d of Project Control, phasesrnatives, control requirement and functions, project organization, racting, monitoring, termination of project
6 Proj ath method, line of bala
ect Evaluation & review techniquncing Gantt chart
e, critical p
PRACTICALS 1 At least five assignments based on above topics. 2 Ana s. lysis and presentation of case studies and research paper3 Preparation and presentation of at least one seminar RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Text Management – P.Gopalakrishnan,
V.E acmillan Indian Limited. book of
.Ramamoorthy MProject
2 Proj ation & Con
ect Management – Strategic financial planning, Evalutrol – Bhavesh Patel, Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd. (2000)
3 P roject Management – ICFAI –Study Course Material.
4 P
roject Management by Prasana Chandra.
410
M. CH Semester I BRANCH : Production Engineering.
(ProductioTE
n Engineering) Course Code:712030 Course Ti
tle: Organizational Behaviour
DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 h A Social Systems Approac
2 Hum
Perc ption, Learning & Motivation Theories of Personality an Behaviour e
3 Form alue Systems ation of Attitudes and V4 Gro
LeadRes
up Dynamics ership and Team Building, Factors affecting group performance
olving conflicts 5 Org nd Design
ManSysThe
anisational Structure aagement of Changes
nges tems Approaches to Cha role of Industrial Engineer as a Change Agent
6 Org ity ManRes tional behavior
anisational Development and small group activagement by Objectives
earch studies and case studies in organiza PRACTICALS 1 At least five assignments based on above topics. 2 Analysis and presentation of case studies. 3 Preparation and presentation of at least one seminar RECOMMEBDED TEXT BOOKS 1 Rob avior : Concepts and Controversies, New
Delh
in S. Organizational Behi, Prentice Hall India
2 Rao on, Oxfo
, P.U. & Pestonjee D.M., Behavioural Process in Organisatird & IBH,
M. BRANCH :
(Productio
411
TECH Semester I Production Engineering. n Engineering)
Course Code:712040 Course Ti
tle: Experimental Design
DETAILED SYLLABUS 1
ental Design, the experiment, the design, the ana on of statistics to experimentation; initial steps in pEstiaccu
Introduction Introduction to Experim
lysis. The contributilanning of experiments. Statistical analysis of experimental data, mation tests of hypothesis, Error and uncertainty in experiments, racy in computations; tests on variance, means and proportions
2 FacDesmeainte periments; ANOVA Rationale. Sing
torial Experiments: cription:- analysis of variance; tests on means; confidence limits on ns; components of variance. Calculation of main effects and ractions; design of factorial exle, Two and Three Factorial Experiments
3 RegOrthmod
ression Analysis : Linear Regression. Curvilinear Regression. ogonal Polynomials. Quantitative Factors; multiple regression el
4 Con ding with or within Freplwith
founding : The principle of confounding ; Block confounout replication ; use of confounded designs. Factorial experiments ractional Replication ; Construction and properties of fractionally icated design; use of fractional factorial design in practice, design factors at more than two levels
5 Runof rehom
ning an Experiment : Realizing the design of an experiment ; errors petitions of trials ; variance of optimization parameter ; testing the ogeneity of variance ; Randomization ; division of Matrix into blocks
6 Decresucon
ision : Decision making after constructing a model ; Interpretation of lts ; decision-making after constructing a model of a process ;
structing an interpolation formula 7 Stee
Calcpest ascent along a response surface; Movement along the gradient; ulation of Steepest ascent; realization of mental trails
8 Reporting and discussion of results. PRACTICALS 1 At least five assignments based on above topics. 2 Analysis and presentation of case studies. 3 Preparation and presentation of at least one seminar RECOMMEBDED TEXT BOOKS 1 Coc
Delhhran & Cox – “Experimental Design” - Asia publishing house, New i.
2 Cha – “Fundamental concepts in the design of Exp
rles R. Hicks eriments” – Holf-Reinhart & Winston, N.Y.
3 Dou ” – John Wile
glas C. Montgomery – “Design & analysis of Experimentsy & Sons.
4 M. iley East
N. Das & N. C. Giri – “Design & Analysis of Experiments” –Wern.
5 LipsExp
on C. & Sheth N.J. “Statistical design & analysis of Engineering eriments” – McGraw Hill Kogakusha Ltd.
6 Kem
pthorene - “Design & Analysis of Experiments” –Wiley , N.Y.
412
REFERENCE BOOKS 1 Cox D. R. – “Planning of experiments” – Wiley 2 Willians E. T. – “Regression Analysis” - Wiley 3 Joh – Mc Millan
Pubn P.W.M. – “Statistical design & analysis of experiments” . Co.
4 PenWes
g K. C. – “The design & analysis of scientific experiments” – Addsion ley
413
M. BRANCH :
(ProductioTECH Semester I Production Engineering.
n Engineering) Course Code:712050 Course Ti
tle: Plastics Engineering
DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 plastics, The oplastics materials, thermo
app
Introduction: Types of setting materials, struc
rmture, Properties, Polymerization Principles,
lications 2 Plas
mou ion, operation, importance of specifications tic Processing Machines: Injection moulding machines, compression lding, construct
3 Moufittin
ld Construction: Injection mould elements, cores, cavities, inserts, g core and cavity inserts, pillars & bushes.
4 Feedshri
Systems: Gates, Runners, Impression layout, sprue, mould nkage & ejectors.
5 DefeMou
cts in moulding and its remedies. lding Methods: Extrusion, Blow moulding, forming, calendaring
6 Exercises in Mould design. Design of Plastic Products PRACTICALS 1 At l
probeast five assignments based on above topics mainly consisting of lems and die design for manufacturing of plastics products.
2 Preparation and presentation of at least one seminar REC T BOOKS OMMEBDED TEX1 Processing of Plastics A.S.Athalye 2 R.G. W. Pye Injection Mould Design. 3 Glanvill & Denton Injection mould design fundamentals 4 CIPET Hand Book. 5 William J. Patton “Plastic Technology” 6 J. A 980 . Brydson, Plastic Materials, Butter Worm 17 Gas . trow, Injection Moulding, Hanse Publications8 R. D. Beck, Plastic Products Design, Von Nostrand
414
M. BRANCH :
(ProductioTECH Semester II Production Engineering.
n Engineering) Course Code:712090 Course Ti
tle: Surface Coating Technology
DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 surface coatin : Purpose of surface coating,
surffinis
Definition and Scope of resistance/wear hardness
g , corrosion resistance, weather resistance,
ace coating for conduction and insulation, aesthetic and surface h, etc
2 Pretde-s
reatment for Surface Coating : Degreasing, pickling, phosphating, caling, cleaning etc
3 Metlimialum
al Coating : Characteristics; operational parameters, application and tations of galvanizing, sherardising, chromating, zinc and
inium spraying 4 Hot dipping, gas spraying, arc spraying, plasma spraying. 5 Elec
equprodmet
tro-plating: Vat, barrel, automatic reverse current plating, ipment, operational parameters and electrolytes for electro-plating; uctivity comparison between metal coating and electro-plating, base
als and plating metals, application and limitations 6 Cera
merpolybed,
mic coating: Characteristics, types of polymers and their relative its and demerits, base materials for polymer coating, equipment for mer coating; types of polymer coating, spraying, dipping fluidized powder spraying; use of extrusion, principles, selection of polymers
7 Painseleeleccoat
t coating: Types of paints, their characteristics and properties, ction of paints; technology of application of paints, brush, spray, trostatic spray, airless spray, dipping, flow coating, tumbling, roller ing, powder coating, etc.
8 CurinfrElec
ing of Paint Coating: Air drying, catalyst drying, convection stoving, ared stoving, tron beam curing, ultraviolet curing
9 Mischro
cellaneous Processes: Chemical colouring, blackening, blueing, etc.; mating, chemical polishing, lead sheathing,etc
10 New surface technology er coating processes and advances in PRACTICALS 1 2 3 RECOMMEBDED TEXT BOOKS 1 Elec
99
troplating and Other Surface Treatments; C.D.Varghese, TMH,1 3.
2 Met D.Baik; TMH, 1992.
al Pretreatment; N.
415
M.TECH Semester I BRANCH: Production Engineering. (Production Engineering)
Course Code: Course Title: Managerial Economics, Costing, Finance and Corporate Planning.
DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS:
The Principles and use of Economic Analysis in Engineering Practice. Discounted cash flow Analysis corporate tax and investment. Depreciation and economic studies. Replacement analysis. Valuation of assets. Economic analysis of projects. Analysis of risk and uncertainty. Elements of demand analysis and forecasting. Theory of firm as an owner and as the producer. Economics of scale. Production function. Output and pricing decisions. Long run and short run cost curves
2 COSTING AND FINANCE: Review of double entry book keeping, Preparation of ledger account. Trial balance, profit and loss account, balance sheet, income and expenditure account. Fund flow analysis. Analysis and interpretation of final accounts. Ratio analysis and interfirm comparison. Cost accounting material Human resource accounting, overhead fixed and variable costs, marginal costing. Process costs. Cost estimation and cost control. Corporate finance, cost of capital and sources of funds. Working capital management. Budgeting and budgetary control
3 CORPORATE PLANNING: Corporate objective, goals and policies, process of corporate planning, SWOT analysis, gap analysis, strategy formulation. Investment evaluation, capital budgeting, risk analysis. Industrial dynamics, computer modeling and simulation. Organization for corporate planning, implementing corporate strategies, business plans, resource planning management control and information system
PRACTICALS 1 Assignments based on above topics. 2 Presentation of case studies. 3 Preparation and presentation of at least one seminar RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 I.M.Pandey; Financial Management Ninth Edition 2004 ;Vikas Publishing House
Pvt.Ltd.
2 Jawaharlal ;Cost Accounting Third Edition Tata McGraw Hill Publishing2004 3 Varshney ;Managerial Economics Sultan chand Publishers
4 Thusen and Thusen, Engineering Economics, Prentice hall of India. 5 Hussey D. D., Introducing Corporate Planning, Pergamon Press NY
416
iii F 1. Name of the course: M.Tech.(Production Engineering) Sr.
aculty profile
No Name of faculty Designation Subject Teaching 1. a t.Prof
I,s
Nag re Madhukar Asst essor AdvanceTechnolo
Production Logistics gy-
and Material Management 2. Y.D.Venkatesh Asstt.Professor Industrial Pro
ATQM duct Design,
3. P.M. Asstt.ProfII
Ravanan essor Advance Technology-
Production , MIS-ERP
4. B.E.Nar Lecturer khede Machining Science-I, 5. S.A.M Lecturer
Technology-IIastud Advance Production
6. Dr.C. Emeritus
Fellow tics ance nology
S.Sharma Plas Engineering, AdvTech
Machining
7 P.N.Ph Visitng Professor
ance OR utane Adv
Laboratory facilities exclusive to the PG course: Nil Sp l purpo ign tool: Nil Research focu rocess Planning vity Imp List f typical research projects: Nil Ind undergo Six months training in ind2. A3. E ternal Examiners for evaluating project work are necessarily from industry. Publications (if any) out of research in last three years out of master’s projects: At car PlaAdFee tructure : As per other departments HoConNamAd ga, Mumbai 400019 TelE-m
ecia se software /dess:Tool Design,P and Producti rovement
o
ustry Linkage:1.All UG students are required to ustry and carry out a project as a partial fulfillment in obtaining Degree.
l M.Tech. students carry out their one year project work in a industry. lx
least four to five papers published in national journals are based on the project work ried by the students in industry.
cement status: All the students are placed in industry before they leave the institute. mission Procedure: Purely based on merit demonstrated in GATE Examination. Sstel facilities : As per other departments tact address of coordinator of the programme e : P.M.Ravanan
dress: Production Engineering, VJTI Matun ephone: 022-24198239 ail :[email protected]
417